Anope 2.0.6 Release

Add README.md, for github
README: remove some outdated links
2026-06-12 18:34:49 +02:00 · 2017-12-11 11:46:10 -05:00 · 2017-11-19 17:28:05 -05:00 · 2017-11-19 17:28:05 -05:00 · 2017-11-17 23:56:15 +01:00 · 2017-10-12 19:58:02 -04:00
521 changed files with 173297 additions and 154433 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+Adam <adam@anope.org> <adam-@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Adam <adam@anope.org> <adam@adam-laptop.(none)>
+Adam <adam@anope.org> <Adam@anope.org>
+Adam <adam@anope.org> <Adam@drink-coca-cola.info>
+Adam <adam@anope.org> <Adam@sigterm.info>
+Adam Kramer <ribosome@anope.org> <ribosome ribosome@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Alvaro Toledo <atoledo@keldon.org> <atoledo atoledo@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Björn Stiddien <keeper@anope.org> <keeper keeper@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Charles Kingsley <chaz@anope.org>
+Charles Kingsley <chaz@anope.org> <sjaz@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Daniel Engel <dane@zero.org> <dane dane@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+David Robson <rob@anope.org> <robbeh@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+David Robson <rob@anope.org> <rob rob@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Dennis Friis <peavey@inspircd.org> <peavey peavey@inspircd.org@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Fabio Scotoni <cculex@gmail.com>
+Florian Schulze <certus@anope.org> <certus certus@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Gabriel Acevedo H. <drstein@anope.org> <drstein drstein@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Jan Milants <viper@anope.org>
+Jan Milants <viper@anope.org> <jantje_85@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Jan Milants <viper@anope.org> <viper viper@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Jens Voss <dukepyrolator@anope.org> <anope@s15355730.onlinehome-server.info>
+Jens Voss <dukepyrolator@anope.org> <DukePyrolator@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Jens Voss <dukepyrolator@anope.org> <DukePyrolator@anope.org>
+Jens Voss <dukepyrolator@anope.org> Jens Voß <jens@pyrobook.(none)>
+Lee Holmes <lethality@anope.org>
+Mark Summers <mark@goopler.net> <mark mark@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Naram Qashat <cyberbotx@anope.org> <cyberbotx@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Naram Qashat <cyberbotx@anope.org> <cyberbotx@cyberbotx.com>
+Naram Qashat <cyberbotx@anope.org> <Naram Qashat cyberbotx@cyberbotx.com@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Pieter Bootsma <geniusdex@anope.org> <geniusdex geniusdex@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Robby <robby@anope.org>
+Robby <robby@chat.be>
+Robby <robby@chatbelgie.be>
+Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org> <rburchell@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org> <Robin Burchell w00t@inspircd.org@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Sebastian V. <hal9000@denorastats.org>
+Sebastian V. <hal9000@denorastats.org> <pimpmylinux@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+(svnadmin) <svn@localhost> <svn svn@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
+Trystan S. Lee <trystan@nomadirc.net> <trystan trystan@31f1291d-b8d6-0310-a050-a5561fc1590b@5417fbe8-f217-4b02-8779-1006273d7864>
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+language: cpp
+
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+
+before_script:
+  - mkdir build
+  - cd build
+  - cmake -DINSTDIR:STRING=~/services -DDEFUMASK:STRING=077 -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE:STRING=DEBUG -DUSE_RUN_CC_PL:BOOLEAN=ON ..
+
+script:
+  - make
+
+notifications:
+  irc:
+    - "irc.anope.org#anope-devel"
@@ -2,13 +2,14 @@
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.4 FATAL_ERROR)
 if(COMMAND cmake_policy)
  cmake_policy(SET CMP0003 NEW)
+  if(POLICY CMP0026)
+    cmake_policy(SET CMP0026 OLD)
+  endif(POLICY CMP0026)
+  if(POLICY CMP0007)
+    cmake_policy(SET CMP0007 OLD)
+  endif(POLICY CMP0007)
 endif(COMMAND cmake_policy)

-# If the Source dir and the Binary dir are the same, we are building in-source, which we will disallow due to Autotools being there (but only on non-Windows)
-if(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} AND NOT WIN32)
-  message(FATAL_ERROR "You can not use CMake to build Anope from the root of it's source tree! Remove the CMakeCache.txt file from this directory, then create a separate directory (either below this directory or elsewhere), and then re-run CMake from there.")
-endif(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} AND NOT WIN32)
-
 # Set the project as C++ primarily, but have C enabled for the checks required later
 project(Anope CXX)
 enable_language(C)
@@ -44,20 +45,20 @@ if(MINOR_VERSION GREATER 5)
  set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
 else(MINOR_VERSION GREATER 5)
  set(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-  # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.8 or better, the FIND sub-command of list() is non-existant in earlier versions
+  # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.8 or better, the FIND sub-command of list() is nonexistent in earlier versions
  if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 7)
    set(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER TRUE)
    set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER TRUE)
    set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
  else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 7)
    set(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-    # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.4 or better, the CheckCXXCompilerFlag module and SORT sub-command of list() are non-existant in earlier versions
+    # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.4 or better, the CheckCXXCompilerFlag module and SORT sub-command of list() are nonexistent in earlier versions
    if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 3)
      set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER TRUE)
      set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
    else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 3)
      set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-      # ALSO detect if we are using CMake 2.4.2 or better, the APPEND sub-command of list() is non-existant in earlier versions
+      # ALSO detect if we are using CMake 2.4.2 or better, the APPEND sub-command of list() is nonexistent in earlier versions
      if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 1)
        set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
      else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 1)
@@ -79,8 +80,20 @@ set(ENV{LC_ALL} C)
 set(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS)
 set(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)

-# If we are using a GNU compiler (have to use CXX because it seems to fail on C), we will be able to determine it's default paths for libraries and includes
+# Check that we aren't running on an ancient broken GCC
 if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER} -dumpversion OUTPUT_VARIABLE GCC_FULL_VERSION OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE)
+  string(REGEX REPLACE "^(\\d+\\.\\d+)" "\\1" GCC_VERSION ${GCC_FULL_VERSION})
+  if(GCC_VERSION LESS 4.2)
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "Your compiler is too old to build Anope. Upgrade to GCC 4.2 or newer!")
+  endif(GCC_VERSION LESS 4.2)
+  if(GCC_VERSION GREATER 6.0 OR GCC_VERSION EQUAL 6.0)
+    set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks")
+  endif(GCC_VERSION GREATER 6.0 OR GCC_VERSION EQUAL 6.0)
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+
+# If we are using a GNU compiler (have to use CXX because it seems to fail on C), we will be able to determine it's default paths for libraries and includes
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang$")
  # First look for the compiler's default library directories
  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -print-search-dirs OUTPUT_VARIABLE LINES OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE)
  # Find only the part after "libraries: "
@@ -132,6 +145,8 @@ if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
          string(LENGTH ${LINE} LINE_LENGTH)
          math(EXPR LINE_LENGTH "${LINE_LENGTH} - 1")
          string(SUBSTRING ${LINE} 1 ${LINE_LENGTH} INCLUDE)
+          # For systems like Mac OS X, look for include paths that say " (framework directory)" at the end of them and strip that off
+          string(REGEX REPLACE " \\(framework directory\\)$" "" INCLUDE ${INCLUDE})
          # Convert the path to an absolute one, just in case it wasn't
          get_filename_component(INCLUDE ${INCLUDE} ABSOLUTE)
          # Add that directory to the list of default include directories
@@ -144,7 +159,7 @@ if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
  if(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
    remove_list_duplicates(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
  endif(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang$")

 # If we are using Visual Studio, locate the path of the Windows Server 2008 SDK or Windows Server 2003 Platform SDK, depending on which is installed
 if(MSVC)
@@ -160,12 +175,12 @@ if(MSVC)
      if(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
        # If not found, look for the 2003 SDK under HKCU
        get_filename_component(WSDK2003_PATH "[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\MicrosoftSDK\\InstalledSDKs\\D2FF9F89-8AA2-4373-8A31-C838BF4DBBE1;Install Dir]" ABSOLUTE CACHE)
-        if(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
+        if(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
          # The SDK was never found, set the path to nothing
          set(WSDK_PATH "")
-        else(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
+        else(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
          set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2003_PATH}")
-        endif(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
+        endif(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
      else(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
        set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2008_PATH}")
      endif(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
@@ -207,23 +222,31 @@ else(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
  include(TestCXXAcceptsFlag)
 endif(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)

-# If extra directories were specified, tell cmake about them.
+# If extra include directories were specified, tell cmake about them.
 if(EXTRA_INCLUDE)
  include_directories(${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  link_directories(${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
 endif(EXTRA_INCLUDE)

+# If extra library directories were specified, tell cmake about them.
+if(EXTRA_LIBS)
+  link_directories(${EXTRA_LIBS})
+endif(EXTRA_LIBS)
+
 # Find gettext
 find_package(Gettext)

-# Add an optional variable for using run-cc.pl for building, Perl will be checked later regardless of this setting
-option(USE_RUN_CC_PL "Use run-cc.pl for building" OFF)
+option(USE_PCH "Use precompiled headers" OFF)

 # Use the following directories as includes
 # Note that it is important the binary include directory comes before the
 # source include directory so the precompiled headers work correctly.
 include_directories(${Anope_BINARY_DIR}/include ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/include ${Anope_BINARY_DIR}/language ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/modules/pseudoclients)

+# Pass on REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD
+if(REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD)
+  add_definitions(-DREPRODUCIBLE_BUILD)
+endif(REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD)
+
 # If using Windows, always add the _WIN32 define
 if(WIN32)
  add_definitions(-D_WIN32)
@@ -238,7 +261,7 @@ if(MSVC)
  string(REPLACE "/GX " "" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS})
  string(REPLACE "/W3 " "" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS})
  # Set the compile flags to have warnings on the max setting (but disable a few annoying ones), exception handling turned on, the proper defines
-  set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} /W4 /wd4100 /wd4251 /wd4706 /wd4800 /wd4996 /EHs")
+  set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} /W4 /wd4100 /wd4127 /wd4250 /wd4251 /wd4355 /wd4706 /wd4800 /wd4996 /EHs")
  add_definitions(-DMSVCPP -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
 # Otherwise, we're not using Visual Studio
 else(MSVC)
@@ -246,9 +269,9 @@ else(MSVC)
  set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -Wall -Wshadow")
  # If on a *nix system, also set the compile flags to remove GNU extensions (favor ISO C++) as well as reject non-ISO C++ code, also remove all leading underscores in exported symbols (only on GNU compiler)
  if(UNIX)
-    set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -ansi -pedantic")
+    set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -ansi -pedantic ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
    if (CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID STREQUAL "GNU")
-      set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -fno-leading-underscore")
+      set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -Wno-long-long -fno-leading-underscore")
    endif(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID STREQUAL "GNU")
  # If we aren't on a *nix system, we are using MinGW
  else(UNIX)
@@ -261,7 +284,7 @@ endif(MSVC)

 # If CMake has found that the given system requires a special library for dl* calls, include it with the linker flags
 if(CMAKE_DL_LIBS)
-  set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -l${CMAKE_DL_LIBS}")
+  append_to_list(LINK_LIBS ${CMAKE_DL_LIBS})
 endif(CMAKE_DL_LIBS)

 # Under MinGW, the -shared flag isn't properly set in the module-specific linker flags, add it from the C flags for shared libraries
@@ -269,13 +292,15 @@ if(MINGW)
  set(CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_CREATE_C_FLAGS}")
 endif(MINGW)

-# Under Windows, we set the executable name for Anope to be anope
-if(WIN32)
-  set(PROGRAM_NAME anope)
-# Under *nix, we set the executable name for Anope to be services
-else(WIN32)
-  set(PROGRAM_NAME services)
-endif(WIN32)
+if(NOT PROGRAM_NAME)
+  # Under Windows, we set the executable name for Anope to be anope
+  if(WIN32)
+    set(PROGRAM_NAME anope)
+  # Under *nix, we set the executable name for Anope to be services
+  else(WIN32)
+    set(PROGRAM_NAME services)
+  endif(WIN32)
+endif(NOT PROGRAM_NAME)

 # If we are not using Visual Studio, we'll run the following checks
 if(NOT MSVC)
@@ -297,17 +322,19 @@ if(NOT MSVC)
    # Check if socket is within the socket library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
    check_library_exists(socket socket "" HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
    if(HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
-      set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -lsocket")
+      append_to_list(LINK_LIBS socket)
    endif(HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
    # Check if inet_addr is within the nsl library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
    check_library_exists(nsl inet_addr "" HAVE_NSL_LIB)
    if(HAVE_NSL_LIB)
-      set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -lnsl")
+      append_to_list(LINK_LIBS nsl)
    endif(HAVE_NSL_LIB)
    # Check if pthread_create is within the pthread library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
    check_library_exists(pthread pthread_create "" HAVE_PTHREAD)
    if(HAVE_PTHREAD)
-      set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -pthread")
+      if(NOT APPLE)
+        set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -pthread")
+      endif(NOT APPLE)
    else(HAVE_PTHREAD)
      message(FATAL_ERROR "The pthread library is required to build Anope")
    endif(HAVE_PTHREAD)
@@ -328,29 +355,18 @@ if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "DEBUG" OR CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "RELWITHDEBINF
  set(DEBUG_BUILD TRUE)
 endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "DEBUG" OR CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "RELWITHDEBINFO")

-# Check for the existance of the following include files
-check_include_file(sys/types.h HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
+# Check for the existence of the following include files
+check_include_file(cstdint HAVE_CSTDINT)
+check_include_file(stdint.h HAVE_STDINT_H)
 check_include_file(strings.h HAVE_STRINGS_H)
-check_include_file(sys/eventfd.h HAVE_SYS_EVENTFD_H)

-# Check for the existance of the following functions
-check_function_exists(setgrent HAVE_SETGRENT)
+# Check for the existence of the following functions
 check_function_exists(strcasecmp HAVE_STRCASECMP)
 check_function_exists(stricmp HAVE_STRICMP)
 check_function_exists(umask HAVE_UMASK)
-check_function_exists(eventfd HAVE_EVENTFD)
 check_function_exists(epoll_wait HAVE_EPOLL)
 check_function_exists(poll HAVE_POLL)
-
-# Check for the existance of the following types
-check_type_size(uint8_t UINT8_T)
-check_type_size(u_int8_t U_INT8_T)
-check_type_size(int16_t INT16_T)
-check_type_size(uint16_t UINT16_T)
-check_type_size(u_int16_t U_INT16_T)
-check_type_size(int32_t INT32_T)
-check_type_size(uint32_t UINT32_T)
-check_type_size(u_int32_t U_INT32_T)
+check_function_exists(kqueue HAVE_KQUEUE)

 # Strip the leading and trailing spaces from the compile flags
 if(CXXFLAGS)
@@ -366,37 +382,50 @@ find_program(GREP grep)
 find_program(SH sh)
 find_program(CHGRP chgrp)
 find_program(CHMOD chmod)
-find_program(PERL perl)
-
-# If perl is included on the system and the user wants to use run-cc.pl, change the commands for compiling and linking
-if(PERL AND USE_RUN_CC_PL)
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILE_OBJECT "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILE_OBJECT}")
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_LINK_EXECUTABLE "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_LINK_EXECUTABLE}")
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_CREATE_SHARED_MODULE "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_CREATE_SHARED_MODULE}")
-endif(PERL AND USE_RUN_CC_PL)

 # If a INSTDIR was passed in to CMake, use it as the install prefix, otherwise set the default install prefix to the services directory under the user's home directory
 if(INSTDIR)
  set(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "${INSTDIR}")
-else(INSTDIR)
+elseif(NOT CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX)
  set(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "$ENV{HOME}/services")
 endif(INSTDIR)

+# Set default paths for various directories if not already defined
+if(NOT BIN_DIR)
+  set(BIN_DIR "bin")
+endif(NOT BIN_DIR)
+if(NOT DB_DIR)
+  set(DB_DIR "data")
+endif(NOT DB_DIR)
+if(NOT DOC_DIR)
+  set(DOC_DIR "doc")
+endif(NOT DOC_DIR)
+if(NOT CONF_DIR)
+  set(CONF_DIR "conf")
+endif(NOT CONF_DIR)
+if(NOT LIB_DIR)
+  set(LIB_DIR "lib")
+endif(NOT LIB_DIR)
+if(NOT LOCALE_DIR)
+  set(LOCALE_DIR "locale")
+endif(NOT LOCALE_DIR)
+if(NOT LOGS_DIR)
+  set(LOGS_DIR "logs")
+endif(NOT LOGS_DIR)
+
 # Version number processing
 # Find all lines in src/version.sh that start with VERSION_
 read_from_file(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/version.sh "^VERSION_" VERSIONS)
 # Iterate through the strings found
 foreach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})
-  # Get the length of the string
-  string(LENGTH ${VERSION_STR} VERSION_LEN)
-  # Subtract 16 from the string's length (8 for VERSION_, 5 more for the type, 2 for the space and leading quote, 1 for the trailing quote)
-  math(EXPR VERSION_NUM_LEN "${VERSION_LEN} - 16")
-  # Extract the type from the string
-  string(SUBSTRING ${VERSION_STR} 8 5 VERSION_TYPE)
-  # Extract the actual value from the string
-  string(SUBSTRING ${VERSION_STR} 15 ${VERSION_NUM_LEN} VERSION)
-  # Set the version type to the value extract from above
-  set(VERSION_${VERSION_TYPE} ${VERSION})
+  string(REGEX REPLACE "^VERSION_([A-Z]+)=\"?([^\"]*)\"?$" "\\1;\\2" VERSION_OUT ${VERSION_STR})
+  # Depends on CMP0007 OLD
+  list(LENGTH VERSION_OUT VERSION_LEN)
+  list(GET VERSION_OUT 0 VERSION_TYPE)
+  if(${VERSION_LEN} GREATER 1)
+    list(GET VERSION_OUT 1 VERSION_DATA)
+    set(VERSION_${VERSION_TYPE} ${VERSION_DATA})
+  endif(${VERSION_LEN} GREATER 1)
 endforeach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})

 # Default build version to 0
@@ -460,23 +489,30 @@ get_target_property(SERVICES_BINARY ${PROGRAM_NAME} LOCATION)
 get_filename_component(SERVICES_BINARY ${SERVICES_BINARY} NAME)

 # At install time, create the following additional directories
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/backups\")")
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/logs\")")
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/modules/runtime\")")
+install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${DB_DIR}/backups\")")
+install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${LOGS_DIR}\")")
+if(WIN32)
+  install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${DB_DIR}/runtime\")")
+endif(WIN32)
 # On non-Windows platforms, if RUNGROUP is set, change the permissions of the below directories, as well as the group of the data directory
 if(NOT WIN32 AND RUNGROUP)
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/backups\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/logs\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/data/modules/runtime\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHGRP} -R ${RUNGROUP} \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}\")")
+  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/\${DB_DIR}/backups\")")
+  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/\${LOGS_DIR}\")")
+  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHGRP} -R ${RUNGROUP} \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}\")")
 endif(NOT WIN32 AND RUNGROUP)
 # On Windows platforms, install extra files
 if(WIN32)
  install(FILES ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/win32/anope.bat
-    DESTINATION bin
+    DESTINATION ${BIN_DIR}
  )
+
+  # Package any DLLs in src/win/
+  file(GLOB EXTRA_DLLS RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/win32/*.dll")
+  install(FILES ${EXTRA_DLLS} DESTINATION ${BIN_DIR})
 endif(WIN32)

+install(CODE "file(REMOVE_RECURSE \"$ENV{DESTDIR}${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${LIB_DIR}/modules\")")
+
 # Only process the CPack section if we have CPack
 if(EXISTS "${CMAKE_ROOT}/Modules/CPack.cmake")
  # Various options for CPack
@@ -491,6 +527,10 @@ if(EXISTS "${CMAKE_ROOT}/Modules/CPack.cmake")
  #set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/docs/README")
  # The following is primarily for NSIS
  if(WIN32)
+    # By default, do not warn when built on machines using only VS Express:
+    IF(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS)
+      SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS ON)
+    ENDIF(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS)
    # Also for Windows, include installing the MSVCRT library
    include(InstallRequiredSystemLibraries)
    set(CPACK_GENERATOR "NSIS")
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 #
 # Configuration script for Services.
 #
-# Anope (c) 2003-2011 Anope team
+# Anope (c) 2003-2017 Anope Team
 # Contact us at team@anope.org
 #
 # This program is free but copyrighted software; see the file COPYING for
@@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ Run_Build_System () {
 	WITH_INST=""
 	WITH_RUN=""
 	WITH_PERM=""
-	RUN_CC_PL=""
+	EXTRA_INCLUDE=""
+	EXTRA_LIBS=""
 	GEN_TYPE=""

 	if [ "$INSTDIR" != "" ] ; then
@@ -61,10 +62,18 @@ Run_Build_System () {
 		BUILD_TYPE="-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE:STRING=RELEASE"
 	fi

-	if [ "$USE_RUN_CC_PL" = "yes" ] ; then
-		RUN_CC_PL="-DUSE_RUN_CC_PL:BOOLEAN=ON"
+	if [ "$USE_PCH" = "yes" ] ; then
+		PCH="-DUSE_PCH:BOOLEAN=ON"
 	else
-		RUN_CC_PL="-DUSE_RUN_CC_PL:BOOLEAN=OFF"
+		PCH="-DUSE_PCH:BOOLEAN=OFF"
+	fi
+
+	if [ "$EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS" != "" ] ; then
+		EXTRA_INCLUDE="-DEXTRA_INCLUDE:STRING=$EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS"
+	fi
+
+	if [ "$EXTRA_LIB_DIRS" != "" ] ; then
+		EXTRA_LIBS="-DEXTRA_LIBS:STRING=$EXTRA_LIB_DIRS"
 	fi

 	case `uname -s` in
@@ -82,9 +91,13 @@ Run_Build_System () {
 		REAL_SOURCE_DIR="$SOURCE_DIR"
 	fi

-	echo "cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $RUN_CC_PL $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR"
+	echo "cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $PCH $EXTRA_INCLUDE $EXTRA_LIBS $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR"

-	cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $RUN_CC_PL $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR
+	cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $PCH $EXTRA_INCLUDE $EXTRA_LIBS $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR
+	if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+		echo "You should fix these issues and then run ./Config -quick to rerun CMake."
+		exit 1
+	fi

 	echo ""
 	if [ "$SOURCE_DIR" = "." ] ; then
@@ -115,8 +128,10 @@ export ECHO2 ECHO2SUF
 INSTDIR=$HOME/services
 RUNGROUP=
 UMASK=
-DEBUG="yes"
-USE_RUN_CC_PL="no"
+DEBUG="no"
+USE_PCH="no"
+EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS=
+EXTRA_LIB_DIRS=
 EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=
 CAN_QUICK="no"
 SOURCE_DIR=`dirname $0`
@@ -151,14 +166,15 @@ while [ $# -ge 1 ] ; do
 	shift 1
 done

+###########################################################################
+# Check for CMake and (optionally) install it
 ###########################################################################

-which cmake > /dev/null
+cmake --version 2>&1 > /dev/null
 if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
 	clear
-	echo "Anope requires CMake 2.4 or newer to be configured, which can"
-	echo "be downloaded at http://www.cmake.org/. If you have installed"
-	echo "CMake already, ensure it is in your PATH environment variable."
+	echo "Anope requires CMake 2.4 or newer, which can be downloaded at http://cmake.org or through your system's package manager."
+	echo "If you have installed CMake already, ensure it is in your PATH environment variable."
 	exit 0
 fi

@@ -175,23 +191,7 @@ if [ ! "$NO_INTRO" ] ; then
 			;;
 	esac
 	. $SOURCE_DIR/src/version.sh
-	if [ -d .git ] ; then
-		VERSION=`git describe --tags`
-		VERSION_BUILD=`echo "$VERSION" | cut -d'-' -f2`
-		if [ "$SOURCE_DIR" = "." ] ; then
-			test -d build || mkdir -p build/include
-			BUILD_DIR="build"
-		else
-			BUILD_DIR="."
-		fi
-		VERSION_EXTRA=`echo "$VERSION" | cut -d'-' -f3`
-		# Only do this if we are not on a tag, src/version.sh will be all we need then.
-		if [ "$VERSION_BUILD" != "$VERSION_EXTRA" ] ; then
-			echo "#define VERSION_BUILD	$VERSION_BUILD" > $BUILD_DIR/include/version.h
-			echo "#define VERSION_EXTRA	\"-$VERSION_EXTRA\"" >> $BUILD_DIR/include/version.h
-		fi
-	fi
-	cat $SOURCE_DIR/.BANNER | sed "s/CURVER/$VERSION/" | sed "s@SOURCE_DIR@$SOURCE_DIR@" | $PAGER
+	cat $SOURCE_DIR/.BANNER | sed "s/CURVER/$VERSION_MAJOR.$VERSION_MINOR.$VERSION_PATCH$VERSION_EXTRA/" | sed "s@SOURCE_DIR@$SOURCE_DIR@" | $PAGER
 	echo ""
 else
 	echo ""
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ export ok INPUT
 ####

 ok=0
-echo "In what directory do you want the binaries to be installed?"
+echo "In what directory should Anope be installed?"
 while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
 	echo2 "[$INSTDIR] "
 	if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
@@ -319,37 +319,70 @@ echo ""
 ####

 TEMP_YN="n"
-if [ "$USE_RUN_CC_PL" = "yes" ] ; then
+if [ "$USE_PCH" = "yes" ] ; then
 	TEMP_YN="y"
 fi
-echo "You can optionally have the build run through run-cc.pl, which will"
-echo "cause warnings and errors (if any) to be colored yellow and red,"
-echo "respectively. This relies on Perl being installed, so if you say yes"
-echo "to this without Perl, the option will be ignored."
-echo "NOTE: If you are using MinGW, it is NOT recommended to say yes to"
-echo "this, it may fail."
-echo "Would you like to utilize run-cc.pl?"
+echo "Do you want to build using precompiled headers? This can speed up"
+echo "the build, but uses more disk space."
 echo2 "[$TEMP_YN] "
 read YN
 if [ "$YN" ] ; then
 	if [ "$YN" = "y" ] ; then
-		USE_RUN_CC_PL="yes"
+		USE_PCH="yes"
 	else
-		USE_RUN_CC_PL="no"
+		USE_PCH="no"
 	fi
 fi
 echo ""

 ####

-echo "Are there any extra arguments you wish to pass to cmake?"
-echo "You may only need to do this if cmake is unable to locate"
+echo "Are there any extra include directories you wish to use?"
+echo "You may only need to do this if CMake is unable to locate"
 echo "missing dependencies without hints."
-echo "You can do this by: -DEXTRA_INCLUDE:STRING=/path/to/files;/path/to/more/files"
+echo "Separate directories with semicolons."
+echo "If you need no extra include directories, enter NONE in all caps."
+echo2 "[$EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS] "
+if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
+if [ "$INPUT" ] ; then
+	if [ "$INPUT" = "NONE" ] ; then
+		EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS=""
+	else
+		EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS=$INPUT
+	fi
+fi
+echo ""
+
+####
+
+echo "Are there any extra library directories you wish to use?"
+echo "You may only need to do this if CMake is unable to locate"
+echo "missing dependencies without hints."
+echo "Separate directories with semicolons."
+echo "If you need no extra library directories, enter NONE in all caps."
+echo2 "[$EXTRA_LIB_DIRS] "
+if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
+if [ "$INPUT" ] ; then
+	if [ "$INPUT" = "NONE" ] ; then
+		EXTRA_LIB_DIRS=""
+	else
+		EXTRA_LIB_DIRS=$INPUT
+	fi
+fi
+echo ""
+
+####
+
+echo "Are there any extra arguments you wish to pass to CMake?"
+echo "If you need no extra arguments to CMake, enter NONE in all caps."
 echo2 "[$EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS] "
 if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
 if [ "$INPUT" ] ; then
-  EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=$INPUT
+	if [ "$INPUT" = "NONE" ] ; then
+		EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=""
+	else
+		EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=$INPUT
+	fi
 fi
 echo ""

@@ -366,7 +399,9 @@ INSTDIR="$INSTDIR"
 RUNGROUP="$RUNGROUP"
 UMASK=$UMASK
 DEBUG="$DEBUG"
-USE_RUN_CC_PL="$USE_RUN_CC_PL"
+USE_PCH="$USE_PCH"
+EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS="$EXTRA_INCLUDE_DIRS"
+EXTRA_LIB_DIRS="$EXTRA_LIB_DIRS"
 EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS="$EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS"
 EOT
 echo "done."
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+## About
+
+Anope is an open source set of IRC Services. It is highly modular, with a vast number of configurable parameters, and is the most used IRC services package. There are also many modules on the [modsite](https://modules.anope.org) to add additional features. It runs on Linux, BSD, and Windows, and supports many modern IRCds, including InspIRCd, UnrealIRCd, and ircd-hybrid. For more details, credits, command line options, and contact information see [docs/README](https://github.com/anope/anope/blob/2.0/docs/README).
+
+* [Website](https://anope.org)
+* [GitHub](https://github.com/anope)
+* IRC \#anope on irc.anope.org
+
+## Installation
+
+### Linux/BSD
+Download the latest release off of the [releases page](https://github.com/anope/anope/releases).
+
+
+```
+$ ./Config
+$ cd build
+$ make
+$ make install
+```
+
+Now change to the directory where you installed Anope to, e.g. `$ cd ~/services/`
+
+### Windows
+Download the latest release off of the [releases page](https://github.com/anope/anope/releases) and run the installer.
+
+
+## Configuration
+
+Copy conf/example.conf to conf/services.conf
+
+```
+$ cp conf/example.conf conf/services.conf
+```
+
+Edit services.conf, configuring the uplink, serverinfo, and protocol module configurations. Example link blocks for popular IRCds are included in the the example.conf documentation. The [Anope wiki](https://wiki.anope.org) is also a good source of information. Our support channel is located at #anope on [irc.anope.org](irc://irc.anope.org/#anope).
+
+Note that the example configuration file includes other example configuration files. If you want to modify the other example configuration files, copy them (e.g. `modules.example.conf` to `modules.conf`) and modify the `include` directive in `services.conf` to include the new file.
+
+## Running
+
+Run `$ ./bin/services` to start Anope. If asked to provide logs for support, use the `--support` flag, e.g.: `$ ./bin/services --support`
+
+## Installing extra modules
+
+Extra modules, which are usually modules which require extra libraries to use, such as m\_mysql, can be enabled with the `./extras` command from the source directory. Then re-run `Config`, `make` and `make install` again. Third party modules can be installed by placing them into the `modules/third` directory.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ macro(read_from_file FILE REGEX STRINGS)
    endif(REGEX STREQUAL "")
  else(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
    # For CMake 2.4.x, we need to do this manually, firstly we read the file in
-    execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -DFILE:STRING=${FILE} -P ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/ReadFile.cmake ERROR_VARIABLE ALL_STRINGS)
+    execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -DFILE:STRING=${FILE} -P ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/ReadFile.cmake ERROR_VARIABLE ALL_STRINGS)
    # Next we replace all newlines with semicolons
    string(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" ALL_STRINGS ${ALL_STRINGS})
    if(REGEX STREQUAL "")
@@ -359,24 +359,22 @@ macro(find_includes SRC INCLUDES)
 endmacro(find_includes)

 ###############################################################################
-# calculate_depends(<source filename> <output variable set to TRUE on fail> [<optional output variable for includes>])
+# calculate_depends(<source filename> [<optional output variable for includes>])
 #
 # This macro is used in most of the src (sub)directories to calculate the
 #   header file dependencies for the given source file.
 ###############################################################################
-macro(calculate_depends SRC SKIP)
-  # Temporarily set that we didn't get a 3nd argument before we actually check if we did get one or not
+macro(calculate_depends SRC)
+  # Temporarily set that we didn't get a 3rd argument before we actually check if we did get one or not
  set(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES FALSE)
  # Check for a third argument
-  if(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
+  if(${ARGC} GREATER 1)
    set(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES TRUE)
-  endif(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
+  endif(${ARGC} GREATER 1)
  # Find all the lines in the given source file that have any form of #include on them, regardless of whitespace, but only if they are valid for the platform we are on
  find_includes(${SRC} INCLUDES)
  # Reset the list of headers to empty
  set(HEADERS)
-  # Reset skip
-  set(${SKIP} FALSE)
  # Iterate through the strings containing #include (if any)
  foreach(INCLUDE ${INCLUDES})
    # Extract the filename from the #include line
@@ -392,16 +390,26 @@ macro(calculate_depends SRC SKIP)
        endif(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
        # If the include file was found, add it's path to the list of include paths, but only if it doesn't already exist and isn't in the defaults for the compiler
        if(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
-          find_in_list(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}" FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS)
+          # This used to be find_in_list, but it was changed to this loop to do a find on each default include directory, this fixes Mac OS X trying to get it's framework directories in here
+          set(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS -1)
+          foreach(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIR ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+            string(REGEX REPLACE "\\+" "\\\\+" DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIR ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIR})
+            string(REGEX MATCH ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIR} FOUND_DEFAULT ${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE})
+            if(FOUND_DEFAULT)
+              set(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS 0)
+            endif(FOUND_DEFAULT)
+          endforeach(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIR)
          if(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-            find_in_list(${ARGV2} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}" FOUND_IN_INCLUDES)
+            find_in_list(${ARGV1} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}" FOUND_IN_INCLUDES)
            if(FOUND_IN_INCLUDES EQUAL -1)
-              append_to_list(${ARGV2} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}")
+              append_to_list(${ARGV1} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}")
            endif(FOUND_IN_INCLUDES EQUAL -1)
          endif(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
        else(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
-          set(${SKIP} TRUE)
-          message("${SRC} needs header file ${FILENAME} but we were unable to locate that header file! Check that the header file is within the search path of your OS.")
+          # XXX
+          if(NOT ${FILENAME} STREQUAL "libintl.h")
+            message(FATAL_ERROR "${SRC} needs header file ${FILENAME} but we were unable to locate that header file! Check that the header file is within the search path of your OS.")
+          endif(NOT ${FILENAME} STREQUAL "libintl.h")
        endif(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
      endif(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES)
    endif(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "angle brackets")
@@ -409,12 +417,12 @@ macro(calculate_depends SRC SKIP)
 endmacro(calculate_depends)

 ###############################################################################
-# calculate_libraries(<source filename> <output variable set to TRUE on fail> <output variable for linker flags> <output variable for extra depends>)
+# calculate_libraries(<source filename> <output variable for linker flags> <output variable for extra depends>)
 #
 # This macro is used in most of the module (sub)directories to calculate the
 #   library dependencies for the given source file.
 ###############################################################################
-macro(calculate_libraries SRC SKIP SRC_LDFLAGS EXTRA_DEPENDS)
+macro(calculate_libraries SRC SRC_LDFLAGS EXTRA_DEPENDS)
  # Set up a temporary LDFLAGS for this file
  set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS}")
  # Reset extra dependencies
@@ -423,23 +431,26 @@ macro(calculate_libraries SRC SKIP SRC_LDFLAGS EXTRA_DEPENDS)
  set(LIBRARY_PATHS)
  # Reset libraries
  set(LIBRARIES)
-  # Default to not skipping this file
-  set(${SKIP} FALSE)
  # Check to see if there are any lines matching: /* RequiredLibraries: [something] */
-  read_from_file(${SRC} "/\\\\*[ \t]*RequiredLibraries:[ \t]*.*[ \t]*\\\\*/" REQUIRED_LIBRARIES)
+  if(WIN32)
+    read_from_file(${SRC} "/\\\\*[ \t]*RequiredWindowsLibraries:[ \t]*.*[ \t]*\\\\*/" REQUIRED_LIBRARIES)
+  else(WIN32)
+    read_from_file(${SRC} "/\\\\*[ \t]*RequiredLibraries:[ \t]*.*[ \t]*\\\\*/" REQUIRED_LIBRARIES)
+  endif(WIN32)
  # Iterate through those lines
  foreach(REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARIES})
    # Strip off the /* RequiredLibraries: and */ from the line
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "/\\*[ \t]*RequiredLibraries:[ \t]*([^ \t]*)[ \t]*\\*/" "\\1" REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
+    string(REGEX REPLACE "/\\*[ \t]*Required.*Libraries:[ \t]*([^ \t]*)[ \t]*\\*/" "\\1" REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
    # Replace all commas with semicolons
    string(REGEX REPLACE "," ";" REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
    # Iterate through the libraries given
    foreach(LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
      # Locate the library to see if it exists
      if(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
+        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE} ${EXTRA_LIBS})
      else(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
+        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} PATHS ${EXTRA_INCLUDE} ${EXTRA_LIBS} NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
+        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} PATHS ${EXTRA_INCLUDE} ${EXTRA_LIBS})
      endif(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
      # If the library was found, we will add it to the linker flags
      if(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
@@ -454,36 +465,32 @@ macro(calculate_libraries SRC SKIP SRC_LDFLAGS EXTRA_DEPENDS)
          append_to_list(LIBRARIES "${LIBRARY}")
        endif(MSVC)
      else(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
-        # Skip this file
-        set(${SKIP} TRUE)
        # In the case of the library not being found, we fatally error so CMake stops trying to generate
-        message("${SRC} needs library ${LIBRARY} but we were unable to locate that library! Check that the library is within the search path of your OS.")
+        message(FATAL_ERROR "${SRC} needs library ${LIBRARY} but we were unable to locate that library! Check that the library is within the search path of your OS.")
      endif(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
    endforeach(LIBRARY)
  endforeach(REQUIRED_LIBRARY)
-  if(NOT ${SKIP})
-    # Remove duplicates from the library paths
-    if(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-      remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-    endif(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-    # Remove diplicates from the libraries
-    if(LIBRARIES)
-      remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARIES)
-    endif(LIBRARIES)
-    # Iterate through library paths and add them to the linker flags
-    foreach(LIBRARY_PATH ${LIBRARY_PATHS})
-      find_in_list(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS "${LIBRARY_PATH}" FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS)
-      if(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-        set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${THIS_LDFLAGS} -L${LIBRARY_PATH}")
-      endif(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-    endforeach(LIBRARY_PATH)
-    # Iterate through libraries and add them to the linker flags
-    foreach(LIBRARY ${LIBRARIES})
-      set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${THIS_LDFLAGS} -l${LIBRARY}")
-    endforeach(LIBRARY)
-    set(${SRC_LDFLAGS} "${THIS_LDFLAGS}")
-    set(${EXTRA_DEPENDS} "${EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES}")
-  endif(NOT ${SKIP})
+  # Remove duplicates from the library paths
+  if(LIBRARY_PATHS)
+    remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARY_PATHS)
+  endif(LIBRARY_PATHS)
+  # Remove diplicates from the libraries
+  if(LIBRARIES)
+    remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARIES)
+  endif(LIBRARIES)
+  # Iterate through library paths and add them to the linker flags
+  foreach(LIBRARY_PATH ${LIBRARY_PATHS})
+    find_in_list(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS "${LIBRARY_PATH}" FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS)
+    if(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
+      set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${THIS_LDFLAGS} -L${LIBRARY_PATH}")
+    endif(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
+  endforeach(LIBRARY_PATH)
+  # Iterate through libraries and add them to the linker flags
+  foreach(LIBRARY ${LIBRARIES})
+    append_to_list(EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES "${LIBRARY}")
+  endforeach(LIBRARY)
+  set(${SRC_LDFLAGS} "${THIS_LDFLAGS}")
+  set(${EXTRA_DEPENDS} "${EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES}")
 endmacro(calculate_libraries)

 ###############################################################################
@@ -1,33 +1,26 @@
 # Find the header files, libs, and executables for gettext
 if(NOT WIN32)
  find_path(GETTEXT_INCLUDE libintl.h /usr/include /usr/local/include ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY intl PATHS /usr/lib /usr/lib64 ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
+  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY intl PATHS /usr/lib /usr/lib64 ${EXTRA_LIBS})
  find_program(GETTEXT_MSGFMT msgfmt PATHS /usr/bin/ /usr/local/bin ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
  if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
    set(GETTEXT_FOUND TRUE)
+    if(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
+      set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES ${GETTEXT_LIBRARY})
+    endif(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
  endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
 else(NOT WIN32)
  find_path(GETTEXT_INCLUDE libintl.h ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/include $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/include gettext/include ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY libintl PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(ICONV_LIBRARY libiconv PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(MINGWEX_LIBRARY libmingwex PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GCC_LIBRARY libgcc PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
+  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY libintl PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_LIBS})
  find_program(GETTEXT_MSGFMT msgfmt PATHS ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/bin $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/bin gettext/bin ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT AND ICONV_LIBRARY AND MINGWEX_LIBRARY AND GCC_LIBRARY)
+  if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_LIBRARY AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
    set(GETTEXT_FOUND TRUE)
-  endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT AND ICONV_LIBRARY AND MINGWEX_LIBRARY AND GCC_LIBRARY)
+    set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES ${GETTEXT_LIBRARY})
+  endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_LIBRARY AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
 endif(NOT WIN32)

 # If we found everything we need set variables correctly for lang/CMakeLists.txt to use
 if(GETTEXT_FOUND)
  include_directories("${GETTEXT_INCLUDE}")
  set(GETTEXT_MSGFMT_EXECUTABLE ${GETTEXT_MSGFMT})
-
-  if(WIN32)
-    set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES libiconv libintl libmingwex libgcc)
-  else(WIN32)
-    if(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
-      set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES ${GETTEXT_LIBRARY})
-    endif(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
-  endif(WIN32)
 endif(GETTEXT_FOUND)
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ FunctionEnd

  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES

-  !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME "$INSTDIR\docs\README.txt"
+  !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME "$INSTDIR\doc\README.txt"
  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_FINISH

  !insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_CONFIRM
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Only install example.chk and example.conf from this directory
 # NOTE: I would've had this just find all files in the directory, but that would include files not needed (like this file)
-set(DATA example.chk tables.sql botserv.example.conf example.conf hostserv.example.conf modules.example.conf operserv.example.conf chanserv.example.conf global.example.conf memoserv.example.conf nickserv.example.conf)
+set(DATA example.chk botserv.example.conf example.conf hostserv.example.conf modules.example.conf operserv.example.conf chanserv.example.conf global.example.conf memoserv.example.conf nickserv.example.conf chanstats.example.conf irc2sql.example.conf stats.standalone.example.conf)
 install(FILES ${DATA}
-  DESTINATION data
+  DESTINATION ${CONF_DIR}
 )
@@ -3,12 +3,23 @@
 */

 /*
- * First, create the service.
+ * First, create the service. If you do not want to have a 'BotServ', but do want the ability to have
+ * ChanServ assigned to channels for the use of fantasy commands, you may delete the below 'service' block.
+ *
+ * Note that deleting a 'service' block for a pseudoclient that is already online will not remove the
+ * client, the client becomes no different from a normal service bot, so you will have to use botserv/bot
+ * to manually delete the client.
+ *
+ * You may then want to map some of the below commands to other services, like placing botserv/bot on
+ * OperServ so you can delete the below client, and mapping assign and unassign to ChanServ so users are
+ * able to control whether or not ChanServ is in the channel. You may also want to map botserv/set/nobot
+ * to OperServ so you can restrict who can assign the other core service clients.
 */
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the BotServ client
+	 * The name of the BotServ client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the botserv module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "BotServ"

@@ -34,11 +45,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,17 +66,16 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for BotServ.
 */
-module { name = "bs_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for BotServ provided by bs_main.
- */
-botserv
+module
 {
+	name = "botserv"
+
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be BotServ.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	name = "BotServ"
+	client = "BotServ"

 	/*
 	 * The default bot options for newly registered channels. Note that changing these options
@@ -72,7 +91,7 @@ botserv
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, there will be no defaults.
 	 */
-	defaults="greet fantasy"
+	defaults = "greet fantasy"

 	/*
 	 * The minimum number of users there must be in a channel before the bot joins it. The best
@@ -81,19 +100,6 @@ botserv
 	 */
 	minusers = 1

-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of entries a single bad words list can have. Setting it too high can
-	 * reduce performance slightly.
-	 */
-	badwordsmax = 32
-
-	/*
-	 * The amount of time that data for a user is valid in BotServ. If the data exceeds this time,
-	 * it is reset or deleted depending on the case. Do not set it too high, otherwise your
-	 * resources will be slightly affected.
-	 */
-	keepdata = 10m
-
 	/*
 	 * The bots are currently not affected by any modes or bans when they try to join a channel.
 	 * But some people may want to make it act like a real bot, that is, for example, remove all
@@ -106,26 +112,17 @@ botserv
 	#smartjoin = yes

 	/*
-	 * If set, the bots will use a kick reason that does not state the word when it is kicking.
-	 * This is especially useful if you have young people on your network.
+	 * Modes to set on service bots when they join channels, comment this out for no modes
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	gentlebadwordreason = yes
+	botmodes = "ao"

 	/*
-	 * If set, BotServ will use case sensitive checking for badwords.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
+	 * User modes to set on service bots. Read the comment about the service:modes directive
+	 * on why this can be a bad idea to set.
 	 */
-	#casesensitive = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines the prefix for fantasy commands in channels. This character will have to be prepended
-	 * to all fantasy commands. If you choose "!", for example, fantasy commands will be "!kick",
-	 * "!op", etc. This directive is optional, if left out, the default fantasy character is "!".
-	 */
-	#fantasycharacter = "!"
+	#botumodes = "i"
 }

 /*
@@ -139,28 +136,33 @@ botserv
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
 * bs_assign
 *
- * Provides the commands botserv/assign and botserv/unassign.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   botserv/assign - Used to assign BotServ bots to channels
+ *   botserv/unassign - Used to unassign BotServ bots
+ *   botserv/set/nobot - Used to prohibit channels from being assigned BotServ bots.
 *
 * Used for assigning and unassigning bots to channels.
 */
 module { name = "bs_assign" }
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "ASSIGN"; command = "botserv/assign"; }
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "UNASSIGN"; command = "botserv/unassign"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET NOBOT"; command = "botserv/set/nobot"; permission = "botserv/set/nobot"; }

 /*
 * bs_autoassign
 *
 * Allows service bots to be automatically assigned to channels upon registration.
 */
-#module { name = "bs_autoassign" }
-bs_autoassign
+#module
 {
+	name = "bs_autoassign"
+
 	/*
 	 * Automatically assign ChanServ to channels upon registration.
 	 */
@@ -174,7 +176,22 @@ bs_autoassign
 *
 * Used for controlling the channel badword list.
 */
-module { name = "bs_badwords" }
+module
+{
+	name = "bs_badwords"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of entries a single bad words list can have.
+	 */
+	badwordsmax = 32
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, BotServ will use case sensitive checking for badwords.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#casesensitive = yes
+}
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BADWORDS"; command = "botserv/badwords"; }

 /*
@@ -185,7 +202,7 @@ command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BADWORDS"; command = "botserv/badwords";
 * Used for administrating BotServ bots.
 */
 module { name = "bs_bot" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BOT"; command = "botserv/bot"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BOT"; command = "botserv/bot"; permission = "botserv/bot"; }

 /*
 * bs_botlist
@@ -221,20 +238,167 @@ command { service = "BotServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "botserv/info"; }
 /*
 * bs_kick
 *
- * Provides the command botserv/kick.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   botserv/kick - Dummy help wrapper for the KICK command.
+ *   botserv/kick/amsg - Configures BotServ's AMSG kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/badwords - Configures BotServ's badwords kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/bolds - Configures BotServ's bold text kiceker.
+ *   botserv/kick/caps - Configures BotServ's capital letters kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/colors - Configures BotServ's color kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/flood - Configures BotServ's flood kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/italics - Configures BotServ's italics kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/repeat - Configures BotServ's repeat kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/reverses - Configures BotServ's reverse kicker.
+ *   botserv/kick/underlines - Configures BotServ's reverse kicker.
+ *   botserv/set/dontkickops - Used for preventing BotServ from kicking channel operators.
+ *   botserv/set/dontkickvoices - Used for preventing BotServ from kicking voices.
 *
 * Used for configuring what bots should kick for.
 */
-module { name = "bs_kick" }
+module
+{
+	name = "bs_kick"
+
+	/*
+	 * The amount of time that data for a user is valid in BotServ. If the data exceeds this time,
+	 * it is reset or deleted depending on the case. Do not set it too high, otherwise your
+	 * resources will be slightly affected.
+	 */
+	keepdata = 10m
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, the bots will use a kick reason that does not state the word when it is kicking.
+	 * This is especially useful if you have young people on your network.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	gentlebadwordreason = yes
+}
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK"; command = "botserv/kick"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK AMSG"; command = "botserv/kick/amsg"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK BADWORDS"; command = "botserv/kick/badwords"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK BOLDS"; command = "botserv/kick/bolds"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK CAPS"; command = "botserv/kick/caps"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK COLORS"; command = "botserv/kick/colors"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK FLOOD"; command = "botserv/kick/flood"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK ITALICS"; command = "botserv/kick/italics"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK REPEAT"; command = "botserv/kick/repeat"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK REVERSES"; command = "botserv/kick/reverses"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK UNDERLINES"; command = "botserv/kick/underlines"; }
+
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET DONTKICKOPS"; command = "botserv/set/dontkickops"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET DONTKICKVOICES"; command = "botserv/set/dontkickvoices"; }
+

 /*
 * bs_set
 *
- * Provides the command botserv/set.
- *
- * Used for setting options such as kickers and fantasy replies.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   botserv/set/private - Used to prohibit specific BotServ bots from being assigned to channels.
 */
 module { name = "bs_set" }
 command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET"; command = "botserv/set"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET BANEXPIRE"; command = "botserv/set/banexpire"; }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET PRIVATE"; command = "botserv/set/private"; permission = "botserv/set/private"; }

+/*
+ * greet
+ *
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   botserv/set/greet - Used for enabling or disabling BotServ's greet messages in a channel.
+ *   nickserv/set/greet, nickserv/saset/greet - Used for changing a users greet message, which is displayed when they enter channels.
+ */
+module { name = "greet" }
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET GREET"; command = "botserv/set/greet"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET GREET"; command = "nickserv/set/greet"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET GREET"; command = "nickserv/saset/greet"; permission = "nickserv/saset/greet"; }
+
+/*
+ * GREET privilege.
+ *
+ * Used by 'greet'.
+ *
+ * Users with this privilege have their greet shown when they join channels.
+ */
+privilege
+{
+	name = "GREET"
+	rank = 40
+	level = 5
+	flag = "g"
+	xop = "AOP"
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * fantasy
+ *
+ * Allows 'fantaisist' commands to be used in channels.
+ *
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   botserv/set/fantasy - Used for enabling or disabling BotServ's fantasist commands.
+ */
+module
+{
+	name = "fantasy"
+
+	/*
+	 * Defines the prefixes for fantasy commands in channels. One of these characters will have to be prepended
+	 * to all fantasy commands. If you choose "!", for example, fantasy commands will be "!kick",
+	 * "!op", etc. This directive is optional, if left out, the default fantasy character is "!".
+	 */
+	#fantasycharacter = "!."
+}
+command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET FANTASY"; command = "botserv/set/fantasy"; }
+
+/*
+ * Fantasy commands
+ *
+ * Fantasy commands can be executed in channels that have a BotServ bot by prefixing the
+ * command with one of the fantasy characters configured in botserv's fantasycharacter
+ * directive.
+ *
+ * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
+ */
+fantasy { name = "ACCESS"; command = "chanserv/access"; }
+fantasy { name = "AKICK"; command = "chanserv/akick"; }
+fantasy { name = "AOP"; command = "chanserv/xop"; }
+fantasy { name = "BAN"; command = "chanserv/ban"; }
+fantasy { name = "CLONE"; command = "chanserv/clone"; }
+fantasy { name = "DEHALFOP"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "DEOP"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "DEOWNER"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "DEPROTECT"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "DEVOICE"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "DOWN"; command = "chanserv/down"; }
+fantasy { name = "ENFORCE"; command = "chanserv/enforce"; }
+fantasy { name = "ENTRYMSG"; command = "chanserv/entrymsg"; }
+fantasy { name = "FLAGS"; command = "chanserv/flags"; }
+fantasy { name = "HALFOP"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; prepend_channel = false; }
+fantasy { name = "HOP"; command = "chanserv/xop"; }
+fantasy { name = "INFO"; command = "chanserv/info"; prepend_channel = false; }
+fantasy { name = "INVITE"; command = "chanserv/invite"; }
+fantasy { name = "K"; command = "chanserv/kick"; }
+fantasy { name = "KB"; command = "chanserv/ban"; }
+fantasy { name = "KICK"; command = "chanserv/kick"; }
+fantasy { name = "LEVELS"; command = "chanserv/levels"; }
+fantasy { name = "LIST"; command = "chanserv/list"; prepend_channel = false; }
+fantasy { name = "LOG"; command = "chanserv/log"; }
+fantasy { name = "MODE"; command = "chanserv/mode"; }
+fantasy { name = "MUTE"; command = "chanserv/ban"; kick = no; mode = "QUIET"; }
+fantasy { name = "OP"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "OWNER"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "PROTECT"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "QOP"; command = "chanserv/xop"; }
+fantasy { name = "SEEN"; command = "chanserv/seen"; prepend_channel = false; }
+fantasy { name = "SOP"; command = "chanserv/xop"; }
+fantasy { name = "STATUS"; command = "chanserv/status"; }
+fantasy { name = "SUSPEND"; command = "chanserv/suspend"; permission = "chanserv/suspend"; }
+fantasy { name = "SYNC"; command = "chanserv/sync"; }
+fantasy { name = "TOPIC"; command = "chanserv/topic"; }
+fantasy { name = "UNBAN"; command = "chanserv/unban"; }
+fantasy { name = "UNSUSPEND"; command = "chanserv/unsuspend"; permission = "chanserv/suspend"; }
+fantasy { name = "UP"; command = "chanserv/up"; }
+fantasy { name = "VOICE"; command = "chanserv/modes"; }
+fantasy { name = "VOP"; command = "chanserv/xop"; }
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Example configuration file for Chanstats.
+ * Make sure BotServ, ChanServ and NickServ are running.
+ */
+
+module
+{
+	name = "m_chanstats"
+
+	/*
+	 * The name of this engine.
+	 * This must match with the name of an SQL engine block.
+	 */
+
+	engine = "mysql/main"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional prefix to prepended to the name of each created table.
+	 * Do not use the same prefix for other programs.
+	 */
+	prefix = "anope_"
+
+	smileyshappy = ":) :-) ;) ;-) :D :-D :P :-P"
+	smileyssad = ":( :-( ;( ;-("
+	smileysother = ":/ :-/"
+
+	/*
+	 * Enable Chanstats for newly registered nicks / channels.
+	 */
+	ns_def_chanstats = yes
+	cs_def_chanstats = yes
+}
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "SET CHANSTATS"; command = "chanserv/set/chanstats"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET CHANSTATS"; command = "nickserv/set/chanstats"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET CHANSTATS"; command = "nickserv/saset/chanstats"; }
+
+module { name = "cs_fantasy_stats" }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "STATS"; command = "chanserv/stats"; }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GSTATS"; command = "chanserv/gstats"; }
+fantasy { name = "STATS"; command = "chanserv/stats"; }
+fantasy { name = "GSTATS"; command = "chanserv/gstats"; }
+
+module { name = "cs_fantasy_top" }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "TOP"; command = "chanserv/top"; }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "TOP10"; command = "chanserv/top10"; }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GTOP"; command = "chanserv/gtop"; }
+command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GTOP10"; command = "chanserv/gtop10"; }
+fantasy { name = "TOP"; command = "chanserv/top"; }
+fantasy { name = "TOP10"; command = "chanserv/top10"; }
+fantasy { name = "GTOP"; command = "chanserv/gtop"; }
+fantasy { name = "GTOP10"; command = "chanserv/gtop10"; }
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ cd $ANOPATH
 if [ -f "$ANODATA/$ANOPIDF" ]
 then
 	ANOPID=`cat "$ANODATA/$ANOPIDF"`
-	if [ `ps auwx | grep $ANOPROG | grep $ANOPID | grep -v -c grep` = 1 ]
+	kill -0 $ANOPID 2>/dev/null
+	if [ $? -eq 0 ]
 	then
 		exit
 	fi
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the Global client
+	 * The name of the Global client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the global module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "Global"

@@ -34,11 +35,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,41 +56,33 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for Global.
 */
-module { name = "gl_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for Global provided by gl_main.
- */
-global
+module
 {
+	name = "global"
+
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be Global.
 	 */
-	name = "Global"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send global messages on starting up and shutting
-	 * down/restarting.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#globaloncycle = yes
+	client = "Global"

 	/*
 	 * This is the global message that will be sent when Services are being
-	 * shutdown/restarted. This directive is only required if you enable
-	 * globaloncycle above.
+	 * shutdown/restarted.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	globaloncycledown = "Services are restarting, they will be back shortly - please be good while we're gone"
+	#globaloncycledown = "Services are restarting, they will be back shortly - please be good while we're gone"

 	/*
 	 * This is the global message that will be sent when Services (re)join the
-	 * network. This directive is only required if you enable globaloncycle above.
+	 * network.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	globaloncycleup = "Services are now back online - have a nice day"
+	#globaloncycleup = "Services are now back online - have a nice day"

 	/*
-	 * If set, Services will hide the IRC operator's nick in a global
+	 * If set, Services will hide the IRC Operator's nick in a global
 	 * message/notice.
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional.
@@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ global
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "Global"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
@@ -110,6 +112,4 @@ command { service = "Global"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
 * Used for sending a message to every online user.
 */
 module { name = "gl_global" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "GLOBAL"; command = "global/global"; permission = "operserv/global"; }
 command { service = "Global"; name = "GLOBAL"; command = "global/global"; permission = "global/global"; }
-
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the HostServ client
+	 * The name of the HostServ client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the hostserv module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "HostServ"

@@ -34,11 +35,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,17 +56,19 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for HostServ.
 */
-module { name = "hs_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for HostServ provided by hs_main.
- */
-hostserv
+module
 {
+	name = "hostserv"
+
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be HostServ.
 	 */
-	name = "HostServ"
+	client = "HostServ"
+
+	/*
+	 * If enabled, vhosts are activated on users immediately when they are set.
+	 */
+	activate_on_set = false
 }

 /*
@@ -70,7 +82,7 @@ hostserv
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "HostServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
@@ -78,7 +90,7 @@ command { service = "HostServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
 *
 * Provides the commands hostserv/del and hostserv/delall.
 *
- * Used for removing users vHosts.
+ * Used for removing users' vHosts.
 */
 module { name = "hs_del" }
 command { service = "HostServ"; name = "DEL"; command = "hostserv/del"; permission = "hostserv/del"; }
@@ -91,7 +103,20 @@ command { service = "HostServ"; name = "DELALL"; command = "hostserv/delall"; pe
 *
 * Used for grouping one vHost to many nicks.
 */
-module { name = "hs_group" }
+module
+{
+	name = "hs_group"
+
+	/*
+	 * Upon nickserv/group, this option syncs the nick's main vHost to the grouped nick.
+	 */
+	syncongroup = false
+
+	/*
+	 * This makes vhosts act as if they are per account.
+	 */
+	synconset = false
+}
 command { service = "HostServ"; name = "GROUP"; command = "hostserv/group"; }

 /*
@@ -127,17 +152,14 @@ command { service = "HostServ"; name = "ON"; command = "hostserv/on"; }
 /*
 * hs_request
 *
- * Provides the commands hostserv/request, hostserv/active, hostserv/reject, and hostserv/waiting.
+ * Provides the commands hostserv/request, hostserv/activate, hostserv/reject, and hostserv/waiting.
 *
- * Used to manage vhosts requested by users.
+ * Used to manage vHosts requested by users.
 */
-module { name = "hs_request" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REQUEST"; command = "hostserv/request"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "ACTIVATE"; command = "hostserv/activate"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REJECT"; command = "hostserv/reject"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "WAITING"; command = "hostserv/waiting"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-hs_request
+module
 {
+	name = "hs_request"
+
 	/*
 	 * If set, Services will send a memo to the user requesting a vHost when it's been
 	 * approved or rejected.
@@ -149,15 +171,18 @@ hs_request
 	 */
 	#memooper = yes
 }
+command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REQUEST"; command = "hostserv/request"; }
+command { service = "HostServ"; name = "ACTIVATE"; command = "hostserv/activate"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
+command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REJECT"; command = "hostserv/reject"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
+command { service = "HostServ"; name = "WAITING"; command = "hostserv/waiting"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }

 /*
 * hs_set
 *
 * Provides the commands hostserv/set and hostserv/setall.
 *
- * Used for setting users vhosts.
+ * Used for setting users' vHosts.
 */
 module { name = "hs_set" }
 command { service = "HostServ"; name = "SET"; command = "hostserv/set"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
 command { service = "HostServ"; name = "SETALL"; command = "hostserv/setall"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Example configuration file for the irc2sql gateway
+ *
+ */
+
+service
+{
+	/*
+	 * The name of the StatServ client.
+	 */
+	nick = "StatServ"
+
+	/*
+	 * The username of the StatServ client.
+	 */
+	user = "StatServ"
+
+	/*
+	 * The hostname of the StatServ client.
+	 */
+	host = "services.host"
+
+	/*
+	 * The realname of the StatServ client.
+	 */
+	gecos = "Statistical Service"
+
+	/*
+	 * The modes this client should use.
+	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
+	 *
+	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
+	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
+	 *
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
+	 */
+	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
+}
+
+module
+{
+	name = "irc2sql"
+
+	/*
+	 * The name of the client that should send the CTCP VERSION requests.
+	 * It must already exist or must be defined in the following service block.
+	 */
+	client = "StatServ"
+
+	/* 
+	 * The name of the SQL engine to use.
+	 * This must be MySQL and must match the name in the mysql{} block
+	 */
+	engine = "mysql/main"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional prefix to prepended to the name of each created table.
+	 * Do not use the same prefix for other programs.
+	 */
+	prefix = "anope_"
+
+	/*
+	 * GeoIP - Automatically adds users geoip location to the user table.
+	 * Tables are created by irc2sql, you have to run the
+	 * geoipupdate script after you started Anope to download
+	 * and import the GeoIP database.
+	 *
+	 * The geoip database can be the smaller "country" database or the
+	 * larger "city" database. Comment to disable geoip lookup.
+	 */
+	geoip_database = "country"
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the CTCP version from users
+	 * The users connecting to the network will receive a CTCP VERSION
+	 * request from the above configured services client
+	 */
+	ctcpuser = "yes"
+
+	/*
+	 * Send out CTCP VERSION requests to users during burst.
+	 * Disable this if you restart Anope often and don't want to
+	 * annoy your users.
+	 */
+	ctcpeob = "yes"
+}
+
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the MemoServ client
+	 * The name of the MemoServ client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the memoserv module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "MemoServ"

@@ -34,11 +35,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,18 +56,14 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for MemoServ.
 */
-module { name = "ms_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for MemoServ provided by ms_main.
- */
-memoserv
+module
 {
+	name = "memoserv"
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be MemoServ. Clients are configured
 	 * with the service blocks.
 	 */
-	name = "MemoServ"
+	client = "MemoServ"

 	/*
 	 * The maximum number of memos a user is allowed to keep by default. Normal users may set the
@@ -78,16 +84,6 @@ memoserv
 	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
 	 */
 	senddelay = 3s
-
-	/*
-	 * Allow the use of memo receipts for the following groups:
-	 *
-	 * 1 - Opers Only
-	 * 2 - Everybody
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#memoreceipt = 1
 }

 /*
@@ -101,7 +97,7 @@ memoserv
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
@@ -141,7 +137,17 @@ command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "DEL"; command = "memoserv/del"; }
 *
 * Used to ignore memos from specific users.
 */
-module { name = "ms_ignore" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ms_ignore"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of entries that may be on a memo ignore list.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	max = 32
+}
 command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "IGNORE"; command = "memoserv/ignore"; }

 /*
@@ -180,16 +186,26 @@ command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "READ"; command = "memoserv/read"; }
 * Provides the command memoserv/rsend.
 *
 * Used to send a memo requiring a receipt be sent back once it is read.
- * 
+ *
 * Requires configuring memoserv:memoreceipt.
 */
-#module { name = "ms_rsend" }
+#module
+{
+	name = "ms_rsend"
+
+	/*
+	 * Only allow Services Operators to use ms_rsend.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	operonly = false
+}
 #command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "RSEND"; command = "memoserv/rsend"; }

 /*
 * ms_send
 *
- * Provides the command memoserv/send
+ * Provides the command memoserv/send.
 *
 * Used to send memos.
 */
@@ -197,9 +213,9 @@ module { name = "ms_send" }
 command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "SEND"; command = "memoserv/send"; }

 /*
- * ms_sendlal
+ * ms_sendall
 *
- * Provides the command memoserv/sendall
+ * Provides the command memoserv/sendall.
 *
 * Used to send a mass memo to every registered user.
 */
@@ -225,4 +241,3 @@ command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "SET"; command = "memoserv/set"; }
 */
 module { name = "ms_staff" }
 command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "STAFF"; command = "memoserv/staff"; permission = "memoserv/staff"; }
-
@@ -1,21 +1,84 @@
-
 /*
 * [OPTIONAL] Non-Core Modules
 *
 * The following blocks are used to load all non-core modules, including 3rd-party modules.
 * Modules can be prevented from loading by commenting out the line, other modules can be added by
 * adding a module block. These modules will be loaded prior to Services connecting to your network.
+ *
+ * Note that some of these modules are labeled EXTRA, and must be enabled prior to compiling by
+ * running the 'extras' script on Linux and UNIX.
 */

 /*
 * help
 *
- * Provides commands generic/help
+ * Provides the command generic/help.
 *
- * Is a generic help command that can be used with any client.
+ * This is a generic help command that can be used with any client.
 */
 module { name = "help" }

+/*
+ * m_dns
+ *
+ * Adds support for the DNS protocol. By itself this module does nothing useful,
+ * but other modules such as m_dnsbl and os_dns require this.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_dns"
+
+	/*
+	 * The nameserver to use for resolving hostnames, must be an IP or a resolver configuration file.
+	 * The below should work fine on all unix like systems. Windows users will have to find their nameservers
+	 * from ipconfig /all and put the IP here.
+	 */
+	nameserver = "/etc/resolv.conf"
+	#nameserver = "127.0.0.1"
+
+	/*
+	 * How long to wait in seconds before a DNS query has timed out.
+	 */
+	timeout = 5
+
+
+	/* Only edit below if you are expecting to use os_dns or otherwise answer DNS queries. */
+
+	/*
+	 * The IP and port services use to listen for DNS queries.
+	 * Note that ports less than 1024 are privileged on UNIX/Linux systems, and
+	 * require Anope to be started as root. If you do this, it is recommended you
+	 * set options:user and options:group so Anope can change users after binding
+	 * to this port.
+	 */
+	ip = "0.0.0.0"
+	port = 53
+
+
+	/*
+	 * SOA record information.
+	 */
+
+	/* E-mail address of the DNS administrator. */
+	admin = "admin@example.com"
+
+	/* This should be the names of the public facing nameservers serving the records. */
+	nameservers = "ns1.example.com ns2.example.com"
+
+	/* The time slave servers are allowed to cache. This should be reasonably low
+	 * if you want your records to be updated without much delay.
+	 */
+	refresh = 3600
+
+	/* A notify block. There should probably be one per nameserver listed in 'nameservers'.
+	 */
+	notify
+	{
+		ip = "192.0.2.0"
+		port = 53
+	}
+}
+
 /*
 * m_dnsbl
 *
@@ -23,9 +86,10 @@ module { name = "help" }
 * is found on the blacklist they will be immediately banned. This is a crucial module
 * to prevent bot attacks.
 */
-module { name = "m_dnsbl" }
-m_dnsbl
+#module
 {
+	name = "m_dnsbl"
+
 	/*
 	 * If set, Services will check clients against the DNSBLs when services connect to its uplink.
 	 * This is not recommended, and on large networks will open a very large amount of DNS queries.
@@ -45,39 +109,73 @@ m_dnsbl
 	 * a timed G/K-line to the IRCd and forgets about it. Can be useful if your akill list is being fill up by bots.
 	 */
 	add_to_akill = yes
-}
-blacklist
-{
-	/* Name of the blacklist */
-	name = "rbl.efnetrbl.org"

-	/* How long to set the ban for */
-	time = 4h
+	blacklist
+	{
+		/* Name of the blacklist. */
+		name = "rbl.efnetrbl.org"

-	/* Reason for akill.
-	 * %n is the nick of the user
-	 * %u is the ident/username of the user
-	 * %g is the realname of the user
-	 * %h is the hostname of the user
-	 * %i is the IP of the user
-	 * %r is the reason (configured below). Will be nothing if not configured.
-	 * %N is the network name set in networkinfo:networkname
-	 */
-	reason = "You are listed in the efnet RBL, visit http://rbl.efnetrbl.org/?i=%i for info"
+		/* How long to set the ban for. */
+		time = 4h

-	/* Replies to ban and their reason. If this is totally ommited all replies get banned */
-	1 = "Open Proxy"
-	/* Don't ban for result 2 or 3 */
-	#2 = "spamtrap666"
-	#3 = "spamtrap50"
-	4 = "TOR"
-	5 = "Drones / Flooding"
-}
-blacklist
-{
-	name = "dnsbl.dronebl.org"
-	time = 4h
-	reason = "You have a host listed in the DroneBL. For more information, visit http://dronebl.org/lookup_branded.do?ip=%i&network=%N"
+		/* Reason for akill.
+		 * %n is the nick of the user
+		 * %u is the ident/username of the user
+		 * %g is the realname of the user
+		 * %h is the hostname of the user
+		 * %i is the IP of the user
+		 * %r is the reply reason (configured below). Will be nothing if not configured.
+		 * %N is the network name set in networkinfo:networkname
+		 */
+		reason = "You are listed in the efnet RBL, visit http://rbl.efnetrbl.org/?i=%i for info"
+
+		/* Replies to ban and their reason. If no replies are configured, all replies get banned. */
+		reply
+		{
+			code = 1
+			reason = "Open Proxy"
+		}
+
+		#reply
+		{
+			code = 2
+			reason = "spamtrap666"
+		}
+
+		#reply
+		{
+			code = 3
+			reason = "spamtrap50"
+		}
+
+		reply
+		{
+			code = 4
+			reason = "TOR"
+
+			/*
+			 * If set, users identified to services at the time the result comes back
+			 * will not be banned.
+			 */
+			#allow_account = yes
+		}
+
+		reply
+		{
+			code = 5
+			reason = "Drones / Flooding"
+		}
+	}
+
+	#blacklist
+	{
+		name = "dnsbl.dronebl.org"
+		time = 4h
+		reason = "You have a host listed in the DroneBL. For more information, visit http://dronebl.org/lookup_branded?ip=%i&network=%N"
+	}
+
+	/* Exempt localhost from DNSBL checks */
+	exempt { ip = "127.0.0.0/8" }
 }

 /*
@@ -85,43 +183,100 @@ blacklist
 *
 * Gives users who are op in the specified help channel usermode +h (helpop).
 */
-#module { name = "m_helpchan" }
-m_helpchan
+#module
 {
+	name = "m_helpchan"
+
 	helpchannel = "#help"
 }

 /*
- * m_ldap
+ * m_httpd
 *
- * This module allows other modules to use LDAP. By itself, this module does nothing useful.
+ * Allows services to serve web pages. By itself, this module does nothing useful.
+ *
+ * Note that using this will allow users to get the IP of your services.
+ * To prevent this we recommend using a reverse proxy or a tunnel.
 */
-#module { name = "m_ldap" }
-ldap
+#module
 {
-	server = "ldap://127.0.0.1"
-	port = 389
-	admin_binddn = "cn=Manager,dc=anope,dc=org"
-	admin_password = "secret"
+	name = "m_httpd"
+
+	httpd
+	{
+		/* Name of this service. */
+		name = "httpd/main"
+
+		/* IP to listen on. */
+		ip = "0.0.0.0"
+
+		/* Port to listen on. */
+		port = 8080
+
+		/* Time before connections to this server are timed out. */
+		timeout = 30
+
+		/* Listen using SSL. Requires an SSL module. */
+		#ssl = yes
+
+		/* If you are using a reverse proxy that sends one of the
+		 * extforward_headers set below, set this to its IP.
+		 * This allows services to obtain the real IP of users by
+		 * reading the forwarded-for HTTP header.
+		 */
+		#extforward_ip = "192.168.0.255"
+
+		/* The header to look for. These probably work as is. */
+		extforward_header = "X-Forwarded-For Forwarded-For"
+	}
 }

 /*
- * m_ldap_authentication
+ * m_ldap [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module allows other modules to use LDAP. By itself, this module does nothing useful.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_ldap"
+
+	ldap
+	{
+		server = "ldap://127.0.0.1"
+
+		/*
+		 * Admin credentials used for performing searches and adding users.
+		 */
+		admin_binddn = "cn=Manager,dc=anope,dc=org"
+		admin_password = "secret"
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_ldap_authentication [EXTRA]
 *
 * This module allows many commands such as IDENTIFY, RELEASE, RECOVER, GHOST, etc. use
 * LDAP to authenticate users. Requires m_ldap.
 */
-#module { name = "m_ldap_authentication" }
-m_ldap_authentication
+#module
 {
+	name = "m_ldap_authentication"
+
 	/*
-	 * The distinguished name we should bind to when a user tries to identify.
+	 * The distinguished name used for searching for users's accounts.
 	 */
-	binddn = "ou=users,dc=anope,dc=org"
+	basedn = "ou=users,dc=anope,dc=org"
+
+	/*
+	 * The search filter used to look up users's accounts.
+	 * %account is replaced with the user's account.
+	 * %object_class is replaced with the object_class configured below.
+	 */
+	search_filter = "(&(uid=%account)(objectClass=%object_class))"

 	/*
 	 * The object class used by LDAP to store user account information.
-	 * Used for adding new users to LDAP if disable_ns_register is false
+	 * This is used for adding new users to LDAP if registration is allowed.
 	 */
 	object_class = "anopeUser"

@@ -143,28 +298,32 @@ m_ldap_authentication
 	password_attribute = "userPassword"

 	/*
-	 * Enable to have this module disable /nickserv register.
+	 * If set, the reason to give the users who try to register with nickserv,
+	 * including nick registration from grouping.
+	 *
+	 * If not set, then registration is not blocked.
 	 */
-	disable_ns_register = false
+	#disable_register_reason = "To register on this network visit http://some.misconfigured.site/register"

 	/*
-	 * The reason to give the users who try to /ns register if
-	 * disable_ns_register is enabled.
+	 * If set, the reason to give the users who try to "/msg NickServ SET EMAIL".
+	 * If not set, then email changing is not blocked.
 	 */
-	#disable_reason = "To register on this network visit http://some.misconfigured.site/register"
+	#disable_email_reason = "To change your email address visit http://some.misconfigured.site"
 }

 /*
- * m_ldap_oper
+ * m_ldap_oper [EXTRA]
 *
 * This module dynamically ties users to Anope opertypes when they identify
 * via LDAP group membership. Requires m_ldap.
 *
 * Note that this doesn't give the user privileges on the IRCd, only in Services.
 */
-#module { name = "m_ldap_oper" }
-m_ldap_oper
+#module
 {
+	name = "m_ldap_oper"
+
 	/*
 	 * An optional binddn to use when searching for groups.
 	 * %a is replaced with the account name of the user.
@@ -195,58 +354,417 @@ m_ldap_oper
 }

 /*
- * m_mysql
+ * m_mysql [EXTRA]
 *
- * This module allows other modules (db_mysql/db_mysql_live) to use MySQL.
- * Be sure you have imported the table schema with mydbgen before
- * trying to use MySQL
+ * This module allows other modules to use MySQL.
 */
-#module { name = "m_mysql" }
-mysql
+#module
 {
-	database = "anope"
-	server = "127.0.0.1"
-	username = "anope"
-	password = "mypassword"
-	port = 3306
+	name = "m_mysql"
+
+	mysql
+	{
+		/* The name of this service. */
+		name = "mysql/main"
+		database = "anope"
+		server = "127.0.0.1"
+		username = "anope"
+		password = "mypassword"
+		port = 3306
+	}
+}
+/*
+ * m_redis
+ *
+ * This module allows other modules to use Redis.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_redis"
+
+	/* A redis database */
+	redis
+	{
+		/* The name of this service */
+		name = "redis/main"
+
+		/*
+		 * The redis database to use. New connections default to 0.
+		 */
+		db = 0
+
+		ip = "127.0.0.1"
+		port = 6379
+	}
 }

 /*
- * m_ssl
+ * m_regex_pcre [EXTRA]
 *
- * This module uses SSL to connect to the uplink server(s)
+ * Provides the regex engine regex/pcre, which uses the Perl Compatible Regular Expressions library.
 */
-module { name = "m_ssl" }
+#module { name = "m_regex_pcre" }

 /*
- * m_statusupdate
+ * m_regex_posix [EXTRA]
 *
- * This module automatically updates users status on channels when the
- * channel's access list is modified.
+ * Provides the regex engine regex/posix, which uses the POSIX compliant regular expressions.
+ * This is likely the only regex module you will not need extra libraries for.
 */
-module { name = "m_statusupdate" }
+#module { name = "m_regex_posix" }

-/* 
+/*
+ * m_regex_tre [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * Provides the regex engine regex/tre, which uses the TRE regex library.
+ */
+#module { name = "m_regex_tre" }
+
+/*
+ * m_rewrite
+ *
+ * Allows rewriting commands sent to/from clients.
+ */
+#module { name = "m_rewrite" }
+#command
+{
+	service = "ChanServ"; name = "CLEAR"; command = "rewrite"
+
+	/* Enable m_rewrite. */
+	rewrite = true
+
+	/* Source message to match. A $ can be used to match anything. */
+	rewrite_source = "CLEAR $ USERS"
+
+	/*
+	 * Message to rewrite the source message to. A $ followed by a number, eg $0, gets
+	 * replaced by the number-th word from the source_message, starting from 0.
+	 */
+	rewrite_target = "KICK $1 *"
+
+	/*
+	 * The command description. This only shows up in HELP's output.
+	 * Comment this option to prevent the command from showing in the
+	 * HELP command.
+	 */
+	rewrite_description = "Clears all users from a channel"
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_proxyscan
+ *
+ * This module allows you to scan connecting clients for open proxies.
+ * Note that using this will allow users to get the IP of your services.
+ *
+ * Currently the two supported proxy types are HTTP and SOCKS5.
+ *
+ * The proxy scanner works by attempting to connect to clients when they
+ * connect to the network, and if they have a proxy running instruct it to connect
+ * back to services. If services are able to connect through the proxy to itself
+ * then it knows it is an insecure proxy, and will ban it.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_proxyscan"
+
+	/*
+	 * The target IP services tells the proxy to connect back to. This must be a publicly
+	 * available IP that remote proxies can connect to.
+	 */
+	#target_ip = "127.0.0.1"
+
+	/*
+	 * The port services tells the proxy to connect to.
+	 */
+	target_port = 7226
+
+	/*
+	 * The listen IP services listen on for incoming connections from suspected proxies.
+	 * This probably will be the same as target_ip, but may not be if you are behind a firewall (NAT).
+	 */
+	#listen_ip = "127.0.0.1"
+
+	/*
+	 * The port services should listen on for incoming connections from suspected proxies.
+	 * This most likely will be the same as target_port.
+	 */
+	listen_port = 7226
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional notice sent to clients upon connect.
+	 */
+	#connect_notice = "We will now scan your host for insecure proxies. If you do not consent to this scan please disconnect immediately."
+
+	/*
+	 * Who the notice should be sent from.
+	 */
+	#connect_source = "OperServ"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, OperServ will add infected clients to the akill list. Without it, OperServ simply sends
+	 * a timed G/K-line to the IRCd and forgets about it. Can be useful if your akill list is being filled up by bots.
+	 */
+	add_to_akill = yes
+
+	/*
+	 * How long before connections should be timed out.
+	 */
+	timeout = 5
+
+	proxyscan
+	{
+		/* The type of proxy to check for. A comma separated list is allowed. */
+		type = "HTTP"
+
+		/* The ports to check. */
+		port = "80,8080"
+
+		/* How long to set the ban for. */
+		time = 4h
+
+		/*
+		 * The reason to ban the user for.
+		 * %h is replaced with the type of proxy found.
+		 * %i is replaced with the IP of proxy found.
+		 * %p is replaced with the port.
+		 */
+		reason = "You have an open proxy running on your host (%t:%i:%p)"
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_sasl
+ *
+ * Some IRCds allow "SASL" authentication to let users identify to Services
+ * during the IRCd user registration process. If this module is loaded, Services will allow
+ * authenticating users through this mechanism. Supported mechanisms are:
+ * PLAIN, EXTERNAL.
+ */
+module { name = "m_sasl" }
+
+/*
+ * m_ssl_gnutls [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module provides SSL services to Anope using GnuTLS, for example to
+ * connect to the uplink server(s) via SSL.
+ *
+ * You may only load either m_ssl_gnutls or m_ssl_openssl, bot not both.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_ssl_gnutls"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional certificate and key for m_ssl_gnutls to give to the uplink.
+	 *
+	 * You can generate your own certificate and key pair by using:
+	 *
+	 *   certtool --generate-privkey --bits 2048 --outfile anope.key
+	 *   certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey anope.key --outfile anope.crt
+	 *
+	 */
+	cert = "data/anope.crt"
+	key = "data/anope.key"
+
+	/*
+	 * Diffie-Hellman parameters to use when acting as a server. This is only
+	 * required for TLS servers that want to use ephemeral DH cipher suites.
+	 *
+	 * This is NOT required for Anope to connect to the uplink server(s) via SSL.
+	 *
+	 * You can generate DH parameters by using:
+	 *
+	 *   certtool --generate-dh-params --bits 2048 --outfile dhparams.pem
+	 *
+	 */
+#	dhparams = "data/dhparams.pem"
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_ssl_openssl [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module provides SSL services to Anope using OpenSSL, for example to
+ * connect to the uplink server(s) via SSL.
+ *
+ * You may only load either m_ssl_openssl or m_ssl_gnutls, bot not both.
+ *
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_ssl_openssl"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional certificate and key for m_ssl_openssl to give to the uplink.
+	 *
+	 * You can generate your own certificate and key pair by using:
+	 *
+	 *   openssl genrsa -out anope.key 2048
+	 *   openssl req -new -x509 -key anope.key -out anope.crt -days 1095
+	 */
+	cert = "data/anope.crt"
+	key = "data/anope.key"
+
+	/*
+	 * As of 2014 SSL 3.0 is considered insecure, but it might be enabled
+	 * on some systems by default for compatibility reasons.
+	 * You can use the following option to enable or disable it explicitly.
+	 * Leaving this option not set defaults to the default system behavior.
+	 */
+	#sslv3 = no
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_sql_authentication [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module allows authenticating users against an external SQL database using a custom
+ * query.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_sql_authentication"
+
+	/* SQL engine to use. Should be configured elsewhere with m_mysql, m_sqlite, etc. */
+	engine = "mysql/main"
+
+	/* Query to execute to authenticate. A non empty result from this query is considered a success,
+	 * and the user will be authenticated.
+	 *
+	 * @a@ is replaced with the user's account name
+	 * @p@ is replaced with the user's password
+	 * @n@ is replaced with the user's nickname
+	 * @i@ is replaced with the user's IP
+	 *
+	 * Note that @n@ and @i@ may not always exist in the case of a user identifying outside of the normal
+	 * nickserv/identify command, such as through the web panel.
+	 *
+	 * Furthermore, if a field named email is returned from this query the user's email is
+	 * set to its value.
+	 *
+	 *
+	 * We've included some example queries for some popular website/forum systems.
+	 *
+	 * Drupal 6: "SELECT `mail` AS `email` FROM `users` WHERE `name` = @a@ AND `pass` = MD5(@p@) AND `status` = 1"
+	 * e107 cms: "SELECT `user_email` AS `email` FROM `e107_user` WHERE `user_loginname` = @a@ AND `user_password` = MD5(@p@)"
+	 * SMF Forum: "SELECT `email_address` AS `email` FROM `smf_members` WHERE `member_name` = @a@ AND `passwd` = SHA1(CONCAT(LOWER(@a@), @p@))"
+	 * vBulletin: "SELECT `email` FROM `user` WHERE `username` = @a@ AND `password` = MD5(CONCAT(MD5(@p@), `salt`))"
+	 * IP.Board: "SELECT `email` FROM `ibf_members` WHERE `name` = @a@ AND `members_pass_hash` = MD5(CONCAT(MD5(`members_pass_salt`), MD5(@p@)))"
+	 */
+	query = "SELECT `email_addr` AS `email` FROM `my_users` WHERE `username` = @a@ AND `password` = MD5(CONCAT('salt', @p@))"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, the reason to give the users who try to "/msg NickServ REGISTER".
+	 * If not set, then registration is not blocked.
+	 */
+	#disable_reason = "To register on this network visit http://some.misconfigured.site/register"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, the reason to give the users who try to "/msg NickServ SET EMAIL".
+	 * If not set, then email changing is not blocked.
+	 */
+	#disable_email_reason = "To change your email address visit http://some.misconfigured.site"
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_sql_log [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module adds an additional target option to log{} blocks
+ * that allows logging Service's logs to SQL. To log to SQL, add
+ * the SQL service name to log:targets prefixed by sql_log:. For
+ * example:
+ *
+ * log
+ * {
+ *     targets = "services.log sql_log:mysql/main"
+ *     ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * By default this module logs to the table `logs`, and will create
+ * it if it doesn't exist. This module does not create any indexes (keys)
+ * on the table and it is recommended you add them yourself as necessary.
+ */
+#module { name = "m_sql_log" }
+
+/*
+ * m_sql_oper [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module allows granting users services operator privileges and possibly IRC Operator
+ * privileges based on an external SQL database using a custom query.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_sql_oper"
+
+	/* SQL engine to use. Should be configured elsewhere with m_mysql, m_sqlite, etc. */
+	engine = "mysql/main"
+
+	/* Query to execute to determine if a user should have operator privileges.
+	 * A field named opertype must be returned in order to link the user to their oper type.
+	 * The oper types must be configured earlier in services.conf.
+	 *
+	 * If a field named modes is returned from this query then those modes are set on the user.
+	 * Without this, only a simple +o is sent.
+	 *
+	 * @a@ is replaced with the user's account name
+	 * @i@ is replaced with the user's IP
+	 */
+	query = "SELECT `opertype` FROM `my_users` WHERE `user_name` = @a@"
+}
+
+/*
+ * m_sqlite [EXTRA]
+ *
+ * This module allows other modules to use SQLite.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "m_sqlite"
+
+	/* A SQLite database */
+	sqlite
+	{
+		/* The name of this service. */
+		name = "sqlite/main"
+
+		/* The database name, it will be created if it does not exist. */
+		database = "anope.db"
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * webcpanel
+ *
+ * This module creates a web configuration panel that allows users and operators to perform any task
+ * as they could over IRC. If you are using the default configuration you should be able to access
+ * this panel by visiting http://127.0.0.1:8080 in your web browser from the machine Anope is running on.
+ *
+ * This module requires m_httpd.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "webcpanel"
+
+	/* Web server to use. */
+	server = "httpd/main";
+
+	/* Template to use. */
+	template = "default";
+
+	/* Page title. */
+	title = "Anope IRC Services";
+}
+
+/*
 * m_xmlrpc
 *
 * Allows remote applications (websites) to execute queries in real time to retrieve data from Anope.
 * By itself this module does nothing, but allows other modules (m_xmlrpc_main) to receive and send XMLRPC queries.
 */
-#module { name = "m_xmlrpc" }
-m_xmlrpc
+#module
 {
-	/* IP to listen on */
-	bindip = "127.0.0.1"
-	/* Port to listen on */
-	port = 26673
-	/* Enable for IPv6 */
-	ipv6 = no
-	/* If enabled, requires m_ssl to be loaded */
-	ssl = no
-        /* IPs allowed to connect (separate with spaces), this should be secured. We also recommend you firewall this
-         * with an outside program to increase security.
-         */
-	allowed = "127.0.0.0/24"
+	name = "m_xmlrpc"
+
+	/* Web service to use. Requires m_httpd. */
+	server = "httpd/main"
 }

 /*
@@ -256,21 +774,3 @@ m_xmlrpc
 * Requires m_xmlrpc.
 */
 #module { name = "m_xmlrpc_main" }
-
-/*
- * ns_maxemail
- *
- * Limits how many times the same email address may be used in Anope
- * to register accounts.
- */
-module { name = "ns_maxemail" }
-ns_maxemail
-{
-	/*
-	 * The limit to how many registered nicks can use the same e-mail address. If set to 0 or left
-	 * commented, there will be no limit enforced when registering new accounts or using
-	 * /msg NickServ SET EMAIL.
-	 */
-	#maxemails = 1
-}
-
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the NickServ client
+	 * The name of the NickServ client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the nickserv module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "NickServ"

@@ -34,11 +35,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,35 +56,34 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for NickServ.
 */
-module { name = "ns_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for NickServ provided by ns_main.
- */
-nickserv
+module
 {
+	name = "nickserv"
+
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be NickServ.
 	 */
-	name = "NickServ"
+	client = "NickServ"

 	/*
 	 * Force users to give an e-mail address when they register a nick.
-	 * 
-	 * This directive is recommended to be enabled, and required if e-mail registration is enabled.
+	 *
+	 * This directive defaults to "yes" and is recommended to be enabled. This is required if e-mail registration is enabled.
 	 */
 	forceemail = yes

 	/*
 	 * Require users who change their email address to confirm they
-	 * own it.
+	 * own their new email.
 	 */
 	confirmemailchanges = no

 	/*
-	 * Require an e-mail to be sent to the user before they can register their nick.
+	 * A message sent to users on connect if they use an unregistered nick. %n will be replaced with the user's nickname.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	#emailregistration = yes
+	#unregistered_notice = "Your nickname is not registered. To register it, use: /msg NickServ REGISTER password email"

 	/*
 	 * The default options for newly registered nicks. Note that changing these options
@@ -82,38 +91,28 @@ nickserv
 	 * by spaces.
 	 *
 	 * The options are:
-	 * -         kill: Kill nick if not identified within 60 seconds
-	 * -    killquick: Kill nick if not identified within 20 seconds, this one overrides the above
-	 *                   option and the above must be specified with this one
-	 * -       secure: Enable nickname security, requiring the nick's password before any operations
-	 *                   can be done on it
-	 * -      private: Hide the nick from NickServ's LIST command
-	 * -    hideemail: Hide's the nick's e-mail address from NickServ's INFO command
-	 * - hideusermask: Hide's the nick's last or current user@host from NickServ's INFO command
-	 * -     hidequit: Hide's the nick's last quit message
-	 * -   memosignon: Notify user if they have a new memo when they sign into the nick
-	 * -  memoreceive: Notify user if they have a new memo as soon as it's received
-	 * -       autoop: User will be automatically opped in channels they enter and have access to
-	 * -          msg: Services messages will be sent as PRIVMSGs instead of NOTICEs, requires UsePrivmsg
-	 *                   to be enabled as well
+	 * -   killprotect: Kill nick if not identified within 60 seconds
+	 * -    kill_quick: Kill nick if not identified within 20 seconds, this one overrides the above
+	 *                    option and the above must be specified with this one
+	 * -     ns_secure: Enable nickname security, requiring the nick's password before any operations
+	 *                    can be done on it
+	 * -    ns_private: Hide the nick from NickServ's LIST command
+	 * -    hide_email: Hide's the nick's e-mail address from NickServ's INFO command
+	 * -     hide_mask: Hide's the nick's last or current user@host from NickServ's INFO command
+	 * -     hide_quit: Hide's the nick's last quit message
+	 * -   memo_signon: Notify user if they have a new memo when they sign into the nick
+	 * -  memo_receive: Notify user if they have a new memo as soon as it's received
+	 * -     memo_mail: Notify user if they have a new memo by mail
+	 * -        autoop: User will be automatically opped in channels they enter and have access to
+	 * -           msg: Services messages will be sent as PRIVMSGs instead of NOTICEs, requires
+	 *                    options:useprivmsg to be enabled as well
+	 * - ns_keep_modes: Enables keepmodes, which retains user modes across sessions
+	 * -  ns_no_expire: Enables no expire. Unconfirmed expire overrules this.
 	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, the options will default to secure, memosignon, and
-	 * memoreceive. If you really want no defaults, use "none" by itself as the option.
+	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, the options will default to ns_secure, memo_signon, and
+	 * memo_receive. If you really want no defaults, use "none" by itself as the option.
 	 */
-	defaults="secure private hideemail hideusermask memosignon memoreceive autoop"
-
-	/*
-	 * A list of languages to load on startup that will be available in /nickserv set language.
-	 * Useful if you translate Anope to your language. (Explained further in docs/LANGUAGE).
-	 * Note that english should not be listed here because it is the base language.
-	 */
-	languages = "ca_ES de_DE el_GR es_ES fr_FR hu_HU it_IT nl_NL pl_PL pt_PT ru_RU tr_TR"
-
-	/*
-	 * Default language that non- and newly-registered nicks will receive messages in.
-	 * Leave empty to default to English.
-	 */
-	#defaultlanguage = "es_ES"
+	defaults = "ns_secure ns_private hide_email hide_mask memo_signon memo_receive autoop"

 	/*
 	 * The minimum length of time between consecutive uses of NickServ's REGISTER command. This
@@ -122,101 +121,20 @@ nickserv
 	regdelay = 30s

 	/*
-	 * The minimum length of time between consecutive uses of NickServ's RESEND command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, this restriction will be disabled.
-	 */
-	resenddelay = 90s
-
-	/*
-	 * The length of time before a nick registration expires.
+	 * The length of time before a nick's registration expires.
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, the default is 21 days.
 	 */
 	expire = 21d

 	/*
-	 * The length of time before a suspended nick becomes unsuspended.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional. If not set, the default is to never.
-	 */
-	#suspendexpire = 90d
-
-	/*
-	 * The length of time a user using an unconfirmed account has
-	 * before the account will be released for general use again.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if the e-mail registration option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#unconfirmedexpire = 1d
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of nicks allowed in a group.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set or set to 0, no limits will be applied.
-	 */
-	maxaliases = 16
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of entries allowed on a nickname's access list.
-	 */
-	accessmax = 32
-
-	/*
-	 * The username (and possibly hostname) used for the fake user created when NickServ collides
-	 * a user. Should be in the user@host format.
-	 */
-	enforceruser = "enforcer"
-	enforcerhost = "localhost.net"
-
-	/*
-	 * The delay before a NickServ collided nick is released.
-	 */
-	releasetimeout = 1m
-
-	/*
-	 * Allow the use of the IMMED option in the NickServ SET KILL command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#allowkillimmed = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, the NickServ GROUP command won't allow any group change. This is recommended for
-	 * better performance and to protect against nick stealing, however users will have less
-	 * flexibility.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	#nogroupchange = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of nicks to be returned for a NickServ LIST command.
-	 */
-	listmax = 50
-
-	/*
-	 * When a user's nick is forcibly changed to enforce a "nick kill", their new nick will start
-	 * with this value. The rest will be made up of 6 or 7 digits.
-	 */
-	guestnickprefix = "Guest"
-
-	/*
-	 * Prevents the use of the DROP, FORBID, GETPASS, and SET PASSWORD commands by Services Admins
-	 * on other Services Admins or the Services Root(s).
+	 * Prevents the use of the ACCESS and CERT (excluding their LIST subcommand), DROP, FORBID, SUSPEND,
+	 * GETPASS and SET PASSWORD commands by services operators on other services operators.
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
 	 */
 	secureadmins = yes

-	/*
-	 * If set, any user wanting to use the privileges of Services Root, Services Admin, or Services
-	 * Operator must have been logged as an IRC Operator with the /oper command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	strictprivileges = yes
-
 	/*
 	 * If set, Services will set the channel modes a user has access to upon identifying, assuming
 	 * they are not already set.
@@ -226,17 +144,73 @@ nickserv
 	modeonid = yes

 	/*
-	 * If set, Services will add the usermask of registering users to the access list of their
-	 * newly created account. If not set, users will always have to identify to NickServ before
-	 * being recognized, unless they manually add an address to the access list of their account.
+	 * If set, Services will set these user modes on any user who identifies.
+	 *
 	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	addaccessonreg = yes
+	#modesonid = "+R"

 	/*
-	 * The maximum number of channels a user can have on NickServ's AJOIN command.
+	 * If set, Services will not show netsplits in the last quit message field
+	 * of NickServ's INFO command.
 	 */
-	ajoinmax = 10
+	hidenetsplitquit = no
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, is the length of time NickServ's killquick and kill options wait before
+	 * forcing users off of protected nicknames.
+	 */
+	killquick = 20s
+	kill = 60s
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, forbids the registration of nicks that contain an existing
+	 * nick with Services access. For example, if Tester is a Services Oper,
+	 * you can't register NewTester or Tester123 unless you are an IRC
+	 * Operator.
+	 *
+	 * NOTE: If you enable this, you will have to be logged in as an IRC
+	 * operator in order to register a Services Root nick when setting up
+	 * Anope for the first time.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#restrictopernicks = yes
+
+	/*
+	 * The username, and possibly hostname, used for fake users created when Services needs to
+	 * hold a nickname.
+	 */
+	enforceruser = "enforcer"
+	enforcerhost = "services.host"
+
+	/*
+	 * The length of time Services hold nicknames.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set it defaults to 1 minute.
+	 */
+	releasetimeout = 1m
+
+	/*
+	 * When a user's nick is forcibly changed to enforce a "nick kill", their new nick will start
+	 * with this value. The rest will be made up of 6 or 7 digits.
+	 * Make sure this is a valid nick and Nicklen+7 is not longer than the allowed Nicklen on your ircd.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional. If not set it defaults to "Guest"
+	 */
+	guestnickprefix = "Guest"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, Services do not allow ownership of nick names, only ownership of accounts.
+	 */
+	nonicknameownership = no
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum length of passwords
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional. If not set it defaults to 32.
+	 */
+	passlen = 32
 }

 /*
@@ -250,7 +224,18 @@ nickserv
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Command group configuration for NickServ.
+ *
+ * Commands may optionally be placed into groups to make NickServ's HELP output easier to understand.
+ * Remove the following groups to use the old behavior of simply listing all NickServ commands from HELP.
+ */
+command_group
+{
+	name = "nickserv/admin"
+	description = _("Services Operator commands")
+}
+
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
@@ -260,7 +245,24 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
 *
 * Used for configuring what hosts have access to your account.
 */
-module { name = "ns_access" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_access"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of entries allowed on a nickname's access list.
+	 * If not set, the default is 32. This number cannot be set to 0.
+	 */
+	accessmax = 32
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, Services will add the usermask of registering users to the access list of their
+	 * newly created account. If not set, users will always have to identify to NickServ before
+	 * being recognized, unless they manually add an address to the access list of their account.
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	addaccessonreg = yes
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ACCESS"; command = "nickserv/access"; }

 /*
@@ -270,7 +272,15 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ACCESS"; command = "nickserv/access"; }
 *
 * Used for configuring channels to join once you identify.
 */
-module { name = "ns_ajoin" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_ajoin"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of channels a user can have on NickServ's AJOIN command.
+	 */
+	ajoinmax = 10
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "AJOIN"; command = "nickserv/ajoin"; }

 /*
@@ -290,7 +300,16 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ALIST"; command = "nickserv/alist"; }
 *
 * Used for configuring your SSL certificate list, which can be used to automatically identify you.
 */
-module { name = "ns_cert" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_cert"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of entries allowed on a nickname's certificate fingerprint list.
+	 * The default is 5. This number cannot be set to 0.
+	 */
+	max = 5
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "CERT"; command = "nickserv/cert"; }

 /*
@@ -311,7 +330,7 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "DROP"; command = "nickserv/drop"; }
 * Used for getting registered accounts by searching for emails.
 */
 module { name = "ns_getemail" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETEMAIL"; command = "nickserv/getemail"; permission = "nickserv/getemail"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETEMAIL"; command = "nickserv/getemail"; permission = "nickserv/getemail"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }

 /*
 * ns_getpass
@@ -325,16 +344,6 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETEMAIL"; command = "nickserv/getemail"
 #module { name = "ns_getpass" }
 #command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETPASS"; command = "nickserv/getpass"; permission = "nickserv/getpass"; }

-/*
- * ns_ghost
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/ghost.
- *
- * Used for disconnecting "ghost" sessions.
- */
-module { name = "ns_ghost" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GHOST"; command = "nickserv/ghost"; }
-
 /*
 * ns_group
 *
@@ -342,7 +351,26 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GHOST"; command = "nickserv/ghost"; }
 *
 * Used for controlling nick groups.
 */
-module { name = "ns_group" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_group"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of nicks allowed in a group.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set or set to 0, no limits will be applied.
+	 */
+	maxaliases = 16
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, the NickServ GROUP command won't allow any group changes. This is recommended to
+	 * prevent users from accidentally dropping their nicks, as it forces users to explicitly
+	 * drop their nicks before adding it to another group.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
+	 */
+	nogroupchange = yes
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GLIST"; command = "nickserv/glist"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GROUP"; command = "nickserv/group"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNGROUP"; command = "nickserv/ungroup"; }
@@ -354,30 +382,56 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNGROUP"; command = "nickserv/ungroup";
 *
 * Used for identifying to accounts.
 */
-module { name = "ns_identify" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ID"; command = "nickserv/identify"; }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_identify"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, limits the number of concurrent users that can be logged in as a given account at once.
+	 */
+	maxlogins = 10
+}
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ID"; command = "nickserv/identify"; hide = true; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "IDENTIFY"; command = "nickserv/identify"; }

 /*
 * ns_info
 *
- * Provides the command nickserv/info.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ * nickserv/info. - Used for gathering information about an account.
+ * nickserv/set/hide, nickserv/saset/hide - Used for configuring which options are publicly shown in nickserv/info.
 *
- * Used for gathering information about an account.
 */
 module { name = "ns_info" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "nickserv/info"; }

+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/set/hide"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/saset/hide"; permission = "nickserv/saset/hide"; }
+
+
 /*
 * ns_list
 *
- * Provides the command nickserv/list.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   nickserv/list - Used for retrieving and searching the registered account list.
+ *   nickserv/set/private, nickserv/saset/private - Used for configuring whether or a users account shows up in nickserv/list.
 *
- * Used for retrieving and searching the registered account list.
 */
-module { name = "ns_list" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_list"
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum number of nicks to be returned for a NickServ LIST command.
+	 */
+	listmax = 50
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "LIST"; command = "nickserv/list"; }

+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/set/private"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/saset/private"; permission = "nickserv/saset/private"; }
+
+
 /*
 * ns_logout
 *
@@ -393,10 +447,24 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "LOGOUT"; command = "nickserv/logout"; }
 *
 * Provides the command nickserv/recover.
 *
- * Used for forcing someone on your nick to a guest nick.
+ * Used for recovering your nick from services or another user.
 */
-module { name = "ns_recover" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_recover"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, Services will svsnick and svsjoin users who use the recover
+	 * command on an identified user to the nick and channels of the recovered user.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is opional.
+	 */
+	restoreonrecover = yes
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RECOVER"; command = "nickserv/recover"; }
+# Uncomment below to emulate 1.8's behavior of ghost and release.
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GHOST"; command = "nickserv/recover"; }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RELEASE"; command = "nickserv/recover"; }

 /*
 * ns_register
@@ -405,21 +473,42 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RECOVER"; command = "nickserv/recover";
 *
 * Used for registering accounts.
 */
-module { name = "ns_register" }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_register"
+
+	/*
+	 * Registration confirmation setting. Set to "none" for no registration confirmation,
+	 * "mail" for email confirmation, and "admin" to have services operators manually confirm
+	 * every registration. Set to "disable" to completely disable all registrations.
+	 */
+	registration = "none"
+
+	/*
+	 * The minimum length of time between consecutive uses of NickServ's RESEND command.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, this restriction will be disabled.
+	 */
+	resenddelay = 90s
+
+	/*
+	 * Prevents users from registering their nick if they are not connected
+	 * for at least the given number of seconds.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#nickregdelay = 30s
+
+	/*
+	 * The length of time a user using an unconfirmed account has
+	 * before the account will be released for general use again.
+	 */
+	#unconfirmedexpire = 1d
+}
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "CONFIRM"; command = "nickserv/confirm"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "REGISTER"; command = "nickserv/register"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RESEND"; command = "nickserv/resend"; }

-/*
- * ns_release
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/release.
- *
- * Used for releasing names held by nickserv/recover.
- */
-module { name = "ns_release" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RELEASE"; command = "nickserv/release"; }
-
 /*
 * ns_resetpass
 *
@@ -430,150 +519,66 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RELEASE"; command = "nickserv/release";
 module { name = "ns_resetpass" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RESETPASS"; command = "nickserv/resetpass"; }

-/*
- * ns_saset
- *
- * Provides commands nickserv/saset, nickserv/saset/display, and nickserv/saset/password.
- *
- * Used as a help wrapper for SASET commands, and used to force change users display name or password.
- */
-module { name = "ns_saset" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET"; command = "nickserv/saset"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/saset/display"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/saset/password"; }
-
 /*
 * ns_set
 *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set, nickserv/set/display, and nickserv/set/password.
- *
- * Used as a help wrapper for SET commands, and used for users to change their display name or password.
+ * Provides the commands:
+ *   nickserv/set, nickserv/saset - Dummy help wrappers for the SET and SASET commands.
+ *   nickserv/set/autoop, nickserv/saset/autoop - Determines whether or not modes are automatically set users when joining a channel.
+ *   nickserv/set/display, nickserv/saset/display - Used for setting a users display name.
+ *   nickserv/set/email, nickserv/saset/email - Used for setting a users email address.
+ *   nickserv/set/keepmodes, nickserv/saset/keepmodes - Configure whether or not services should retain a user's modes across sessions.
+ *   nickserv/set/kill, nickserv/saset/kill - Used for configuring nickname protection.
+ *   nickserv/set/language, nickserv/saset/language - Used for configuring what language services use.
+ *   nickserv/set/message, nickserv/saset/message - Used to configure how services send messages to you.
+ *   nickserv/set/password, nickserv/saset/password  - Used for changing a users password.
+ *   nickserv/set/secure, nickserv/saset/secure - Used for configuring whether a user can identify by simply being recognized by nickserv/access.
+ *   nickserv/saset/noexpire - Used for configuring noexpire, which prevents nicks from expiring.
 */
-module { name = "ns_set" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET"; command = "nickserv/set"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/set/display"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/set/password"; }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_set"
+
+	/*
+	 * Allow the use of the IMMED option in the NickServ SET KILL command.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#allowkillimmed = yes
+}
+
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET"; command = "nickserv/set"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET"; command = "nickserv/saset"; permission = "nickserv/saset/"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_autoop
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/autoop and nickserv/saset/autoop.
- *
- * Used for setting autoop, which determines whether or not modes are automatically set on you when joining a channel.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_autoop" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET AUTOOP"; command = "nickserv/set/autoop"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET AUTOOP"; command = "nickserv/saset/autoop"; permission = "nickserv/saset/autoop"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_email
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/email and nickserv/saset/email.
- *
- * Used for setting users email addresses.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_email" }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/set/display"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/saset/display"; permission = "nickserv/saset/display"; }
+
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET EMAIL"; command = "nickserv/set/email"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET EMAIL"; command = "nickserv/saset/email"; permission = "nickserv/saset/email"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_greet
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/greet and nickserv/saset/greet.
- *
- * Used for changing users greet message, which is displayed when they enter channels.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_greet" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET GREET"; command = "nickserv/set/greet"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET GREET"; command = "nickserv/saset/greet"; permission = "nickserv/saset/greet"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET KEEPMODES"; command = "nickserv/set/keepmodes"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET KEEPMODES"; command = "nickserv/saset/keepmodes"; permission = "nickserv/saset/keepmodes"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_hide
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/hide and nickserv/saset/hide.
- *
- * Used for configuring which options are publically shown in nickserv/info for your account.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_hide" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/set/hide"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/saset/hide"; permission = "nickserv/saset/hide"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_kill
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/kill and nickserv/saset/kill.
- *
- * Used for configuring if and for how long other users are allowed to use your nick.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_kill" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET KILL"; command = "nickserv/set/kill"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET KILL"; command = "nickserv/saset/kill"; permission = "nickserv/saset/kill"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_language
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/language and nickserv/saset/language.
- *
- * Used for configuring what language services use when messaging you.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_language" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET LANGUAGE"; command = "nickserv/set/language"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET LANGUAGE"; command = "nickserv/saset/language"; permission = "nickserv/saset/language"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_message
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/message and nickserv/saset/message.
- *
- * Used to configure how services send messages to you.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_message" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET MESSAGE"; command = "nickserv/set/message"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET MESSAGE"; command = "nickserv/saset/message"; permission = "nickserv/saset/message"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_private
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/private and nickserv/saset/private.
- *
- * Used for configuring whether or not your account shows up in nickserv/list.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_private" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/set/private"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/saset/private"; permission = "nickserv/saset/private"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/set/password"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/saset/password"; permission = "nickserv/saset/password"; }

-/*
- * ns_set_secure
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/secure and nickserv/saset/secure.
- *
- * Used for configuring whether you can gain access to your nick by simply being recognized by nickserv/access.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_secure" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET SECURE"; command = "nickserv/set/secure"; }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET SECURE"; command = "nickserv/saset/secure"; permission = "nickserv/saset/secure"; }

-/*
- * ns_saset_noexpire
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/saset/noexpire.
- *
- * Used for configuring noexpire, which prevents nicks from expiring.
- */
-module { name = "ns_saset_noexpire" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET NOEXPIRE"; command = "nickserv/saset/noexpire"; permission = "nickserv/saset/noexpire" }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET NOEXPIRE"; command = "nickserv/saset/noexpire"; permission = "nickserv/saset/noexpire"; }

-/*
- * ns_sendpass
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/sendpass.
- *
- * Used to send users their password via email.
- *
- * Requires that no encryption is being used.
- */
-module { name = "ns_sendpass" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SENDPASS"; command = "nickserv/sendpass"; permission = "nickserv/sendpass"; }

 /*
 * ns_set_misc
@@ -581,10 +586,17 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SENDPASS"; command = "nickserv/sendpass"
 * Provides the command nickserv/set/misc.
 *
 * Allows you to create arbitrary commands to set data, and have that data show up in nickserv/info.
+ * A field named misc_description may be given for use with help output.
 */
 module { name = "ns_set_misc" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET URL"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET ICQ"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET URL"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a URL with your account"); }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET URL"; command = "nickserv/saset/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a URL with this account"); permission = "nickserv/saset/url"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET ICQ"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate an ICQ account with your account"); }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET ICQ"; command = "nickserv/saset/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate an ICQ account with this account"); permission = "nickserv/saset/icq"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET TWITTER"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a Twitter account with your account"); }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET TWITTER"; command = "nickserv/saset/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a Twitter account with this account"); permission = "nickserv/saset/twitter"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET FACEBOOK"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a Facebook URL with your account"); }
+#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET FACEBOOK"; command = "nickserv/saset/misc"; misc_description = _("Associate a Facebook URL with this account"); permission = "nickserv/saset/facebook"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }

 /*
 * ns_status
@@ -601,11 +613,28 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "STATUS"; command = "nickserv/status"; }
 *
 * Provides the commands nickserv/suspend and nickserv/unsuspend.
 *
- * Used to suspend and unsuspend nicknames. Suspended nicknames can not be used but their settings are stored.
+ * Used to suspend and unsuspend nicknames. Suspended nicknames can not be used but their settings are preserved.
 */
-module { name = "ns_suspend" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/suspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNSUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/unsuspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; }
+module
+{
+	name = "ns_suspend"
+
+	/*
+	 * The length of time before a suspended nick becomes unsuspended.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional. If not set, the default is never.
+	 */
+	#suspendexpire = 90d
+
+	/*
+	 * Settings to show to non-opers in NickServ's INFO output.
+	 * Comment to completely disable showing any information about
+	 * suspended nicknames to non-opers.
+	 */
+	show = "suspended, by, reason, on, expires"
+}
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/suspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }
+command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNSUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/unsuspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; group = "nickserv/admin"; }

 /*
 * ns_update
@@ -617,3 +646,25 @@ command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNSUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/unsuspen
 module { name = "ns_update" }
 command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UPDATE"; command = "nickserv/update"; }

+
+/*
+ * Extra NickServ related modules.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * ns_maxemail
+ *
+ * Limits how many times the same email address may be used in Anope
+ * to register accounts.
+ */
+#module
+{
+	name = "ns_maxemail"
+
+	/*
+	 * The limit to how many registered nicks can use the same e-mail address. If set to 0 or left
+	 * commented, there will be no limit enforced when registering new accounts or using
+	 * /msg NickServ SET EMAIL.
+	 */
+	maxemails = 1
+}
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 service
 {
 	/*
-	 * The name of the OperServ client
+	 * The name of the OperServ client.
+	 * If you change this value, you probably want to change the client directive in the configuration for the operserv module too.
 	 */
 	nick = "OperServ"

@@ -34,11 +35,20 @@ service
 	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
 	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
 	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
+	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some, if
+	 * not all, usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
 	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
 	 */
 	#modes = "+o"
+
+	/*
+	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
+	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
+	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
+	 *
+	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode characters or prefix symbols.
+	 */
+	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
 }

 /*
@@ -46,35 +56,23 @@ service
 *
 * Provides essential functionality for OperServ.
 */
-module { name = "os_main" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for OperServ provided by os_main.
- */
-operserv
+module
 {
+	name = "operserv"
+
 	/*
 	 * The name of the client that should be OperServ.
 	 */
-	name = "OperServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services Admins will be able to use SUPERADMIN [ON|OFF] which will temporarily grant
-	 * them extra privileges such as being a founder on ALL channels.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#superadmin = yes
+	client = "OperServ"

 	/*
 	 * These define the default expiration times for, respectively, AKILLs, CHANKILLs, SNLINEs,
-	 * SQLINEs, and SZLINEs.
+	 * and SQLINEs.
 	 */
 	autokillexpiry = 30d
 	chankillexpiry = 30d
 	snlineexpiry = 30d
 	sqlineexpiry = 30d
-	szlineexpiry = 30d

 	/*
 	 * If set, this option will make Services send an AKILL command immediately after it has been
@@ -89,9 +87,9 @@ operserv
 	 * If set, this option will make Services send an (SVS)KILL command immediately after SNLINE ADD.
 	 * This eliminates the need for killing the user after the SNLINE has been added.
 	 *
-	 *This directive is optional.
+	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	#killonsnline = yes
+	killonsnline = yes

 	/*
 	 * If set, this option will make Services send an (SVS)KILL command immediately after SQLINE ADD.
@@ -99,97 +97,7 @@ operserv
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional.
 	 */
-	#killonsqline = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines what actions should trigger notifications. The list must be separated by spaces.
-	 *
-	 * The notifications are:
-	 * -            oper: A user has become an IRC operator
-	 * -           bados: A non-IRCop attempts to use OperServ
-	 * -     akillexpire: An AKILL has expired
-	 * -    snlineexpire: An SNLINE has expired
-	 * -    sqlineexpire: An SQLINE has expired
-	 * -    szlineexpire: An SZLINE has expired
-	 * - exceptionexpire: A session exception has expired
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, there will be no notifications.
-	 */
-	notifications = "oper"
-
-	/*
-	 * Enables session limiting. Session limiting prevents users from connecting more than a certain
-	 * number of times from the same host at the same time - thus preventing most types of cloning.
-	 * Once a host reaches it's session limit, all clients attempting to connect from that host will
-	 * be killed. Exceptions to the default session limit can be defined via the exception list. It
-	 * should be noted that session limiting, along with a large exception list, can degrade Services'
-	 * performance.
-	 *
-	 * See the source and comments in sessions.c and the online help for more information about
-	 * session limiting.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	limitsessions = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Default session limit per host. Once a host reaches it's session limit, all clients attempting
-	 * to connect from that host will be killed. A value of zero means an unlimited session limit.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 * If not given and session limiting is enabled, it will default to no limit.
-	 */
-	defaultsessionlimit = 3
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum session limit that may be set for a host in an exception.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if session limiting is enabled.
-	 */
-	maxsessionlimit = 100
-
-	/*
-	 * Sets the default expiry time for session exceptions.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if session limiting is enabled.
-	 */
-	exceptionexpiry = 1d
-
-	/*
-	 * The message that will be NOTICE'd to a user just before they are removed from the network because
-	 * their host's session limit has been exceeded. It may be used to give a slightly more descriptive
-	 * reason for the impending kill as opposed to simply "Session limit exceeded".
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
-	 */
-	sessionlimitexceeded = "The session limit for your host %s has been exceeded."
-
-	/*
-	 * Same as above, but should be used to provide a website address where users can find out more
-	 * about session limits and how to go about applying for an exception.
-	 *
-	 * Note: This directive has been intentionally commented out in an effort to remind you to change
-	 * the URL it contains. It is recommended that you supply an address/URL where people can get help
-	 * regarding session limits.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
-	 */
-	#sessionlimitdetailsloc = "Please visit http://your.website.url/ for more information about session limits."
-
-	/*
-	 * If set and is not 0, this directive tells Services to add an AKILL the number of subsequent kills
-	 * for the same host exceeds this value, preventing the network from experiencing KILL floods.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	maxsessionkill = 15
-
-	/*
-	 * Sets the expiry time for AKILLs set for hosts exceeding the maxsessionkill directive limit.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, defaults to 30 minutes.
-	 */
-	sessionautokillexpiry = 30m
+	killonsqline = yes

 	/*
 	 * Adds the nickname of the IRC Operator issuing an AKILL to the kill reason.
@@ -199,8 +107,13 @@ operserv
 	addakiller = yes

 	/*
-	 * If set, only IRC Operators will be permitted to use OperServ, regardless of module-based command
-	 * access restrictions.
+	 * Adds akill IDs to akills. Akill IDs are given to users in their ban reason and can be used to easily view,
+	 * modify, or remove an akill from the ID.
+	 */
+	akillids = yes
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, only IRC Operators will be permitted to use OperServ, regardless of command access restrictions.
 	 *
 	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
 	 */
@@ -218,7 +131,7 @@ operserv
 * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
 */

-/* Give it a help command */
+/* Give it a help command. */
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }

 /*
@@ -236,7 +149,7 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "AKILL"; command = "operserv/akill"; perm
 *
 * Provides the command operserv/chankill.
 *
- * Used to akill uses from an entire channel.
+ * Used to akill users from an entire channel.
 */
 module { name = "os_chankill" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANKILL"; command = "operserv/chankill"; permission = "operserv/chankill"; }
@@ -249,10 +162,10 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANKILL"; command = "operserv/chankill"
 * Allows you to set services in defcon mode, which can be used to restrict services access
 * during bot attacks.
 */
-#module { name = "os_defcon" }
-#command { service = "OperServ"; name = "DEFCON"; command = "operserv/defcon"; }
-defcon
+#module
 {
+	name = "os_defcon"
+
 	/*
 	 * Default DefCon level (1-5) to use when starting Services up. Level 5 constitutes normal operation
 	 * while level 1 constitutes the most restrictive operation. If this setting is left out or set to
@@ -299,7 +212,7 @@ defcon
 	 * the mode setting selected, Services will set the reverse on all channels, e.g. if this setting
 	 * is +RN when DefCon is used, all channels will be set to +RN, when DefCon is removed, all
 	 * channels will be set to -RN. You don't want to set this to +k for example, because when DefCon
-	 * is removed all channels with -k.
+	 * is removed, all channels are set -k, removing the key from previously keyed channels.
 	 *
 	 * Note 2: MLOCKed modes will not be lost.
 	 */
@@ -333,7 +246,7 @@ defcon
 	 *
 	 * This directive is required only when globalondefconmore is set.
 	 */
-	#message = "Put your message to send your users here. Dont forget to uncomment globalondefconmore"
+	#message = "Put your message to send your users here. Don't forget to uncomment globalondefconmore"

 	/*
 	 * Defines the message that will be sent when DefCon is returned to level 5. This directive is optional,
@@ -345,19 +258,70 @@ defcon
 	 * Defines the reason to use when clients are KILLed or AKILLed from the network while the proper
 	 * DefCon operation is in effect.
 	 */
-	#akillreason = "This network is currently not accepting connections, please try again later"
+	#akillreason = "This network is currently not accepting connections, please try again later."
 }
+#command { service = "OperServ"; name = "DEFCON"; command = "operserv/defcon"; permission = "operserv/defcon"; }

 /*
- * os_list
+ * os_dns
 *
- * Provides the commands operserv/chanlist and operserv/userlist.
+ * Provides the command operserv/dns.
 *
- * Used to list and search the channels and users currently on the network.
+ * This module requires that m_dns is loaded.
+ *
+ * This module allows controlling a DNS zone. This is useful for
+ * controlling what servers users are placed on for load balancing,
+ * and to automatically remove split servers.
+ *
+ * To use this module you must set a nameserver record for services
+ * so that DNS queries go to services.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, you may use a slave DNS server to hide service's IP,
+ * provide query caching, and provide better fault tolerance.
+ *
+ * To do this using BIND, configure similar to:
+ *
+ * options { max-refresh-time 60; };
+ * zone "irc.example.com" IN {
+ *   type slave;
+ *   masters { 127.0.0.1 port 5353; };
+ * };
+ *
+ * Where 127.0.0.1:5353 is the IP and port services are listening on.
+ * We recommend you externally firewall both UDP and TCP to the port
+ * Anope is listening on.
+ *
+ * Finally set a NS record for irc.example.com. to BIND or services.
 */
-module { name = "os_list" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANLIST"; command = "operserv/chanlist"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "USERLIST"; command = "operserv/userlist"; }
+#module
+{
+	name = "os_dns"
+
+	/* TTL for records. This should be very low if your records change often. */
+	ttl = 1m
+
+	/* If a server drops this many users the server is automatically removed from the DNS zone.
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	user_drop_mark = 50
+
+	/* The time used for user_drop_mark. */
+	user_drop_time = 1m
+
+	/* When a server is removed from the zone for dropping users, it is readded after this time.
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	user_drop_readd_time = 5m
+
+	/* If set, when a server splits, it is automatically removed from the zone. */
+	remove_split_servers = yes
+
+	/* If set, when a server connects to the network, it will be automatically added to
+	 * the zone if it is a known server.
+	 */
+	readd_connected_servers = no
+}
+#command { service = "OperServ"; name = "DNS"; command = "operserv/dns"; permission = "operserv/dns"; }

 /*
 * os_config
@@ -389,6 +353,16 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "FORBID"; command = "operserv/forbid"; pe
 module { name = "os_ignore" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "IGNORE"; command = "operserv/ignore"; permission = "operserv/ignore"; }

+/*
+ * os_info
+ *
+ * Provides the command operserv/info.
+ *
+ * Used to add oper only notes to users and channels.
+ */
+module { name = "os_info" }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "operserv/info"; permission = "operserv/info"; }
+
 /*
 * os_jupe
 *
@@ -419,15 +393,45 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "KICK"; command = "operserv/kick"; permis
 module { name = "os_kill" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "KILL"; command = "operserv/kill"; permission = "operserv/kill"; }

+/*
+ * os_list
+ *
+ * Provides the commands operserv/chanlist and operserv/userlist.
+ *
+ * Used to list and search the channels and users currently on the network.
+ */
+module { name = "os_list" }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANLIST"; command = "operserv/chanlist"; permission = "operserv/chanlist"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "USERLIST"; command = "operserv/userlist"; permission = "operserv/userlist"; }
+
 /*
 * os_login
 *
- * Provides the command operserv/login.
+ * Provides the commands operserv/login and operserv/logout.
 *
 * Used to login to OperServ, only required if your oper block requires this.
 */
 module { name = "os_login" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGIN"; command = "operserv/login"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGOUT"; command = "operserv/logout"; }
+
+/*
+ * os_logsearch
+ *
+ * Provides the command operserv/logsearch.
+ *
+ * Used to search services log files.
+ */
+module
+{
+	name = "os_logsearch"
+
+	/* The log file name to search. There should be a log{} block configured to log
+	 * to a file of this name.
+	 */
+	logname = "services.log"
+}
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGSEARCH"; command = "operserv/logsearch"; permission = "operserv/logsearch"; }

 /*
 * os_mode
@@ -437,8 +441,8 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGIN"; command = "operserv/login"; }
 * Used to change user and channel modes.
 */
 module { name = "os_mode" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODE"; command = "operserv/mode"; permission = "operserv/mode"; }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "UMODE"; command = "operserv/umode"; permission = "operserv/umode"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODE"; command = "operserv/mode"; permission = "operserv/mode"; }

 /*
 * os_modinfo
@@ -448,8 +452,8 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "UMODE"; command = "operserv/umode"; perm
 * Used to show information about loaded modules.
 */
 module { name = "os_modinfo" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODINFO"; command = "operserv/modinfo"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODLIST"; command = "operserv/modlist"; permission = "operserv/modlist"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODINFO"; command = "operserv/modinfo"; permission = "operserv/modinfo"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODLIST"; command = "operserv/modlist"; permission = "operserv/modinfo"; }

 /*
 * os_module
@@ -470,7 +474,24 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODUNLOAD"; command = "operserv/modunloa
 *
 * Used to configure news notices shown to users when they connect, and opers when they oper.
 */
-module { name = "os_news" }
+module
+{
+	name = "os_news"
+
+	/*
+	 * The service bot names to use to send news to users on connection
+	 * and to opers when they oper.
+	 */
+	announcer = "Global"
+	oper_announcer = "OperServ"
+
+	/*
+	 * The number of LOGON/OPER news items to display when a user logs on.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, if not set it will default to 3.
+	 */
+	#newscount = 3
+}
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGONNEWS"; command = "operserv/logonnews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OPERNEWS"; command = "operserv/opernews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "RANDOMNEWS"; command = "operserv/randomnews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
@@ -498,8 +519,8 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OLINE"; command = "operserv/oline"; perm

 /*
 * os_oper
- * 
- * Provides the command opersev/oper.
+ *
+ * Provides the command operserv/oper.
 *
 * Used to configure opers and show information about opertypes.
 */
@@ -509,7 +530,7 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OPER"; command = "operserv/oper"; permis
 /*
 * os_reload
 *
- * Provides the command operserv/relad.
+ * Provides the command operserv/reload.
 *
 * Used to reload the services.conf configuration file.
 */
@@ -521,9 +542,82 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "RELOAD"; command = "operserv/reload"; pe
 *
 * Provides the commands operserv/exception and operserv/session.
 *
+ * This module enables session limiting. Session limiting prevents users from connecting more than a certain
+ * number of times from the same IP at the same time - thus preventing most types of cloning.
+ * Once a host reaches it's session limit, all clients attempting to connect from that host will
+ * be killed. Exceptions to the default session limit can be defined via the exception list.
+ *
 * Used to manage the session limit exception list, and view currently active sessions.
 */
-module { name = "os_session" }
+module
+{
+	name = "os_session"
+
+	/*
+	 * Default session limit per host. Once a host reaches its session limit, all clients attempting
+	 * to connect from that host will be killed.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is required if os_session is loaded.
+	 */
+	defaultsessionlimit = 3
+
+	/*
+	 * The maximum session limit that may be set for a host in an exception.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is required if os_session is loaded.
+	 */
+	maxsessionlimit = 100
+
+	/*
+	 * Sets the default expiry time for session exceptions.
+	 */
+	#exceptionexpiry = 1d
+
+	/*
+	 * The message that will be NOTICE'd to a user just before they are removed from the network because
+	 * their host's session limit has been exceeded. It may be used to give a slightly more descriptive
+	 * reason for the impending kill as opposed to simply "Session limit exceeded".
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
+	 */
+	sessionlimitexceeded = "The session limit for your IP %IP% has been exceeded."
+
+	/*
+	 * Same as above, but should be used to provide a website address where users can find out more
+	 * about session limits and how to go about applying for an exception.
+	 *
+	 * Note: This directive has been intentionally commented out in an effort to remind you to change
+	 * the URL it contains. It is recommended that you supply an address/URL where people can get help
+	 * regarding session limits.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
+	 */
+	#sessionlimitdetailsloc = "Please visit http://your.website.url/ for more information about session limits."
+
+	/*
+	 * If set and is not 0, this directive tells Services to add an AKILL if the number of subsequent kills
+	 * for the same host exceeds this value, preventing the network from experiencing KILL floods.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	maxsessionkill = 15
+
+	/*
+	 * Sets the expiry time for AKILLs set for hosts exceeding the maxsessionkill directive limit.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional, if not set, defaults to 30 minutes.
+	 */
+	sessionautokillexpiry = 30m
+
+	/*
+	 * Sets the CIDR value used to determine which IP addresses represent the same person.
+	 * By default this would limit 3 connections per IPv4 IP and 3 connections per IPv6 IP.
+	 * If you are receiving IPv6 clone attacks it may be useful to set session_ipv6_cidr to
+	 * 64 or 48.
+	 */
+	session_ipv4_cidr = 32
+	session_ipv6_cidr = 128
+}
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "EXCEPTION"; command = "operserv/exception"; permission = "operserv/exception"; }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SESSION"; command = "operserv/session"; permission = "operserv/session"; }

@@ -532,9 +626,20 @@ command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SESSION"; command = "operserv/session";
 *
 * Provides the command operserv/set.
 *
- * Used to set various settinsg such as superadmin, debug mode, etc.
+ * Used to set various settings such as superadmin, debug mode, etc.
 */
-module { name = "os_set" }
+module
+{
+	name = "os_set"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, Services Admins will be able to use SUPERADMIN [ON|OFF] which will temporarily grant
+	 * them extra privileges such as being a founder on ALL channels.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#superadmin = yes
+}
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SET"; command = "operserv/set"; permission = "operserv/set"; }

 /*
@@ -560,34 +665,34 @@ module { name = "os_stats" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "STATS"; command = "operserv/stats"; permission = "operserv/stats"; }

 /*
- * os_svsnick
- * 
- * Provides the operserv/svsnick command.
+ * os_svs
 *
- * Used to force change user's nicks.
+ * Provides the commands operserv/svsnick, operserv/svsjoin, and operserv/svspart.
+ *
+ * Used to force users to change nicks, join and part channels.
 */
-module { name = "os_svsnick" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SVSNICK"; command = "operserv/svsnick"; permission = "operserv/svsnick"; }
+module { name = "os_svs" }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SVSNICK"; command = "operserv/svsnick"; permission = "operserv/svs"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SVSJOIN"; command = "operserv/svsjoin"; permission = "operserv/svs"; }
+command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SVSPART"; command = "operserv/svspart"; permission = "operserv/svs"; }

 /*
 * os_sxline
 *
- * Provides the operserv/snline, operserv/sqline, and operserv/szline commands.
+ * Provides the operserv/snline and operserv/sqline commands.
 *
- * Used to ban different things such as realnames, nicknames, and IPs.
+ * Used to ban real names, nick names, and possibly channels.
 */
 module { name = "os_sxline" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SNLINE"; command = "operserv/snline"; permission = "operserv/snline"; }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SQLINE"; command = "operserv/sqline"; permission = "operserv/sqline"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SZLINE"; command = "operserv/szline"; permission = "operserv/szline"; }

 /*
 * os_update
 *
- * Provides the opersev/update command.
+ * Provides the operserv/update command.
 *
 * Use to immediately update the databases.
 */
 module { name = "os_update" }
 command { service = "OperServ"; name = "UPDATE"; command = "operserv/update"; permission = "operserv/update"; }
-
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/*
+ * Example configuration file for Services. After making the appropriate
+ * changes to this file, place it in the Services conf directory (as
+ * specified in the "configure" script, default /home/username/services/conf)
+ * under the name "services.conf".
+ *
+ * The format of this file is fairly simple: three types of comments are supported:
+ *  - All text after a '#' on a line is ignored, as in shell scripting
+ *  - All text after '//' on a line is ignored, as in C++
+ *  - A block of text like this one is ignored, as in C
+ *
+ * Outside of comments, there are three structures: blocks, keys, and values.
+ *
+ * A block is a named container, which contains a number of key to value pairs
+ * - you may think of this as an array.
+ *
+ * A block is created like so:
+ * foobar
+ * {
+ *    moo = "cow"
+ *    foo = bar
+ * }
+ *
+ * Note that nameless blocks are allowed and are often used with comments to allow
+ * easily commenting an entire block, for example:
+ * #foobar
+ * {
+ *    moo = "cow"
+ *    foo = bar
+ * }
+ * is an entirely commented block.
+ *
+ * Keys are case insensitive. Values depend on what key - generally, information is
+ * given in the key comment. The quoting of values (and most other syntax) is quite
+ * flexible, however, please do not forget to quote your strings:
+ *
+ *   "This is a parameter string with spaces in it"
+ *
+ * If you need to include a double quote inside a quoted string, precede it
+ * by a backslash:
+ *
+ *   "This string has \"double quotes\" in it"
+ *
+ * Time parameters can be specified either as an integer representing a
+ * number of seconds (e.g. "3600" = 1 hour), or as an integer with a unit
+ * specifier: "s" = seconds, "m" = minutes, "h" = hours, "d" = days.
+ * Combinations (such as "1h30m") are not permitted. Examples (all of which
+ * represent the same length of time, one day):
+ *
+ *   "86400", "86400s", "1440m", "24h", "1d"
+ *
+ * In the documentation for each directive, one of the following will be
+ * included to indicate whether an option is required:
+ *
+ * [REQUIRED]
+ *     Indicates a directive which must be given. Without it, Services will
+ *     not start.
+ *
+ * [RECOMMENDED]
+ *     Indicates a directive which may be omitted, but omitting it may cause
+ *     undesirable side effects.
+ *
+ * [OPTIONAL]
+ *     Indicates a directive which is optional. If not given, the feature
+ *     will typically be disabled. If this is not the case, more
+ *     information will be given in the documentation.
+ *
+ * [DISCOURAGED]
+ *     Indicates a directive which may cause undesirable side effects if
+ *     specified.
+ *
+ * [DEPRECATED]
+ *     Indicates a directive which will disappear in a future version of
+ *     Services, usually because its functionality has been either
+ *     superseded by that of other directives or incorporated into the main
+ *     program.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * [OPTIONAL] Defines
+ *
+ * You can define values to other values, which can be used to easily change
+ * many values in the configuration. at once.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The services.host define is used in multiple different locations throughout the
+ * configuration for services clients hostnames.
+ */
+define
+{
+	name = "services.host"
+	value = "services.localhost.net"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [OPTIONAL] Additional Includes
+ *
+ * You can include additional configuration files here.
+ * You may also include executable files, which will be executed and
+ * the output from it will be included into your configuration.
+ */
+
+#include
+{
+	type = "file"
+	name = "some.conf"
+}
+
+#include
+{
+	type = "executable"
+	name = "/usr/bin/wget -q -O - http://some.misconfigured.network.com/services.conf"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] IRCd Config
+ *
+ * This section is used to set up Anope to connect to your IRC network.
+ * This section can be included multiple times, and Anope will attempt to
+ * connect to each server until it finally connects.
+ *
+ * Each uplink IRCd should have a corresponding configuration to allow Services
+ * to link to it.
+ *
+ * An example configuration for InspIRCd that is compatible with the below uplink
+ * and serverinfo configuration would look like:
+ *
+ *     <link name="services.localhost.net"
+ *           ipaddr="127.0.0.1"
+ *           port="7000"
+ *           sendpass="mypassword"
+ *           recvpass="mypassword">
+ *     <uline server="services.localhost.net" silent="yes">
+ *     <bind address="127.0.0.1" port="7000" type="servers">
+ *
+ * An example configuration for UnrealIRCd that is compatible with the below uplink
+ * and serverinfo configuration would look like:
+ *
+ *     link services.localhost.net
+ *     {
+ *          username *;
+ *          hostname *;
+ *          bind-ip "127.0.0.1";
+ *          port 7000;
+ *          hub *;
+ *          password-connect "mypassword";
+ *          password-receive "mypassword";
+ *          class servers;
+ *     };
+ *     ulines { services.localhost.net; };
+ *     listen 127.0.0.1:7000;
+ */
+uplink
+{
+	/*
+	 * The IP or hostname of the IRC server you wish to connect Services to.
+	 * Usually, you will want to connect Services over 127.0.0.1 (aka localhost).
+	 *
+	 * NOTE: On some shell providers, this will not be an option.
+	 */
+	host = "127.0.0.1"
+
+	/*
+	 * Enable if Services should connect using IPv6.
+	 */
+	ipv6 = no
+
+	/*
+	 * Enable if Services should connect using SSL.
+	 * You must have an SSL module loaded for this to work.
+	 */
+	ssl = no
+
+	/*
+	 * The port to connect to.
+	 * The IRCd *MUST* be configured to listen on this port, and to accept
+	 * server connections.
+	 *
+	 * Refer to your IRCd documentation for how this is to be done.
+	 */
+	port = 7000
+
+	/*
+	 * The password to send to the IRC server for authentication.
+	 * This must match the link block on your IRCd.
+	 *
+	 * Refer to your IRCd documentation for more information on link blocks.
+	 */
+	password = "mypassword"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] Server Information
+ *
+ * This section contains information about the Services server.
+ */
+serverinfo
+{
+	/*
+	 * The hostname that Services will be seen as, it must have no conflicts with any
+	 * other server names on the rest of your IRC network. Note that it does not have
+	 * to be an existing hostname, just one that isn't on your network already.
+	 */
+	name = "stats.localhost.net"
+
+	/*
+	 * The text which should appear as the server's information in /whois and similar
+	 * queries.
+	 */
+	description = "Stats for IRC Networks"
+
+	/*
+	 * The local address that Services will bind to before connecting to the remote
+	 * server. This may be useful for multihomed hosts. If omitted, Services will let
+	 * the Operating System choose the local address. This directive is optional.
+	 *
+	 * If you don't know what this means or don't need to use it, just leave this
+	 * directive commented out.
+	 */
+	#localhost = "nowhere."
+
+	/*
+	 * What Server ID to use for this connection?
+	 * Note: This should *ONLY* be used for TS6/P10 IRCds. Refer to your IRCd documentation
+	 * to see if this is needed.
+	 */
+	#id = "00A"
+
+	/*
+	 * The filename containing the Services process ID. The path is relative to the
+	 * services root directory.
+	 */
+	pid = "data/services.pid"
+
+	/*
+	 * The filename containing the Message of the Day. The path is relative to the
+	 * services root directory.
+	 */
+	motd = "conf/services.motd"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] Protocol module
+ *
+ * This directive tells Anope which IRCd Protocol to speak when connecting.
+ * You MUST modify this to match the IRCd you run.
+ *
+ * Supported:
+ *  - bahamut
+ *  - charybdis
+ *  - hybrid
+ *  - inspircd12
+ *  - inspircd20
+ *  - ngircd
+ *  - plexus
+ *  - ratbox
+ *  - unreal
+ */
+module
+{
+	name = "inspircd20"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] Network Information
+ *
+ * This section contains information about the IRC network that Services will be
+ * connecting to.
+ */
+networkinfo
+{
+	/*
+	 * This is the name of the network that Services will be running on.
+	 */
+	networkname = "LocalNet"
+
+	/*
+	 * Set this to the maximum allowed nick length on your network.
+	 * Be sure to set this correctly, as setting this wrong can result in
+	 * Services being disconnected from the network.
+	 */
+	nicklen = 31
+
+	/* Set this to the maximum allowed ident length on your network.
+	 * Be sure to set this correctly, as setting this wrong can result in
+	 * Services being disconnected from the network.
+	 */
+	userlen = 10
+
+	/* Set this to the maximum allowed hostname length on your network.
+	 * Be sure to set this correctly, as setting this wrong can result in
+	 * Services being disconnected from the network.
+	 */
+	hostlen = 64
+
+	/* Set this to the maximum allowed channel length on your network.
+	 */
+	chanlen = 32
+
+	/* The maximum number of list modes settable on a channel (such as b, e, I).
+	 * Comment out or set to 0 to disable.
+	 */
+	modelistsize = 100
+
+	/*
+	 * The characters allowed in hostnames. This is used for validating hostnames given
+	 * to services, such as BotServ bot hostnames and user vhosts. Changing this is not
+	 * recommended unless you know for sure your IRCd supports whatever characters you are
+	 * wanting to use. Telling services to set a vHost containing characters your IRCd
+	 * disallows could potentially break the IRCd and/or Services.
+	 *
+	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
+	 */
+	vhost_chars = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789.-"
+
+	/*
+	 * If set to true, allows vHosts to not contain dots (.).
+	 * Newer IRCds generally do not have a problem with this, but the same warning as
+	 * vhost_chars applies.
+	 *
+	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
+	 */
+	allow_undotted_vhosts = false
+
+	/*
+	 * The characters that are not allowed to be at the very beginning or very ending
+	 * of a vHost. The same warning as vhost_chars applies.
+	 *
+	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
+	 */
+	disallow_start_or_end = ".-"
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] Services Options
+ *
+ * This section contains various options which determine how Services will operate.
+ */
+options
+{
+	/*
+	 * On Linux/UNIX systems Anope can setuid and setgid to this user and group
+	 * after starting up. This is useful if Anope has to bind to privileged ports
+	 */
+	#user = "anope"
+	#group = "anope"
+
+	/*
+	 * The case mapping used by services. This must be set to a valid locale name
+	 * installed on your machine. Services use this case map to compare, with
+	 * case insensitivity, things such as nick names, channel names, etc.
+	 *
+	 * We provide two special casemaps shipped with Anope, ascii and rfc1459.
+	 *
+	 * This value should be set to what your IRCd uses, which is probably rfc1459,
+	 * however Anope has always used ascii for comparison, so the default is ascii.
+	 *
+	 * Changing this value once set is not recommended.
+	 */
+	casemap = "ascii"
+
+	/*
+	 * Sets the timeout period for reading from the uplink.
+	 */
+	readtimeout = 5s
+
+	/*
+	 * Sets the interval between sending warning messages for program errors via
+	 * WALLOPS/GLOBOPS.
+	 */
+	warningtimeout = 4h
+
+	/*
+	 * If set, Services will only show /stats o to IRC Operators. This directive
+	 * is optional.
+	 */
+	#hidestatso = yes
+
+	/*
+	 * A space-separated list of ulined servers on your network, it is assumed that
+	 * the servers in this list are allowed to set channel modes and Services will
+	 * not attempt to reverse their mode changes.
+	 *
+	 * WARNING: Do NOT put your normal IRC user servers in this directive.
+	 *
+	 * This directive is optional.
+	 */
+	#ulineservers = "services.your.network"
+
+	/*
+	 * How long to wait between connection retries with the uplink(s).
+	 */
+	retrywait = 60s
+}
+
+/*
+ * [RECOMMENDED] Logging Configuration
+ *
+ * This section is used for configuring what is logged and where it is logged to.
+ * You may have multiple log blocks if you wish. Remember to properly secure any
+ * channels you choose to have Anope log to!
+ */
+log
+{
+	/*
+	 * Target(s) to log to, which may be one of the following:
+	 *   - a channel name
+	 *   - a filename
+	 *   - globops
+	 */
+	target = "stats.log"
+
+	/* Log to both services.log and the channel #services
+	 *
+	 * Note that some older IRCds, such as Ratbox, require services to be in the
+	 * log channel to be able to message it. To do this, configure service:channels to
+	 * join your logging channel.
+	 */
+	#target = "stats.log #services"
+
+	/*
+	 * The source(s) to only accept log messages from. Leave commented to allow all sources.
+	 * This can be a users name, a channel name, one of our clients (eg, OperServ), or a server name.
+	 */
+	#source = ""
+
+	/*
+	 * The bot used to log generic messages which have no predefined sender if there
+	 * is a channel in the target directive.
+	 */
+	bot = "Global"
+
+	/*
+	 * The number of days to keep logfiles, only useful if you are logging to a file.
+	 * Set to 0 to never delete old logfiles.
+	 *
+	 * Note that Anope must run 24 hours a day for this feature to work correctly.
+	 */
+	logage = 7
+
+	/*
+	 * What types of log messages should be logged by this block. There are nine general categories:
+	 *
+	 *  servers    - Server actions, linking, squitting, etc.
+	 *  channels   - Actions in channels such as joins, parts, kicks, etc.
+	 *  users      - User actions such as connecting, disconnecting, changing name, etc.
+	 *  other      - All other messages without a category.
+	 *  rawio      - Logs raw input and output from services
+	 *  debug      - Debug messages (log files can become VERY large from this).
+	 *
+	 * These options determine what messages from the categories should be logged. Wildcards are accepted, and
+	 * you can also negate values with a ~. For example, "~operserv/akill operserv/*" would log all operserv
+	 * messages except for operserv/akill. Note that processing stops at the first matching option, which
+	 * means "* ~operserv/*" would log everything because * matches everything.
+	 *
+	 * Valid server options are:
+	 *    connect, quit, sync, squit
+	 *
+	 * Valid channel options are:
+	 *    create, destroy, join, part, kick, leave, mode
+	 *
+	 * Valid user options are:
+	 *    connect, disconnect, quit, nick, ident, host, mode, maxusers, oper
+	 *
+	 * Rawio and debug are simple yes/no answers, there are no types for them.
+	 *
+	 * Note that modules may add their own values to these options.
+	 */
+	servers = "*"
+	#channels = "~mode *"
+	users = "connect disconnect nick"
+	other = "*"
+	rawio = no
+	debug = no
+}
+
+/*
+ * [REQUIRED] MySQL Database configuration.
+ *
+ * m_mysql
+ *
+ * This module allows other modules to use MySQL.
+ */
+module
+{
+	name = "m_mysql"
+
+	mysql
+	{
+		/* The name of this service. */
+		name = "mysql/main"
+		database = "anope"
+		server = "127.0.0.1"
+		username = "anope"
+		password = "mypassword"
+		port = 3306
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * IRC2SQL Gateway
+ * This module collects data about users, channels and servers. It doesn't build stats
+ * itself, however, it gives you the database, it's up to you how you use it.
+ *
+ * Requires a MySQL Database and MySQL version 5.5 or higher
+ */
+include
+{
+	type = "file"
+	name = "irc2sql.example.conf"
+}
+
@@ -1,426 +0,0 @@
-- phpMyAdmin SQL Dump
-- version 3.3.5
-- http://www.phpmyadmin.net
--
-- Host: localhost
-- Generation Time: Aug 07, 2011 at 03:53 PM
-- Server version: 5.1.50
-- PHP Version: 5.3.6-pl0-gentoo
-
-SET SQL_MODE="NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO";
-
--
-- Database: `anope`
--
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_bs_badwords`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_bs_badwords` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `word` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `type` varchar(50) NOT NULL,
-  UNIQUE KEY `channel` (`channel`,`word`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_bs_core`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_bs_core` (
-  `nick` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `user` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `host` text NOT NULL,
-  `rname` text NOT NULL,
-  `flags` text NOT NULL,
-  `created` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `chancount` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  PRIMARY KEY (`nick`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_bs_info_metadata`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_bs_info_metadata` (
-  `botname` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `value` text NOT NULL,
-  KEY `FK_anope_bs_info_metadata_botname` (`botname`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_access`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_access` (
-  `provider` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `data` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `mask` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `last_seen` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `creator` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `created` int(11) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  UNIQUE KEY `channel` (`channel`,`mask`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_akick`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_akick` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `flags` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `mask` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `reason` text NOT NULL,
-  `creator` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `created` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `last_used` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  UNIQUE KEY `channel` (`channel`,`mask`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_info`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_info` (
-  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `founder` text NOT NULL,
-  `successor` text NOT NULL,
-  `descr` text NOT NULL,
-  `time_registered` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `last_used` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `last_topic` text NOT NULL,
-  `last_topic_setter` text NOT NULL,
-  `last_topic_time` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `flags` text NOT NULL,
-  `bantype` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `memomax` smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `botnick` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `botflags` text NOT NULL,
-  `capsmin` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `capspercent` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `floodlines` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `floodsecs` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `repeattimes` smallint(6) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  PRIMARY KEY (`name`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_info_metadata`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_info_metadata` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `value` text NOT NULL,
-  KEY `FK_anope_cs_info_metadata_channel` (`channel`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_levels`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_levels` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `position` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `level` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  UNIQUE KEY `channel` (`channel`,`position`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_mlock`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_mlock` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `mode` varchar(127) NOT NULL,
-  `status` int(11) NOT NULL,
-  `setter` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `created` int(11) NOT NULL,
-  `param` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  UNIQUE KEY `entry` (`channel`,`mode`,`status`,`setter`,`param`),
-  KEY `FK_anope_cs_mlock` (`channel`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_cs_ttb`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_cs_ttb` (
-  `channel` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `ttb_id` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `value` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  UNIQUE KEY `channel` (`channel`,`ttb_id`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_extra`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_extra` (
-  `data` text NOT NULL
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_hs_core`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_hs_core` (
-  `nick` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `vident` varchar(64) NOT NULL,
-  `vhost` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `creator` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `time` int(11) NOT NULL,
-  KEY `FK_anope_hs_core_nick` (`nick`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_info`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_info` (
-  `version` int(11) DEFAULT NULL,
-  `date` datetime DEFAULT NULL
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ms_info`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ms_info` (
-  `receiver` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `flags` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `time` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `sender` text NOT NULL,
-  `text` blob NOT NULL,
-  `serv` enum('NICK','CHAN') NOT NULL DEFAULT 'NICK',
-  KEY `FK_anope_ms_info_receiver` (`receiver`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ns_access`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ns_access` (
-  `display` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `access` varchar(160) NOT NULL,
-  KEY `FK_anope_ns_access_display` (`display`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ns_alias`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ns_alias` (
-  `nick` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `last_quit` text NOT NULL,
-  `last_realname` text NOT NULL,
-  `last_usermask` text NOT NULL,
-  `last_realhost` text NOT NULL,
-  `time_registered` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `last_seen` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `flags` text NOT NULL,
-  `display` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  PRIMARY KEY (`nick`),
-  KEY `FK_anope_ns_alias_display` (`display`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ns_alias_metadata`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ns_alias_metadata` (
-  `nick` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `value` text NOT NULL,
-  KEY `FK_anope_ns_alias_metadata_nick` (`nick`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ns_core`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ns_core` (
-  `display` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `pass` text NOT NULL,
-  `email` text NOT NULL,
-  `greet` text NOT NULL,
-  `flags` text NOT NULL,
-  `language` varchar(5) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `memomax` smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  PRIMARY KEY (`display`)
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_ns_core_metadata`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_ns_core_metadata` (
-  `nick` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
-  `value` text NOT NULL
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_os_core`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_os_core` (
-  `maxusercnt` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `maxusertime` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_os_exceptions`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_os_exceptions` (
-  `mask` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `slimit` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `who` text NOT NULL,
-  `reason` text NOT NULL,
-  `time` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `expires` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
-- --------------------------------------------------------
-
--
-- Table structure for table `anope_os_xlines`
--
-
-CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `anope_os_xlines` (
-  `type` varchar(1) NOT NULL,
-  `mask` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
-  `xby` text NOT NULL,
-  `reason` text NOT NULL,
-  `seton` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0',
-  `expire` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'
-) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
-
--
-- Constraints for dumped tables
--
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_bs_badwords`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_bs_badwords`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_bs_badwords_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_bs_info_metadata`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_bs_info_metadata`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_bs_info_metadata_botname` FOREIGN KEY (`botname`) REFERENCES `anope_bs_core` (`nick`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_access`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_access`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_access_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_akick`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_akick`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_akick_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_info_metadata`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_info_metadata`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_info_metadata_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_levels`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_levels`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_levels_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_mlock`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_mlock`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_mlock_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_cs_ttb`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_ttb`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_cs_ttb_channel` FOREIGN KEY (`channel`) REFERENCES `anope_cs_info` (`name`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_hs_core`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_hs_core`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_hs_core_nick` FOREIGN KEY (`nick`) REFERENCES `anope_ns_alias` (`nick`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_ms_info`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_ms_info`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_ms_info_receiver` FOREIGN KEY (`receiver`) REFERENCES `anope_ns_alias` (`nick`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_ns_access`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_access`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_ns_access_display` FOREIGN KEY (`display`) REFERENCES `anope_ns_core` (`display`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_ns_alias`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_alias`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_ns_alias_display` FOREIGN KEY (`display`) REFERENCES `anope_ns_core` (`display`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
--
-- Constraints for table `anope_ns_alias_metadata`
--
-ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_alias_metadata`
-  ADD CONSTRAINT `FK_anope_ns_alias_metadata_nick` FOREIGN KEY (`nick`) REFERENCES `anope_ns_alias` (`nick`) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE;
-
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-git log --pretty=format:"Revision %h - %cD - %s" > version.log
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The syntax is usually *_cast<type>(var).
 static_cast
 -----------

-From my expierence, this cast is closest to C-style casting for non-pointer
+From my experience, this cast is closest to C-style casting for non-pointer
 types as well as between some (but not all) pointer types.  This type of cast,
 like C-style casting, is performed at compile-time.  static_cast can also do
 a downcast of a derived class to a base class, but only if the base class is
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Bad_cast exception.

 Note that in Anope we prefer if Anope::debug_cast is used.
 This uses dynamic_cast (and checks for a NULL pointer return) on debug builds
-and static_cast on release builds, to speed up the program beacuse of dynamic_cast's
+and static_cast on release builds, to speed up the program because of dynamic_cast's
 reliance on RTTI.

 reinterpret_cast
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ if(WIN32)
  endif(IN_SOURCE)
  set(DOCS Changes Changes.conf DEFCON FAQ INSTALL LANGUAGE MODULES NEWS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/README.txt WIN32.txt)
  install(FILES ${DOCS}
-    DESTINATION docs
+    DESTINATION ${DOC_DIR}
  )
  set_directory_properties(PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/README.txt")
 endif(WIN32)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Orginally pulled from: http://www.inspircd.org/wiki/Coding_Guidelines
+Originally pulled from: http://www.inspircd.org/wiki/Coding_Guidelines

 ---

@@ -1,339 +1,347 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991

- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.  

-			    Preamble
+51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                         Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your 
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public 
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free 
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This 
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software 
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to 
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by 
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to 
 your programs, too.

-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you 
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for 
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it 
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it 
 in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.

-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid 
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. 
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you 
 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.

-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether 
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that 
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the 
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their 
 rights.

-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and 
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, 
 distribute and/or modify the software.

-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain 
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free 
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we 
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so 
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original 
 authors' reputations.

-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software 
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free 
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the 
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any 
 patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.

-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and 
 modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+
+                      GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".

-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains 
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed 
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, 
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" 
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: 
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, 
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another 
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in 
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not 
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of 
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program 
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the 
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). 
 Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.

-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's 
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you 
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate 
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the 
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; 
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License 
 along with the Program.

-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and 
 you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.

-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion 
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and 
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 
 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+   a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices 
+   stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.

-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
+   b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in 
+   whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any 
+   part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third 
+   parties under the terms of this License.

-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+   c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively 
+   when run, you must cause it, when started running for such 
+   interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an 
+   announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a 
+   notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide 
+   a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under 
+   these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this 
+   License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but 
+   does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on 
+   the Program is not required to print an announcement.)

-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If 
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, 
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in 
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those 
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you 
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based 
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of 
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire 
+whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest 
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to 
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or 
 collective works based on the Program.

-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program 
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of 
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under 
 the scope of this License.

-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, 
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of 
 Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:

-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+   a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable 
+   source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 
+   1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,

-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+   b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, 
+   to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of 
+   physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable 
+   copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms 
+   of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software 
+   interchange; or,

-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+   c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer 
+   to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed 
+   only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program 
+   in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with 
+   Subsection b above.)

-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for 
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source 
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any 
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to 
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a 
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include 
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary 
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the 
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component 
 itself accompanies the executable.

-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering 
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent 
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as 
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not 
 compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program 
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt 
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is 
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. 
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under 
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such 
 parties remain in full compliance.

-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not 
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or 
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are 
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by 
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the 
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and 
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying 
 the Program or works based on it.

-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the 
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the 
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to 
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further 
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. 
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to 
 this License.

-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent 
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), 
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or 
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not 
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot 
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this 
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you 
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
+would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those
+who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way
+you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
+from distribution of the Program.

-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under 
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to 
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other 
 circumstances.

-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any 
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any 
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the 
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented 
+by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions 
+to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance 
+on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to 
+decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other 
+system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.

-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be 
+a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in 
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the 
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License 
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding 
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among 
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates 
 the limitation as if written in the body of this License.

-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions 
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will 
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to 
 address new problems or concerns.

-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program 
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any 
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions 
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free 
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of 
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software 
 Foundation.

-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free 
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author 
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free 
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes 
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals 
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and 
 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.

-			    NO WARRANTY
+                                 NO WARRANTY

-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY 
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN 
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES 
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED 
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS 
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE 
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, 
 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING 
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR 
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, 
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING 
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED 
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY 
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER 
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 
 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+                         END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest 
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make 
+it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under 
+these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest 
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively 
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least 
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+   <one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.>
+   Copyright (C) yyyy  name of author

-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+   of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  
+   02110-1301, USA.

 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this 
 when it starts in an interactive mode:

-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+   Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+   Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
+   type `show w'.  This is free software, and you are welcome
+   to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' 
+   for details.

-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate 
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may 
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be 
 mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.

-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your 
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if 
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:

-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+   Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program 
+   `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written  by James Hacker.

-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+   <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+   Ty Coon, President of Vice

 This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may 
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the 
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General 
 Public License instead of this License.
+
+
@@ -1,5 +1,181 @@
+Anope Version 2.0.6
+-------------------
+Log client IP for web clients running commands via webcpanel
+Fix log file path for the config file could not be opened log message
+Allow nickserv/group to be used via XMLRPC
+Fix logsearch without wildcards
+Support cidr exempts in m_dnsbl
+Add support for IPv6 dnsbls
+Add +u and +L channel modes for ircd-hybrid
+Set +x after hostserv/off on InspIRCd and UnrealIRCd
+Fix chanserv/mode not being able to set extbans
+Send CHGIDENT/CHGHOST on SVSLOGIN on InspIRCd
+Fix escaping replies from commands in webcpanel
+Enable require_oper for all opers added via operserv/oper
+Advertise SASL mechanisms to UnrealIRCd servers
+
+Anope Version 2.0.5
+-------------------
+Fix negative levels to not match users with negative access
+Fix memo sender to always be the account name of the sender
+Allow unregistered users to use the ChanServ seen command
+Fix secureops to not be enforced on operators with the chanserv/administration privilege
+Fix command name in HELP syntax messages to always be upper case
+Show unconfirmed nickname messages on registration in webcpanel
+Fix NickServ SET EMAIL to be executable via XMLRPC
+Fix OperServ USERLIST/CHANLIST to accept regexes
+Allow OperServ USERLIST to also match realname syntax (n!u@h#r)
+Fix db_old importing languages to use the UTF-8 version
+Fix m_dns to return REFUSED if no answers could be found
+Fix ns_maxemail to be case insensitive
+Add MemoServ READ ALL command
+Add support for NickServ GROUP to be executed via XMLRPC
+Add support for logging hostname/ip of SASL authentication attempts, if supported by IRCd
+
+Anope Version 2.0.4
+-------------------
+Add notice rpc method to XMLRPC
+Fix access check in cs_updown to not allow actions on users with equal access
+Fix randomnews to work when there are more than 'newscount' random news
+Fix crash from handling nick introduction collisions on unreal4
+Add support for GCC6
+Fix handling /join 0 on ratbox
+Fix saset display to update the account of the proper user
+Fix nickserv/confirm to send account and +r when appropriate
+Fix chankill to not add duplicate akills
+Allow nickserv/maxemail to disregard gmail style aliases when comparing emails
+Fix chanserv/mode when setting listmodes with CIDR ranges
+Fix reported expiry time when the time is divisible by 1 year
+Clearify botserv repeat kicker help and allow setting repeat times to 1
+Send vident/vhost with SASL login
+Add support for SASL reauth
+Fix log and database backup directories to be properly created by the installer
+
+Anope Version 2.0.3
+-------------------
+Add support for UnrealIRCd 4
+Fix cs_access to respect chanserv/access/list privilege
+Fix cs_access to match level -1 as every user, not any level <0
+Fix problems related to object destruction order when using db_sql_live
+Show memo notify settings in ms_info
+Fix some actions bumping channels last used time that shouldn't have
+Add maxlogins configuration directive to limit the number of concurrent logins to one account
+Fix race with auto svsnick on ghost sometimes causing nick collisions instead
+Fix saset langauge reply
+Show akill/sxlines ids in VIEW
+Fix crash when an oper is configured in both the configuration and via os_oper
+Fix m_ldap reconnect logic not properly setting protocol and network timeout settings
+Fix crash from unloading regex modules when regex xlines exist
+Fix irc2sql to store away messages
+Add notice method to m_xmlrpc_main
+Fix numerics on InspIRCd from being sent to user UID
+Fix usermode +I on UnrealIRCd to be considered oper only
+Fix crash in webcpanel when deleting your own access on a channel
+Fix webcpanel allowing suspended users to login
+Fix hs_off on InspIRCd to not desync active user host
+Fix bs_bot to not allow colliding bots into users
+Don't allow hostserv modules to load if there is no hostserv
+Fix ns_register allowing bot nicks to be registered through webcpanel
+Don't update chanserv keepmodes during inhabit
+Fix build on cmake 2.4
+Allow searching emails by wildcard in ns_getemail
+
+Anope Version 2.0.2
+-------------------
+Fix keepmodes preventing the first user of a channel from being deopped
+Fix SQlines that don't begin with # from matching channels
+Made cs_clone behave like the help describes, copying many settings and lists by default
+Allow cs_clone to clone levels, too
+Update Hybrid protocol module for 8.2
+Fix not unescaping all characters sent over XMLRPC
+Fix crash when os_mode is used to destroy channels, like when unsetting permanent channel mode from an empty channel
+Allow users with topic change privilege to change the topic instead of requiring them to use ChanServ's topic command
+Fix negatively locking param modes in default mlock
+Change entrymsg to check for the SET privilege, not real founder
+Allow configuring characters allowed in nicknames
+Fix crash when non users register channels externally (like XMLRPC)
+Remove operserv/exception MOVE, it did not function correctly. Instead reorder the list by deleting/adding entries.
+Allow flood ttb to be 0.
+Enforce mlock when disabling defcon modes
+Fix cs_mode not being able to apply mlock on register
+Add log message when users send memos
+Fix old collide timers from staying around after successful identify. Fixes being able to identify and logout and still being hit by the old timers.
+Fix undefined behavior in cs_mode which usually crashes when clearing large list modes
+Show all opertypes in operserv/info, even if no opers use them
+
+Anope Version 2.0.1
+-------------------
+Fix access entries on accounts sometimes not updating when a user's display name changes
+Fix ns_group to properly validate the account of the user against the target
+Fix os_stats not saving max user count and time when using SQL
+Fix nickalias's 'nc' field sometimes not being updated when using SQL
+Fix several crashes on Windows related to being unable to load modules
+Fix bs_bot change not properly reintroducing bots after changing their ident, host, or realname
+
+Add English language file to allow users to easily modify language strings
+Add configuring which mode cs_ban sets, and added a MUTE command to BotServ's fantasy
+Allow SVSPART to take an optional reason
+Allow cs_list to search channel topics and descriptions
+
+Anope Version 2.0.0
+-------------------
+Added irc2sql stats module
+
+Anope Version 1.9.9
+-------------------
+A Added a better webpanel template, removed the old one
+A Added SQL logging support
+A Added Redis database support
+A Added ability to configure what privileges XOP commands give
+U Updated Dutch language file, from Robby <robby@chat.be>
+U Updated Spanish langauge file, from Isaac Fontal <i_fontal@hotmail.com>
+F Fix build on Solaris and OSX
+F Fixed setting BotServ's default settings in the config
+F Fixed some names of config items, including NickServ's kill protect
+
+Anope Version 1.9.8
+-------------------
+A Ability to configure fantasy commands in the config
+A Add SVSJOIN and SVSPART commands
+F Fix "leave" channel log level from not logging
+F Fix users able to "resend" their registration mail with registration set to admin only
+F Fix build on OpenBSD
+F Fix not logging debug logs to the logfile when debug mode is enabled
+F Fix defcon timeout timer
+F Fix crash in os_forbid with expiring entries
+F Fix several issues with db_sql_live
+
+Anope Version 1.9.7
+-------------------
+A Added ability for using regex as patterns for various commands
+A Extended ability of operserv/akill to also match against nick and realname
+A Added chanserv:require configuration option
+A Added nickserv:unregistered_notice and nickserv:registration configuration option
+A Added options:casemap configuration option
+A Added a web panel
+A db_sql_live now allows all tables to be "live", not just a select few
+
+Anope Version 1.9.6
+-------------------
+A Added ability to configure emails sent by services
+A Added chanserv/up and chanserv/down
+A Added m_proxyscan
+A Added more configurability for what vhosts are valid
+A Added chanserv/log
+A Added ability to configure ChanServ privileges
+A Added a new database format
+A Added SQLite support
+A Added more verbose messages on startup
+A Added ability for chanserv/suspend and nickserv/suspend to take an expiry time
+A Added no nickname ownership config option
+A Added m_rewrite
+A Added akill IDs
+F Fixed crash in clearusers
+F Fixed crash in /os oper info
+F Fixed eventfd Config check to work properly on OpenVZ
+
 Anope Version 1.9.5
--------------------
+-------------------
 A Extended LDAP support
 A Added os_oper, os_kill, os_forbid, m_statusupdate, cs_sync, and bs_autoassign
 A Added a new configuration file format
@@ -17,7 +193,7 @@ F Fixed setting -P on channels with only a botserv bot in it
 F Fixed modemanager complaining about prefixless modes on InspIRCd

 Anope Version 1.9.4
--------------------
+-------------------
 A Automatically set channel founder to the user with the highest access if there is no successor
 A /chanserv clone command to copy settings from one channel to another.
 A /chanserv mode command
@@ -38,7 +214,7 @@ F Some failed logic in /operserv exception that prevents proper exceptions from
 F Fixed the anope_os_sxlines MySQL table and code to work after restarting

 Anope Version 1.9.3
--------------------
+-------------------
 A Added italics BotServ kicks support
 A Tell users when their nicks expire in /ns glist and /ns info
 A Added SSL support
@@ -65,7 +241,7 @@ F Anoperc start/stop to send the globaloncycle global, and fixed anoperc rehash
 F Fixed a potential crash if HostServ or BotServ was disbled

 Anope Version 1.9.2
--------------------
+-------------------
 A K alias to chanserv kick command
 A KB alias to chanserv ban command
 A The ability to register empty nonregistered channels
@@ -79,8 +255,8 @@ A Added ns_resetpass module to the core
 A CS ACCESS VIEW which shows who added the access and last time used
 A Last used time to CS AKICK VIEW
 A Added a sha_256 encryption module
-A Added the ability to load multiple encryption modules, and the ability to seamlessly convert your database between diferent encryptions
-A Added configuration options to allow Anope to reconnect if it disconnects from the uplink instead of dieing
+A Added the ability to load multiple encryption modules, and the ability to seamlessly convert your database between different encryptions
+A Added configuration options to allow Anope to reconnect if it disconnects from the uplink instead of dying
 A Added support for linking with IPv6
 F Unban command to accept an optional nick arg
 F Some typos in services.conf
@@ -96,7 +272,7 @@ F ms_rsend to really work
 F SQUITing juped servers on InspIRCd1.2+

 Anope Version 1.9.1
--------------------
+-------------------
 F Don't enforce akick/forbidden/etc.-restrictions on clients on ulined servers.
 F Remove modules_unload_all fini + hack that goes with it.
 F Signal handling cleanup.
@@ -137,7 +313,7 @@ Provided by Liber <Liber@jasonirc.net> - 2009
 F Support operoverride and such things (stop reversing changes from nonopped people where unnecessary)

 Anope Version 1.9.0
--------------------
+-------------------
 F Modified compile to use g++
 F Improve protocol modules support (classes, virtual methods, etc)
 F Move core services to use BotInfo
@@ -1,3 +1,85 @@
+Anope Version 2.0.6
+-------------------
+Mark enc_md5 and enc_sha1 as deprecated. Their use has been discouraged for years, and they will be removed in a future release.
+Exempt all of 127.0.0.0/8 from m_dnsbl by default
+Load m_sasl by default
+Fix documentation for nickserv default option ns_keep_modes
+
+Anope Version 2.0.5
+-------------------
+No significant changes.
+
+Anope Version 2.0.4
+-------------------
+Removed m_sasl_dh-aes and m_sasl_dh-blowfish
+
+Anope Version 2.0.3
+-------------------
+Add operserv/chankill to default globops log
+Add ns_identify:maxlogins to limit the max number of concurrent logins per account
+Document ns_no_expire nickserv default
+Remove default session exception expiry time
+
+Anope Version 2.0.2
+-------------------
+Add an operserv/oper/modify privilege, required to use oper add and oper del
+Add a chanserv/access/list privilege, which allow readonly access to ChanServ access and akick lists
+Changed m_dnsbl's result configuration to be more extensible
+Add 'max' setting to cs_mode
+Add 'nickchars' setting to networkinfo
+Add 'botserv/fantasy', 'chanserv/access/list', and 'operserv/oper/modify' oper privileges
+Fix 'emailchange_message' to include the proper email address
+Set a default permission on operserv/defcon
+
+Anope Version 2.0.1
+-------------------
+Add MUTE command to BotServ fantasy configuration
+Document memo_mail option in nickserv.conf
+Add 'show' setting to ns_info and cs_info to control which fields are shown to non opers
+
+Anope Version 2.0.0
+-------------------
+options:passlen, enforceruser, enforcerhost, releasetimeout, and guestnickprefix moved to nickserv's module configuration
+options:hideregisteredcommands added
+m_ssl renamed to m_ssl_openssl
+mail:restrict removed
+
+Anope Version 1.9.9
+-------------------
+There is not many config changes betewen 1.9.8 and 1.9.9, however many of the
+options have been moved around to make more sense, too many to list here,
+so get a new config.
+
+Anope Version 1.9.8
+-------------------
+networkinfo:chanlen added
+options:user and options:group added
+nickserv:modesonid added to set modes on everyone who identifies
+nickserv:kill and nickserv:killquick added to configure NickServ's kill timeout
+nickserv:restoreonrecover added to try to restore a user's session after a ghost
+command:group added
+fantasy block added
+dns block has been moved to modules.conf as a part of m_dns
+
+Anope Version 1.9.7
+-------------------
+operserv:notifications removed in favor of log{} blocks
+options:regexengine added
+options:casemap added
+chanserv:require added
+nickserv:registration added, emailregistration removed.
+nickserv:unregistered_notice added
+
+Anope Version 1.9.6
+-------------------
+service:channels added to join services to channels
+mail block modified to allow configuring of email messages
+oper:host and oper:vhost added
+oper:require_oper added
+options:nonicknameownership added
+operserv:akillids added
+nickserv/access oper privilege added
+
 Anope Version 1.9.5
 -------------------
 Don't even try it, get a new config and start over.
@@ -25,7 +107,7 @@ opertype:commands removed operserv/umode
 operserv:modules removed os_umode

 Anope Version 1.9.3
------------------
+-------------------
 ** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
 nickserv/auspex privilege added
 SSL module added for SSL support
@@ -59,7 +141,7 @@ networkinfo:logchannel, logbot, logusers, logmaxusers, logchannel, and options:k
 dumpcore because it really didn't do anything

 Anope Version 1.9.2
--------------------
+-------------------
 ** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
 options:enablelogchannel added to auto turn on the logchannel on startup
 options:mlock added to configure the default mlock modes on new channels
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Anope DefCon 
+Anope DefCon
 ------------

 1) Introduction
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Anope DefCon
 1) Introduction

    Anope 1.6 onwards supports a unique protection mechanism based on the
-    military "Defense Readiness Condition" (DefCon) system. It is based on 
+    military "Defense Readiness Condition" (DefCon) system. It is based on
    5 levels of defense readiness defined as:

    DEFCON5 Normal peacetime readiness
@@ -23,18 +23,19 @@ Anope DefCon
    These are configurable levels that mandates what actions Anope should
    take in case of emergency and change in readiness status.

-    It is used to prevent abuse to both Services, and the ircd on which they 
+    It is used to prevent abuse to both Services, and the ircd on which they
    are running. Also to protect the users, primarily in the event of Clones
-    and/or FloodBOT attacks. 
+    and/or FloodBOT attacks.

 2) Installation

    The DefCon system is part of Anope's core,

-    The DefCon system has to be configured on your services.conf file to
-    be enabled. The defcon module will not unload unless all non-optional
-    directives are set. Look for the defcon block
-    section on your services.conf file for more information.
+    The DefCon system has to be configured on your operserv.conf file to
+    be enabled. Defcon will be disabled if "defaultlevel" in the defcon
+    block is left commented, or set to 0. Look for the defcon block
+    on your operserv.conf file for more information on enabling and
+    configuring it.

    Make sure you restart Anope after changing the DefCon configuration
    directives.
@@ -43,26 +44,26 @@ Anope DefCon

    Pre-defined DefCon actions:

-    No new channel registrations 
-    No New Nick Registrations 
-    No MLOCK changes 
-    Force Chan Mode 
-    Use Reduced Session Limit 
-    KILL any new clients trying to connect 
-    Services will ignore everyone but opers 
-    Services will silently ignore everyone but opers 
-    AKILL all new clients trying to connect 
+    No new channel registrations
+    No New Nick Registrations
+    No Mode Lock changes
+    Force Chan Mode
+    Use Reduced Session Limit
+    KILL any new clients trying to connect
+    Services will ignore everyone but opers
+    Services will silently ignore everyone but opers
+    AKILL all new clients trying to connect
    No new memos sent to block MemoServ attacks
-    
+
    Information regarding how to enable this for specific defcon levels can
-    be found in services.conf
+    be found in operserv.conf

 4) Usage

-    Anope starts up in DEFCON5 (normal readiness). To change the Defcon level 
-    in action use: 
-    
-    /msg OperServ DEFCON 1|2|3|4|5 
+    Anope starts up in DEFCON5 (normal readiness). To change the Defcon level
+    in action use:
+
+    /msg OperServ DEFCON 1|2|3|4|5

 5) Usage Example

@@ -70,28 +71,23 @@ Anope DefCon

    /msg OperServ DEFCON 4

-    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel Changed the DEFCON level to 4
-
    -OperServ- Services are now at DEFCON 4
    -OperServ- * No new channel registrations
    -OperServ- * No new nick registrations
-    -OperServ- * No MLOCK changes
+    -OperServ- * No mode lock changes
    -OperServ- * Use the reduced session limit of 5

-    -Global- The Defcon Level is now at Level: 4
+    -Global- The Defcon Level is now at: 4

    Restore normal readiness:

    /msg OperServ DEFCON 5

-    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel Changed the DEFCON level to 5
-
    -OperServ- Services are now at DEFCON 5

    -Global- Services are now back to normal, sorry for any inconvenience

 6) Support

-    You might get DefCon support by posting on our online forum, or maybe on 
+    You might get DefCon support by posting on our online forum, or maybe on
    our #anope channel at /server irc.anope.org.
-
@@ -9,34 +9,26 @@ Anope Internal Events
    Internal Events are setup to give module developers more information
    about what the core is doing at different times. This information can
    be as complex as data we are feeding to the uplink, to simple triggered
-    events such as the databases being saved. 
+    events such as the databases being saved.

    Additionally there is a module included with the core
-    which can  provide some clue as to how to use the code in your modules.
+    which can provide some clue as to how to use the code in your modules.
    The rest of this document assumes that you are used to writing modules.

 2) Using Events

-    Anope is told about modules wanting to hook to events by the function
-    ModuleManager::Attach(EventName, Module*);, eg:
-
-    ModuleManager::Attach(I_OnJoinChannel, this);
-
-    You can also specifcy an array of events:
-
-    Implementation i[] = { I_OnJoinChannel, I_OnPartChannel };
-    ModuleManager::Attach(i, this, 2);
-    Where 2 is the number of events in the list
-
-    You must then overload these functions in your main modules class.
+    Each Event in Anope calls a function.
+    You must override these functions in your main modules class.
    The full list of functions and parameters are in modules.h. In this
-    case, you would be overloading OnJoinChannel() and OnPartChannel() like so:
+    case, you would be overriding OnJoinChannel() and OnPartChannel() like so:

-    void OnJoinChannel(User *u, Channel *c) { }
-    void OnPartChannel(User *u, Channel *c) { }
+    void OnJoinChannel(User *u, Channel *c) anope_override { }
+    void OnPartChannel(User *u, Channel *c) anope_override { }

-    Some of these events can be used to prevent or allow things to happen that
-    would normally not be allowed or denied. You can also use ModuleManager
-    (not explained here) to set control which order the modules are queried
-    (when multiple modules hook to the same event).
+    Some of these event overrides can be used to prevent or allow things to
+    happen that would normally not be allowed or denied. You can also use
+    ModuleManager (not explained here) to set control which order the modules
+    are queried (when multiple modules hook to the same event).

+    The "anope_override" identifier is for compatibility with C++11.
+    Its usage is highly recommended.
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) concerning Anope
------------------------------------------------
- 
+-------------------------------------------------
+
 The information in the 1.9 FAQ is subject to change at any
 moment due to new developments. Please visit our website
 for the most up to date information.
- 
+
 An updated version of the FAQ can be found here:

 http://wiki.anope.org/index.php/FAQ
@@ -21,74 +21,51 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!

        http://www.anope.org/

-    Anope can be built one of two ways. The recommended way is to use CMake.
-    You can check if CMake is already installed on your system using the
-    command:
+    Anope requires cmake to build. You can check if CMake is already
+    installed on your system using the command:

        cmake --version

    If it's installed, you will get a line that says something similar to
-    "cmake version 2.6-patch 1". If the version is less than 2.4 or you get
+    "cmake version 2.8.12.2". If the version is less than 2.4 or you get
    an error saying the command was not found, you will not be able to use
    CMake unless you install it yourself into your home directory. CMake
    can be downloaded from:

        http://www.cmake.org/cmake/resources/software.html

-    If you are unable to install CMake yourself (either due to lack of space
-    or restrictions by your hosting provider), you still have the alternative
-    to use the provided configure script. This option is not recommended and
-    will eventually be phased out, but is provided for compatibility for those
-    lacking CMake.
-
    Next, unpack the package in your home directory, and go into the created
    directory.

+    If there are any extra modules you want to enable, such as m_mysql, run
+    the 'extras' script to enable them. If you do not know you can come back
+    later and enable them.
+
    Now type ./Config to start the configuration script. It will ask you a
    few questions, and figure out how to compile Anope on your system. If
    you are unsure about the answer to a question, use the default value.
-    The question to using configure or cmake depends on your decision from
-    above. If you have CMake and wish to use it, answer with cmake, otherwise
-    answer with configure.

-    You can now type make to compile Anope. If there are errors in the
-    Makefile, *try to use gmake* instead. If it still doesn't work, you (or
-    the system administrator if it's a shell) must install GNU make. You may
-    find it at ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/.
-
-    Now type make install (or gmake install; see above). This will install
+    Now cd build and type make and make install. This will install
    all the needed files in the paths you specified with the configure
    script, and setup file permissions. You should ensure that the data
    directory is not accessible by other users, as malicious users may
    cause trouble on your network if passwords are not encrypted, or read
    the memos of any user.

-    If you see errors during this process, please mail us with the *complete*
-    error output, and don't forget to mention your OS, compiler and C++ library
-    versions.
-
-    Now go into the data directory (by default, ~/services/data). Copy the example
+    Now go into the conf directory (by default, ~/services/conf). Copy the example
    configuration file (example.conf) to services.conf, and open the latter
    with your favorite text editor. It contains all the configuration
    directives Anope will use at startup. Read the instructions contained in
    the file carefully. Using the default values is NOT a good idea, and will
    most likely not work!

-    If you need help, you should subscribe to the Anope mailing list and mail
-    there to get help from other users. See the README file for more
-    information.
+    If you need help, you should visit http://forum.anope.org/ or #anope on
+    irc.anope.org. Provide *complete* error output, along with other relevant
+    information eg. OS, compiler and C++ library versions.
+    See the README file for more information.

 2) Upgrading Anope

-    If you got a .diff file and want to patch the old Anope sources with it,
-    do the following:
-
-        * Copy the .diff file into the root Anope sources directory.
-        * Type patch -p1 <file.diff
-
-    Note that upgrading anope with a patchfile isn't recommended. You should
-    download a new, clean source package, as this will give the best results.
-
    To upgrade Anope, just follow the installation instructions described in
    section 1. There are however a few specific guidelines:

@@ -99,63 +76,19 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
 3) Setting up the IRCd

    Services acts as an IRC server with pseudo-clients on it. To link them to
-    your network, you'll need to add some lines in the ircd.conf of their hub
-    server (as stated in the RemoteServer configuration directive).
+    your network, you'll need to configure your IRCd to allow services to link.

-    For samples below we'll take services.localhost.net as the name of the
-    Services (as stated in the ServerName configuration directive). Note that
-    this samples are made to be as generic as possible, but there might be
-    small variations, depending on your IRCd. For IRCd-specific help with
-    configuration, read near the end of this section.
+    The configuration varies depending on the IRCd, but you will probably need
+    a link block (also called connect block, or C line), a U line (also called
+    a shared block), and be sure that the IRCd is listneing on the given port
+    in the link block.

-    First, the C/N lines, that allow Services to link. They also need a
-    Y:line to work correctly.
-
-        Y:27:180:0:0:4000000
-        C:127.0.0.1:mypass:services.localhost.net::30
-        N:127.0.0.1:mypass:services.localhost.net::30
-
-    "mypass" is the same password you mentioned in the RemoteServer
-    configuration directive. 127.0.0.1 is the IP from which Services connect
-    from (linking in localhost is the most efficient way to run Services).
-
-    Then, you have to set-up an U:line, that will allow Services to change
-    channel modes, topics, and much more without being opped in the channel.
-
-        U:services.localhost.net:*:*
-
-    NOTE: if you have more than one server in your network, this line MUST
-          be added on ALL servers, or things won't work correctly.
-
-    Finally, you'll need to add an H:line, to make the OperServ JUPE command
-    work correctly.
-
-        H:*::Services.LocalHost.Net
+    Example link configurations can be found in example.conf for some of the
+    popular IRCds.

    Don't forget to /rehash your IRCd to apply changes.

-    A new trend in ircd configuration is popping all over the place, good
-    examples are the latest Hybrid, Unreal and Bahamut, which use a more
-    "readable" form of configuration. For those, use something like:
-
-        link services.localhost.net
-        {
-            username        *;
-            hostname        localhost;
-            bind-ip         *;
-            port            6667;
-            hub             *;
-            password-connect "mypass";
-            password-receive "mypass";
-            class           servers;
-        };
-
-    Note that this block-style configuration files differ heavily, depending
-    on the IRCd. Consult the interactive link maker (link is below) for more
-    details on the exact configuration used by your IRCd.
-
-    If you're unable to get a link with your IRCd after reading this section,
-    you might try the interactive link maker, which is located at:
+    You may also try our interactive link maker, which is located at:

        http://anope.org/ilm.php

@@ -183,8 +116,8 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
    still running, and restart it if not.

    First rename the example.chk script that is in Anope path (by default,
-    this is ~/services/data) to services.chk and edit it. You'll need to 
-    modify the CONFIGURATION part of the file. Then ensure that the file is 
+    this is ~/services/conf) to services.chk and edit it. You'll need to
+    modify the CONFIGURATION part of the file. Then ensure that the file is
    marked as executable by typing chmod +x services.chk, and try to launch the
    script to see if it works (Anope must not be running when you do this ;))

@@ -192,7 +125,7 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
    This will open the default text editor with the crontab file. Enter the
    following (with correct path):

-        */5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/data/services.chk >/dev/null 2>&1
+        */5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/conf/services.chk >/dev/null 2>&1

    The */5 at the beginning means "check every 5 minutes". You may replace
    the 5 with other another number if you want (but less than 60). Consult
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+Instructions d'installation d'Anope
+-----------------------------------
+
+1) Installation d'Anope
+2) Mettre à jour Anope
+3) Configuration de l'IRCd
+4) Mettre en route Anope
+5) Mettre en place un crontab
+
+Note : Vous devrez également lire les fichiers README et FAQ !
+
+1) Installation d'Anope
+
+    NOTE IMPORTANTE : il est déconseillé d'utiliser (et même d'installer)
+                      Anope en tant que root. Utilisez un utilisateur non
+                      privilégié. Celui que vous utilisez pour l'IRCd ou
+		              un utilisateur dédié suffira.
+
+    La première chose que vous devez faire est d'obtenir le package Anope
+    (si ce n'est déjà fait). Vous pouvez le trouver ici :
+
+        http://www.anope.org/
+
+    Anope nécessite cmake pour être compilé. Vous pouvez vérifier si CMake
+    est déjà installé sur votre système avec la commande :
+
+        cmake --version
+
+    Si CMake est installé, vous aurez une ligne qui dit quelque chose comme
+    "cmake version 2.8.12.2". Si la version est inférieure à 2.4 ou si vous
+    obtenez une erreur disant que la commande n'a pas été trouvée, vous ne
+    pourrez pas utiliser CMake à moins de l'installer vous-même dans votre
+    répertoire home. CMake peut être téléchargé ici :
+
+        http://www.cmake.org/cmake/resources/software.html
+
+    Ensuite, décompressez le package dans votre répertoire home, et allez
+    dans le répértoire qui vient d'être créé.
+
+    Si il y a des modules facultatifs que vous voulez activer comme m_mysql,
+    exécuter le script 'extras' pour les activer. Si vous ne savez pas, vous
+    pouvez les activer plus tard.
+
+    Maintenant, tapez ./Config pour lancer le script de configuration. Il
+    va vous poser quelques questions, et déterminer comment compiler Anope
+    sur votre système. Si vous ne savez pas comment répondre à une question,
+    utilisez la valeur par défaut.
+
+    Allez dans le dossier build (cd build) et tapez make et make install.
+    Ceci va installer tous les fichiers nécessaires dans les dossiers que
+    vous avez indiqués avec le script Config et régler les permissions des
+    fichiers. Vous devez vous assurer que le répertoire data n'est pas 
+    accessible par les autres utilisateurs, car des utilisateurs
+    malveillants pourraient causer des problèmes sur votre réseau, si les
+    mots de passe ne sont pas chiffrés, ou lire les mémos de tous les
+    utilisateurs.
+
+    Allez maintenant dans le répertoire conf (par défaut, ~/services/conf).
+    Copiez l'exemple de fichier de configuration (example.conf) en
+    services.conf et ouvrez ce dernier avec votre éditeur de texte favori.
+    Il contient toutes les directives de configuration qu'Anope va utiliser
+    en démarrant. Lisez attentivement les instructions contenues dans le
+    fichier. L'utilisation des valeurs par défaut n'est pas toujours
+    recommandée, et Anope ne fonctionnera probablement pas !
+
+    Si vous avez besoin d'aide, vous pouvez aller sur le site
+    http://forum.anope.org/ ou le canal #anope sur irc.anope.org.
+    Fournissez *l'essemble* des erreurs qui apparaîssent, en plus de
+    toutes informations utiles, comme les versions de votre OS, du
+    compilateur utilisé et de la librairie C++. Lisez le fichier README
+    pour plus d'informations.
+
+2) Mettre à jour Anope
+
+    Pour mettre à jour Anope, suivez simplement les instructions
+    d'installation décrites dans la section 1. Prenez garde cependant :
+
+        * IMPORTANT : Sauvegardez vos anciennes bases de données !
+        * Si vous mettez à jour vers une nouvelle version majeure,
+          recommencez *toujours* toute votre configuration à partir du
+          fichier example.conf.
+
+3) Configuration de l'IRCd
+
+    Les Services agissent comme un serveur IRC avec des pseudo-clients.
+    Pour les relier à votre réseau, vous aurez besoin de configurer votre
+    IRCd pour permettre aux services de se connecter.
+
+    La configuration dépend de l'IRCd utilisé, mais vous aurez probablement
+    besoin d'un bloc link (aussi appelé connect block, ou C:line) et un
+    U:line (aussi appelé shared block). Assurez-vous que l'IRCd écoute
+    sur le port donné dans le bloc link.
+
+    Des exemples de configurations de bloc link peuvent être trouvés dans
+    le fichier example.conf pour certains des IRCd les plus populaires.
+
+    Souvenez-vous de /rehash votre IRCd pour appliquer les changements.
+
+    Vous pouvez également essayer notre créateur de bloc link interactif
+    situé ici :
+
+        http://anope.org/ilm.php
+
+4) Mettre en route Anope
+
+    Allez dans le répertoire où les fichiers binaires ont été installés
+    (par défaut, ~/services/bin). Tapez ./services pour lancer Anope.
+
+    S'il y a des erreurs de syntaxe dans le fichier de configuration, elles
+    seront affichées à l'écran. Corrigez-les jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y en ait
+    plus. Un démarrage réussi ne générera pas de message.
+
+    Donnez aux services au moins une minute pour se connecter à votre
+    réseau, car certains IRCds sur certains systèmes peuvent être très
+    lents pour le processus de liaison. Si rien ne se passe après environ
+    une minute, il y a probablement un problème de configuration. Essayez
+    de lancer Anope en mode debug avec ./services -debug -nofork pour voir
+    toutes les erreurs rencontrées et essayez de les corriger.
+
+    Si vous avez besoin d'aide pour résoudre des erreurs, n'hésitez pas à
+    vous abonner à la liste de diffusion Anope et d'y poser vos question.
+    Voir le fichier README pour plus de détails.
+
+5) Mettre en place un crontab
+
+    Une entrée crontab vous permettra de vérifier périodiquement si Anope
+    est toujours en cours d'exécution et de le redémarrer s'il n'est pas.
+
+    D'abord renommez le script example.chk qui est dans les dossiers
+    d'Anope (par défaut, ~/services/conf) en services.chk et modifiez-le.
+    Vous aurez besoin de modifier la partie CONFIGURATION du fichier.
+    Assurez-vous ensuite que le fichier est marqué comme exécutable en
+    tapant chmod +x services.chk et essayez de lancer le script pour voir
+    si cela fonctionne (Anope ne doit pas être en marche lorsque vous
+    testez cela ;))
+
+    Lorsque c'est fait, vous devrez ajouter l'entrée crontab. Entrez
+    crontab -e. Cela va ouvrir l'éditeur de texte par défaut avec le
+    fichier crontab. Entrez la ligne suivante (avec le chemin correct) :
+
+        */5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/conf/services.chk > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+    Le */5 au début signifie "vérifier toutes les 5 minutes". Vous pouvez
+    remplacer le 5 par un autre numéro si vous voulez (mais moins de 60).
+    Consultez les pages de manuel de votre système pour plus de détails sur
+    la  syntaxe du fichier crontab. Les pages de manuel intéressantes sont
+    crontab(5), crontab(1) et cron(8).
+
+    Sauvegardez, quittez, et c'est installé !
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-How To Add IRCd Support
-----------------------
-
-1) Files to Edit
-2) The Code
-3) The IRCDVar struct
-4) Modes
-5) Functions / Events
-6) CAPAB/PROTOCTL 
-7) IRCDProto Class
-
-1) Files to Edit
-
-    When preparing to add supprt to Anope for your IRCd, you need to edit
-    the following files
-
-    A) Make a copy of the .cpp file of the IRCd that matches the IRCd that
-       you are attempting to add support for best.
-    B) Add your IRCd into the supported IRCds in example.conf
-
-2) The Code
-
-    Here is where the code of the .cpp file comes in. Be prepared to spend at
-    least an hour, if not longer, going over the code and getting it right;
-    Especially if you are setting up an ircd that is completely different
-    than the one you used as a base. This section covers the majority of the
-    code that is in use. 
-
-    The first bit of code you will face is the IRCDVar structure, This is one
-    of two structs which holds your IRCd information; This allows you to quickly
-    setup your specific ircd.
-
-        IRCDVar myIrcd[] = { };
-
-    This struct contains your basic IRCd functions. Your base source file has
-    the list of all available variables; note that you should not swap any
-    around, or you will break stuff. Here is a brief description of the usage
-    of each.
-
-    1) Name: This member tells Anope about the IRCD's name. It may contain
-             text about it's name and version. This is used to identify the
-             build on startup.
-
-    2) Pseudo Client Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on all BotServ
-                           bots. Normally you want this to be a some form of
-                           service or bot flag; you can use + for no mode at
-                           all.
-
-    3) Max Channelmode Symbols: This is the total number of possible channel
-                                 modes that can appear before a nick. Do
-                                 remember to count each possible mode, so +ov
-                                 is 2.
-
-    4) SVSNICK: Can the ircd use SVSNICK to change some ones nick? Otherwise,
-                 KILL is used. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    5) VHOST: Can a user's host be changed on the fly? Enabling this allow
-               HostServ online. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    6) SNLINE: Does the IRCd support realname (geocs) bans? Use 1 for yes,
-                0 for no.
-
-    7) SQLINE: Does the IRCd support nick bans? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    8) SZLINE: Does the IRCd support SZLINES? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    10) Join to Message: Services must join a channel to send any message to
-                         that channel (cannot override +n). Use 1 for yes,
-                         0 for no.
-
-    11) SQline Channels: The IRCd's supports banning channel names via
-                         SQLINES. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    12) Quit On Kill: When we (SVS)KILL a user, does the IRCd send back a
-                      QUIT message for that user? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    13) SVSMODE UNBAN: We can use SVSMODE to unban hosts from a channel. Use
-                    1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    14) Reverse: We can do a reverse check when unbanning. For use with 
-                 DreamForge based IRCd's. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    15) vIdent: Support for including a user's ident in their vHost. Use
-                1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    16) SVSHOLD: Support for temporarily 'holding' a nick, instead of using
-                 a nick enforcer client. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    17) TS on MODE: We need to send a timestamp when modes are being changed.
-                    Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    18) Umode: We can use OperServ to change a user's mode. Use 1 for yes,
-               0 for no.
-
-    19) OMODE: We can use OperServ to give some user a temporary O:LINE.
-               Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    20) No Knock Requires +i: Does the No Knock channel mode require invite
-                              only channels? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-    
-    21) SVSMODE UCMODE: Can we clear user channel modes with SVSMODE? Use
-                        1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    22) SGline Enforce: Does the IRCd enforce SNLINES for us or do we need to
-                        do so? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    23) TS6: Does the IRCd support TS6? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    24) Global TLD Prefix: Prefix used to send global messages, should probably
-                           be "$"
-
-    25) Max Modes: The max number of mode changes we can send in one line
-
-3) Modes 
-
-   Anope is told about modes in the protocol module.
-   For the most part, the syntax for adding channel and user modes are:
-   
-   ModeManager::AddUserMode(new UserMode(UMODE_NETADMIN, "UMODE_NETADMIN", 'N'));
-   Where 'N' is the char for the mode, and UMODE_NETADMIN shows what the
-   mode does. Or:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelMode(CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR, "CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR", 'c'));
-   Where 'c' is the char for the mode and CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR shows what
-   the mode does
-
-   A full list of valid mode names for the second param can be found
-   in services.h in the enum for ChannelModeName and UserModeName
-   If necessary, you can add additional modes to this list.
-
-   Adding simple modes with parameters is similar, instead adding a
-   'new ChannelMode', use 'new ChannelModeParam', set the third optional
-   arg of ChannelModeParam to false if the param should NOT be sent when unsetting
-   it. Eg:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelModeParam(CMODE_JOINFLOOD, "CMODE_JOINFLOOD", 'j', true));
-
-   Anope will internally track the params, and they can be retrieved through
-   Channel::GetParam();
-
-   If you want to make param validity checking for a mode, you must create a new
-   class which inherits from ChannelModeParam and overload the IsValid function.
-   Modes CMODE_OPERONLY, CMODE_ADMINONLY, and CMODE_REGISTERED already exist
-   internally as classes, to overload the CanSet function to disable non opers
-   from mlocking (or in CMODE_REGISTERED's case, anyone) from setting them.
-   This should be added like:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelModeOper('O'));
-
-4) Functions and Events
-
-    A brief word about functions and events. All events are captured by creating a Message struct
-    with the name of the message and the callback function:
-
-    Message my_message("MESSAGE", do_my_messsage);
-
-    Each message should have a message handler if its important enough to be
-    processed by services. All event functions should be formed like this:
-
-	bool do_my_message(const Anope::string &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params)
-        {
-		return true;
-        }
-
-    They will receive the source; this can be empty at times depending on the
-    event. Next, params holds the arguments for the event. Events are likely to
-    pass to various upper level event handlers; see the previous ircd source for
-    how they handle these events.
-
-5) CAPAB/PROTOCTL
-
-    Most IRCDs send a CAPAB or PROTOCTL line so that they can work out what
-    the other end of the connection is capable of doing. The protocol module should
-    handle all of these without the cores knowledge with the exception of the following:
-    
-       --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-       Define          |  Description
-       ----------------|---------------------------------------------------------
-       CAPAB_NOQUIT    |  NOQUIT protocol support
-       CAPAB_TSMODE    |  Chanmodes are timestamped
-       CAPAB_UNCONNECT |  UNCONNECT protocol support
-       CAPAB_QS        |  Quitstorm - same as NOQUIT
-
-   You can override the default OnCapab method in IRCdMessage if required.
-
-6) IRCDProto Class
-
-    The IRCDProto class is set up like:
-
-    class MyIRCdProto : public IRCDProto { } ircdproto;
-
-    And told to Anope through the
-
-    pmodule_ircd_proto(&ircd_proto);
-
-    function.
-
-    This is used for sending out specific messages from Anope to your IRCd.
-    A list of all of the valid function names to overload and their args
-    are in services.h. If the protocol module you are editing is similar enough
-    to the IRCd you are adding support for, many of these probably won't need to
-    be changed.
@@ -8,8 +8,15 @@ Anope Mutli Language Support
 1) Building Anope with gettext support

    To build Anope with gettext support, gettext and its development libraries must be installed on the system.
-    Anope does not require locales to be installed or enabled on the system, but does require the locales-all
-    package on Debian and Debian based systems.
+
+    On Debian install the locales-all package.
+
+    On Ubuntu run locale-gen for each language you want to enable.
+        For example:
+        locale-gen es_ES.UTF-8
+
+        Then execute:
+        dpkg-reconfigure locales

    Building Anope on Windows with gettext support is explained in docs/WIN32.txt

@@ -31,16 +38,16 @@ Anope Mutli Language Support

 3) Using langages with modules

-    Module authors can easially add the ability to have their modules translated by adding _() around the strings they
+    Module authors can easily add the ability to have their modules translated by adding _() around the strings they
    want translated (messages to the user, etc).

    If you want to translate a module someone has made, first generate a .pot file if there isn't one already using
-    `xgettext -s -d modulename -o modulename.pot --from-code=utf-8 modulename.cpp`.
+    `xgettext -s -d modulename -o modulename.pot --from-code=utf-8 --keyword --keyword=_ modulename.cpp`.
    The .pot file is a template of all of the language strings extracted from the source file.

    Next, run msginit on the .pot file with
    `msginit -l language -o modulename.language.po -i modulename.pot`.
    Translate the new .po file and rerun ./Config; make && make install.

-    All .po and .pot files should be placed in modules/language/third. Additionally an update script is provided there
+    All .po and .pot files should be placed in modules/third/language. Additionally an update script is provided there
    that will create .pot files and merge any changes to it with existing .po files.
@@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ Anope Modules
    1. If modules are supported by your system, they will be configured
       automatically when you run ./Config. The modules will be installed
       to the modules directory in your data path (by default this will
-       be ~/services/modules).
+       be ~/services/data/modules).

-       Note: you might need to run "make distclean" prior to running ./Config
+    2. Compile Anope as usual using ./Config. The "make" process will now
+       compile module support into Anope, and compile the default sample
+       modules, and any other module located in the modules folder or any
+       of its sub-directories, eg. modules/extra.

-    2. Compile Anope as usual. The (g)make process will now compile module
-       support into Anope, and compile the default sample modules, and/or
-       any other module located on the modules folder ("src/modules/").
-
-    3. Install Anope as usual. The install process will place the compiled
-       modules in their runtime location, making them available for loading.
+    3. Install Anope as usual. The "make install" process will place the
+       compiled modules in their runtime location, making them available
+       for loading.

    4. Start or restart services to make use of the new Anope executable.
       Note that you do not need to restart to load new or changed modules,
@@ -42,59 +42,64 @@ Anope Modules
    All module manipulation commands are done through OperServ. These are:

       MODLOAD     Load a module
+       MODRELOAD   Reload a module
       MODUNLOAD   Un-Load a module
       MODLIST     List loaded modules
       MODINFO     Info about a loaded module

-    These commands available to Service Roots only.
+    Access to the above commands require the operserv/modload and modlist
+    permissions. Refer to operserv.example.conf.

    You can also load (and pre-load) Modules automatically by loading them
-    on startup. To do so, edit your services.conf file and change the values
-    of "ModuleAutoload" and "ModuleDelayedAutoload" to include the modules
-    you want to load every time Anope starts.
+    on startup. To do so, edit any one of the configuration files (you may
+    want to use modules.conf for third-party/extra modules, or a config
+    file relevant to the *Serv your module operates on, eg. hostserv.conf),
+    and use the following method to load a module on startup or reload:
+        module { name="hs_modname" }

 4) Usage Example

-    /msg OperServ modload hs_moo
-    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel loaded module hs_moo
-    -OperServ- Module hs_moo loaded
+    /msg OperServ modload ns_identify
+    -OperServ- Module ns_identify loaded

-    /msg OperServ modinfo hs_moo
-    -OperServ- Module: hs_moo Version: 1.1 Author: Anope loaded: Mar 21 10:54:37 2004 CLT
-    -OperServ- Providing command: /msg HostServ moo
+    /msg OperServ modinfo ns_identify
+    -OperServ- Module: ns_identify Version: 1.9.7 Author: Anope loaded: Jun 17 18:43:08 2012 BST (2 minutes ago)
+    -OperServ-    Providing service: nickserv/identify
+    -OperServ-    Command ID on NickServ is linked to nickserv/identify
+    -OperServ-    Command IDENTIFY on NickServ is linked to nickserv/identify

-    /msg HostServ moo
-    -HostServ- MOO! - This command was loaded via a module!
+    /msg OperServ modreload ns_identify
+    -OperServ- Module ns_identify reloaded

-    /msg OperServ modunload hs_moo
-    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel unloaded module hs_moo
-    -OperServ- Module hs_moo unloaded
+    /msg OperServ modunload ns_identify
+    -OperServ- Module ns_identify unloaded

-    /msg HostServ moo
-    -HostServ- Unknown command moo. "/msg HostServ HELP" for help.
+    /msg NickServ IDENTIFY
+    -NickServ- Unknown command identify. "/msg NickServ HELP" for help.
+    NOTE: Doing the above, with the command still existing in a config file,
+          will result in a log message, similar to the following:
+          <@NickServ> Command IDENTIFY exists on me, but its service nickserv/identify was not found!

-    * Note that the name of the module file is "hs_moo.c", yet we load
-      and reference the module as "hs_moo" only. By naming convention
+    * Note that the name of the module source file is "ns_identify.cpp", yet we
+      load and reference the module as "ns_identify" only. By naming convention
      modules have an abbreviated service name they attach to (hs_ for
      HostServ, cs_ for ChanServ, etc) followed by a descriptive keyword.

 5) More Modules

-    Anope ships with three sample modules that only illustrates some of the
-    implemented module capabilities. They don't really do much or anything
-    useful.
-
    You can download more useful modules from http://modules.anope.org/. Just
-    grab the module file (usually with a .c extension). Place the module
-    file in your modules (src/modules) folder; the same folder that contains
-    both hs_moo.c and catserv.c module files.
+    grab the module file (usually with a .cpp extension). Place the module
+    file in your modules (anope-1.9.x/modules/third) folder; although any of
+    the other folders within the modules directory will work.

    The new modules need to be compiled and installed before you can make
    use of them:
-    
+
    1. Make sure you're in the main source directory. (usually anope-1.X.XX/)
-    2. Run `make modules` to compile any new or changed modules.
-    3. Run `make install` to install the modules.
+    2. Run ./Config to find and configure modules, then `cd build`.
+    3. Run `make` to compile Anope, and any modules.
+    4. Run `make install` to copy the compiled binaries to the ~/services/
+       directory.

    You can now use /msg OperServ MODLOAD to load the new modules.

@@ -112,9 +117,8 @@ Anope Modules

    There are a number of useful documents on the Anope Wiki. The Anope Wiki
    can be reached at:
-    
-    * http://wiki.anope.org/

+    * http://wiki.anope.org/

 8) Modules Repository

@@ -4,4 +4,3 @@ Highlighted News in Anope 1.9
 * Added in live updating SQL and the ability to execute commands through SQL
 * Re-designed configuration file
 * Code refresh / rewrite into C++
-
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Anope -- a set of IRC services for IRC networks
 -----------------------------------------------

-Anope is          2003-2011 Anope Team    <team@anope.org>.
+Anope is          2003-2017 Anope Team    <team@anope.org>.
 Based on Epona    2000-2002 PegSoft       <epona@pegsoft.net>.
 Based on Services 1996-1999 Andrew Church <achurch@achurch.org>.

@@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ This program is free but copyrighted software; see the file COPYING for
 details.

 Information about Anope may be found at http://www.anope.org/
-Information about Epona may be found at http://www.epona.org/
-Information about Services may be found at http://www.ircservices.esper.net/

 Table of Contents
 -----------------
@@ -19,7 +17,7 @@ Table of Contents
 3) Installation
 4) Command Line Options
 5) Messages Translation
-6) Contact and Mailing List
+6) Contact

 1) Credits

@@ -107,14 +105,18 @@ Table of Contents

    Anope Translations:

-        * GeniusDex <geniusdex@anope.org> (nl.l)
-        * Kein <kein-of@yandex.ru> (ru.l)
-        * Maik Funke <Han@mefalcon.org> (de.l)
-        * Gabriel Acevedo H. <drstein@anope.org> (es.l)
-        * Janos Kapitany <sarkanyka@cjbchat.hu>  (hun.l)
-        * Szymon S'wierkosz <szymek@adres.pl> (pl.l)
-        * Christopher N. <saka@epiknet.org> (fr.l)
-        * Yusuf Kurekci <ysfm.20@gmail.com> (tr.l)
+        * Robby <robby@chatbelgie.be> (nl_NL)
+        * Kein <kein-of@yandex.ru> (ru_RU)
+        * Maik Funke <Han@mefalcon.org> (de_DE)
+        * Isaac Fontal <i_fontal@hotmail.com> (es_ES)
+        * Janos Kapitany <sarkanyka@cjbchat.hu> (hu_HU)
+        * Szymon S'wierkosz <szymek@adres.pl> (pl_PL)
+        * Christopher N. <saka@epiknet.org> (fr_FR)
+        * Yusuf Kurekci <ysfm.20@gmail.com> (tr_TR)
+
+    Anope Web panel:
+
+       * Denis M. (Phr33d0m) <god@politeia.in>

 2) Presentation

@@ -165,10 +167,13 @@ Table of Contents
    Anope currently works with:

        * Bahamut 1.4.27 or later (including 1.8)
-        * InspIRCd 1.1, 1.2, or 2.0
-        * Ratbox 2.0.6 or later
-        * UnrealIRCd 3.2 or later
+        * Charybdis 3.4 or later
+        * Hybrid 8.2 or later
+        * InspIRCd 1.2 or 2.0
+        * ngIRCd 19.2 or later
        * Plexus 3 or later
+        * Ratbox 2.0.6 or later
+        * UnrealIRCd 3.2 or 4

    Anope could also work with some of the daemons derived by the ones listed
    above, but there's no support for them if they work or don't work.
@@ -195,10 +200,10 @@ Table of Contents
        --version       Display the version of Anope
        --nothird       Do not load the non-core modules specified
        --protocoldebug Debug each incoming message after protocol parsing
-        --support       Used for support, same as -debug -nofork -nothird
+        --support       Used for support, same as --debug --nofork --nothird

    Upon starting, Anope will parse its command-line parameters then
-    (assuming the -nofork option is not given) detach itself and run in the
+    (assuming the --nofork option is not given) detach itself and run in the
    background. If Anope encounters a problem reading the database files or
    cannot connect to its uplink server, it will terminate immediately;
    otherwise, it will run until the connection is terminated (or a QUIT,
@@ -240,9 +245,9 @@ Table of Contents

    If you read the documentation carefully, and didn't find the answer to
    your question, feel free to post on the website forums or join our irc
-    channel (irc.anope.org #anope). Once you join our Support channel be as 
+    channel (irc.anope.org #anope). Once you join our Support channel be as
    precise as possible when asking a question, because we have no extraordinary
-    powers and can't guess things if they aren't provided. 
+    powers and can't guess things if they aren't provided.

    The more precise you are the sooner you'll be likely to get an answer.

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+Starting in Anope 1.9.9, Anope has Redis database support (http://redis.io/).
+This document explains the data structure used by Anope, and explains how
+keyspace notification works.
+
+This is not a tutorial on how to use Redis, see http://redis.io/documentation
+for that.
+
+Table of Contents
+-----------------
+1) Data structure
+2) Keyspace notifications
+3) Examples of modifying, deleting, and creating objects
+
+1) Data structure
+
+    There are 4 key namespaces in Anope, they are:
+
+        id -    The keys in id are used to atomically create object ids for new
+                objects. For example, if I were to create a new BotInfo I would first:
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> INCR id:BotInfo
+
+                To get the object ID of the new object.
+
+        ids -   The keys in ids contain a set of all object ids of the given type.
+                For example:
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS ids:BotInfo
+
+                Returns "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8" because I have 8 bots that
+                have IDs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8, respectively.
+
+        hash -  The keys in hash are the actual objects, stored as hashes. For
+                example, if I had just looked up all BotInfo ids and wanted to iterate
+                over all of them, I woulld start by:
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> HGETALL hash:BotInfo:1
+
+                Which gets all keys and values from the hash of type BotInfo with id 1.
+                This may return:
+
+                "nick" -> "BotServ"
+                "user" -> "services"
+                "host" -> "services.anope.org"
+                "created" -> "1368704765"
+
+        value - The keys in value only exist to aid looking up object IDs. They
+                are sets of object IDs and are used to map key+value pairs to objects.
+                For example:
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:NickAlias:nick:Adam
+
+                Returns a set of object ids of NickAlias objects that have the key
+                'nick' set to the value 'Adam' in its hash. Clearly this can only
+                ever contain at most one object, since it is not possible to have
+                more than one registered nick with the same name, but other keys
+                will contain more than one, such as:
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:NickCore:email:adam@anope.org
+
+                Which would return all accounts with the email "adam@anope.org".
+
+                redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:ChanAccess:mask:Adam
+
+                Which would return all access entries set on the account "Adam".
+
+                Behavior similar to SQL's AND, can be achieved using the
+                SINTER command, which does set intersection on one or more sets.
+
+2) Keyspace notifications
+
+    Redis 2.7 (unstable) and 2.8 (stable) and newer support keyspace notifications
+    (http://redis.io/topics/notifications). This allows Redis to notify Anope of
+    any external changes to objects in the database. Once notified, Anope will
+    immediately update the object. Otherwise, Anope keeps all objects in memory
+    and will not regularly read from the databaes once started.
+
+    You can use this to modify objects in Redis and have them immediately reflected
+    back into Anope. Additionally you can use this feature to run multiple Anope
+    instances simultaneously from the same database (see also, Redis database
+    replication).
+
+    To use keyspace notifications you MUST execute
+
+    redis 127.0.0.1:6379> CONFIG SET notify-keyspace-events KA
+    OK
+
+    or set notify-keyspace-events in redis.conf properly. Anope always executes
+    CONFIG SET when it first connects.
+
+    If you do not enable keyspace events properly Anope will be UNABLE to see any
+    object modifications you do.
+
+    The key space ids and value are managed entirely by Anope, you do
+    not (and should not) modify them. Once you modify the object (hash), Anope will
+    update them for you to correctly refelect any changes made to the object.
+
+    Finally, always use atomic operations. If you are inserting a new object with
+    multiple commands, or inserting multiple objects at once, specifically if the
+    objects depend on each other, you MUST use a transaction.
+
+3) Examples of modifying, deleting, and creating objects
+
+   These examples will ONLY work if you meet the criteria in section 2.
+
+    If I want to change the email account 'Adam' to 'Adam@anope.org', I would execute the following:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:NickCore:display:Adam
+
+        Which returns a value of "1", which is the object id I want to modify.
+        Now to change the email:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> HSET hash:NickCore:1 email Adam@anope.org
+
+        You can now see this in NickServ's INFO command:
+        -NickServ-   Email address: Adam@anope.org
+
+   If I want to drop the account "Adam", I would execute the following:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:NickCore:display:Adam
+
+        Which returns a value of "1". I would then check:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> SMEMBERS value:NickAlias:nc:Adam
+
+        To see what nicknames depend on this account to exist, as I will
+        have to remove those too. This returns the values "2", and "3".
+
+        Finally, I can drop the nick using a transaction via:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> MULTI
+        OK
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> DEL hash:NickAlias:2
+        QUEUED
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> DEL hash:NickAlias:3
+        QUEUED
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> DEL hash:NickCore:1
+        QUEUED
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> EXEC
+
+        Or alternatively simply:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> DEL hash:NickAlias:2 hash:NickAlias:3 hash:NickCore:1
+
+  If I wanted to create a BotServ bot, I would execute the following:
+
+        redis 127.0.0.1:6379> INCR id:BotInfo
+
+        Which returns a new object ID for me, in this example it will be "8".
+        Now I can create the object:
+
+        HMSET hash:BotInfo:8 nick redis user redis host services.anope.org realname "Services for IRC Networks"
+
+        Note if you are using HSET instead of HMSET you will need to use a transaction, as shown in the above example.
+        If you are watching your services logs you will immediately see:
+
+        USERS: redis!redis@services.anope.org (Services for IRC Networks) connected to the network (services.anope.org)
+
+        And the bot redis will be in BotServ's bot list.
+        Notice how ids:BotInfo and the value keys are updated automatically.
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-Legend:
-	x = done
-	? = unsure
-	+ = in progress
-
-1.9.5
-----
-[+] More LDAP
-[x] Rewrite silly forbid system
-[x] Fix the modules language system to work without needing its own functions..
-[x] Rewrite commands system
-[x] Rewrite access system
-[x] NS INFO: separate field for last seen realhost, shown to SRA only
-[x] Configurable bot usermodes
-
-
-Future
------
-[ ] NS IDENTIFY changes
-  [?] Last failed identify? Maybe more useful for sopers only, so users don't get unnecessarily worried
-  [?] Last successful login time/ip? perhaps both of these should be a new nick setting
-[ ] NS SUSPEND: show suspender and reason, probably to sopers only (see CS SUSPEND)
-[ ] Allow channel founders to change the fantasy trigger for their channel.
-[+] CIDR Akills, session exceptions, etc
-[?] Language charset stuff, including collation (1.9.1? phoenix?)
-[?] a way for a module to queue itself (or even another module) for unloading
-[+] Useful/common "third party" modules to core distro
-  [x] NS AJOIN
-  [x] CS ENTRYMSG
-[?] Don't allow soper accounts to expire
-[?] Reason for CS SET RESTRICTED
-[ ] Unique IDs on each AKILL/blah so that networks may use them as ticket IDs
-[ ] HS ACTIVATE -ALL (rob sez this all needs reviewing)
-[ ] No nickname ownership?
-[ ] More commands need to be split up such as /bs bot, /ms set, /bs kick, /bs set, /os set? etc.
-[ ] Customize email messages
@@ -16,12 +16,10 @@ Anope Bundled Tools
        sendmailpath = "/home/anope/services/bin/anopesmtp 127.0.0.1"

    If the SMTP client doesn't send mail, or if there's an other problem with
-    it, you can compile it in debug mode. To do this, open anopesmtp.cpp, and look
-    for "smtp_debug" near the top. Change this from 0 to 1 and recompile
-    the code. This should generate a log file of what happened when it tried
+    it, you can enable debug mode by passing the --debug flag after the server
+    address. This should generate a log file of what happened when it tried
    to connect to the SMTP server.

-        Credits:
-    Originally written by  Dominick Meglio    <codemastr@unrealircd.com>
-    Ported to *nix by      Trystan Scott Lee  <trystan@nomadirc.net>
-
+    Credits:
+        Originally written by  Dominick Meglio    <codemastr@unrealircd.com>
+        Ported to *nix by      Trystan Scott Lee  <trystan@nomadirc.net>
@@ -25,37 +25,16 @@ Anope for Windows

        (NOTE: When installing, tell CMake to add itself to the PATH.)

-        If you have Visual C++ 10 (2010) skip ahead to step 2, else you
-        need to download the following free components from Microsoft. Once
-        downloaded, install these packages.
+        If you have Visual C++ 10 or 11 (2010/2012) skip ahead to step 2, else you
+        need to download and install the following free component from Microsoft.

        * Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Express Edition:
-            http://www.microsoft.com/express/vc/
-
-        or
-
-        then download and install:
-
-        * Microsoft Windows 2008 SDK:
-            http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=E6E1C3DF-A74F-4207-8586-711EBE331CDC&displaylang=en
-
-        (NOTE: Although they say for Windows Server 2003 or 2008, they do infact work on all supported
-        versions of Windows. When installing the 2003 SDK, you should select the Custom option, and only select
-        to have the Microsoft Windows Core SDK installed. When installing the 2008 SDK, you should select the
-        Custom option, and only select to have the Developer Tools installed, but also expand that and deselect
-        the Visual C++ Compilers as well as the Mobile Tools. Doing this will decrease the install time as well
-        as the space used by the SDK.)
+            http://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/downloads#d-2010-express

    2) Unpack the Anope tarball with your favorite uncompression program
       (WinZip or WinRAR, etc).

-    3) (Note before this step: If you fall under one of the situations at the end of Step 1 where it says that the
-       SDK will not work out of the box, do not bring up the Visual C++ Command Prompt by using the link in
-       the Windows Start Menu. Instead, edit vsvars32.bat in the directory where you unpacked the source code
-       in step 2, so the first line that says "@SET VSINSTALLDIR=<whatever>" has the directory where you installed
-       Visual C++ Express to, if different from the default. Save the file and then run it instead.)
-
-       Bring up the Visual C++ Command Prompt; This will launch a
+    3) Bring up the Visual C++ Command Prompt; This will launch a
       DOS Command Prompt like window, which will set the environment
       properties needed to make Anope.

@@ -92,21 +71,12 @@ Anope for Windows
       our IRC Support channel for assistance.

       Some Anope modules require third party libraries, such as m_mysql and
-       m_ssl. If these libraries are installed in nonstandard locations, cmake
-       will probably not find them and should be told where they are by passing
-       additional search paths to the last question in Config, such as:
+       the SSL modules. If these libraries are installed in nonstandard
+       locations, cmake will probably not find them and should be told where
+       they are by passing their location to Config.

-       -DEXTRA_INCLUDES:STRING=c:/openssl/include;c:/openssl/lib
-
-       Which would have cmake search both C:\openssl\include and
-       C:\openssl\lib.
-
-       Building Anope with gettext requires libintl, libiconv, libgcc and
-       libmingex. We have precompiled these libraries for you that you may
-       use if you want. They are avaiable at http://anope.org/downloads/anope-extra.zip
-       The OpenSSL, MySQL, and OpenLDAP header files and libraries are also included in
-       this package. Once downloaded and extracted, you should run install.bat
-       then give Config the path to the new 'installed' directory.
+       The libraries used to build the 'extra' modules are available at
+       https://github.com/Adam-/windows-scripts.

    5) You are now ready to compile. If you said you wanted to use NMake in step 4,
       at the prompt type:
@@ -189,4 +159,3 @@ Anope for Windows
    Anope's Windows Installer was made using:

        * NSIS 2.20          <http://nsis.sourceforge.net>
-
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ This allows external applications, such as websites, to execute remote procedure

 Currently there are 5 supported XMLRPC calls, provided by m_xmlrpc_main:

-checkAuthetication - Takes two parameters, an account name and a password. Checks if the account name is valid and the password
-                     is correct for the account name, useful for making login pages on websites.
+checkAuthentication - Takes two parameters, an account name and a password. Checks if the account name is valid and the password
+                      is correct for the account name, useful for making login pages on websites.

 command - Takes three parameters, a service name (BotServ, ChanServ, NickServ), a user name (whether online or not), and the command
-          to execute. This will execute a the given command to Anope using the given service name. If the user given is online, the
+          to execute. This will execute the given command to Anope using the given service name. If the user given is online, the
 	  command reply will go to them, if not it is returned by XMLRPC.

 stats - Takes no parameters, returns miscellaneous stats that can be found in the /operserv stats command.
@@ -17,10 +17,13 @@ channel - Takes one parameter, a channel name, and returns real time information

 user - Takes one parameter, a user name, and returns real time information regarding that user.

-XMLRPC was designed to be used with db_mysql, and will not return any information that can be pulled from the SQL
+opers - Takes no parameters, returns opertypes, their privileges and commands.
+
+notice - Takes three parameters, source user, target user, and message. Sends a message to the user.
+
+XMLRPC was designed to be used with db_sql, and will not return any information that can be pulled from the SQL
 database, such as accounts and registered channel information. It is instead used for pulling realtime data such
-as users and channels currently onlive. For examples on how to use these calls in PHP, see xmlrpc.php in docs/XMLRPC.
-          
+as users and channels currently online. For examples on how to use these calls in PHP, see xmlrpc.php in docs/XMLRPC.
+
 Also note that the parameter named "id" is reserved for query ID. If you pass a query to Anope containing a value for id. it will
 be stored by Anope and the same id will be passed back in the result.
-
@@ -1,101 +1,145 @@
 <?php
-/* XMLRPC Functions
+
+/**
+ * XMLRPC Functions
 *
- * (C) 2003-2011 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
 */

 class AnopeXMLRPC
 {
-	private $Host, $Bind, $Port;
+    /**
+     * The XMLRPC host
+     *
+     * @var string
+     */
+    private $host;

-	private $Socket;
+    /**
+     * Initiate a new AnopeXMLRPC instance
+     *
+     * @param $host
+     */
+    public function __construct($host)
+    {
+        $this->host = $host;
+    }

-	function __construct($Host, $Port, $Bind = NULL)
-	{
-		$this->Host = $Host;
-		$this->Port = $Port;
-		$this->Bind = $Bind;
+    /**
+     * Run an XMLRPC command. Name should be a query name and params an array of parameters, eg:
+     * $this->raw("checkAuthentication", ["adam", "qwerty"]);
+     * If successful returns back an array of useful information.
+     *
+     * Note that $params["id"] is reserved for query ID, you may set it to something if you wish.
+     * If you do, the same ID will be passed back with the reply from Anope.
+     *
+     * @param $name
+     * @param $params
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function run($name, $params)
+    {
+        $xmlquery = xmlrpc_encode_request($name, $params);
+        $context = stream_context_create(["http" => [
+            "method" => "POST",
+            "header" => "Content-Type: text/xml",
+            "content" => $xmlquery]]);

-		$this->Socket = socket_create(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, SOL_TCP);
-		if ($Bind && socket_bind($this->Socket, $this->Bind) == false)
-			$his->Socket = false;
-		if (socket_connect($this->Socket, $this->Host, $this->Port) == false)
-			$this->Socket = false;
-	}
+        $inbuf = file_get_contents($this->host, false, $context);
+        $response = xmlrpc_decode($inbuf);

-	function __destruct()
-	{
-		@socket_close($this->Socket);
-	}
+        if ($response) {
+            return $response;
+        }

-	/** Run an XMLRPC command. Name should be a query name and params an array of parameters, eg:
-	 * $this->RunXMLRPC("checkAuthentication", array("adam", "qwerty"));
-	 * If successful returns back an array of useful information.
-	 *
-	 * Note that $params["id"] is reserved for query ID, you may set it to something if you wish.
-	 * If you do, the same ID will be passed back with the reply from Anope.
-	 */
-	function RunXMLRPC($name, $params)
-	{
-		$xmlquery = xmlrpc_encode_request($name, $params);
-		socket_write($this->Socket, $xmlquery);
+        return null;
+    }

-		$inbuf = socket_read($this->Socket, 4096);
-		$inbuf = substr($inbuf, strpos($inbuf, "\r\n\r\n") + 4);
-		$response = xmlrpc_decode($inbuf);
+    /**
+     * Do Command on Service as User, eg:
+     * $anope->command("ChanServ", "Adam", "REGISTER #adam");
+     * Returns an array of information regarding the command execution, if
+     * If 'online' is set to yes, then the reply to the command was sent to the user on IRC.
+     * If 'online' is set to no, then the reply to the command is in the array member 'return'
+     *
+     * @param $service
+     * @param $user
+     * @param $command
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function command($service, $user, $command)
+    {
+        return $this->run("command", [$service, $user, $command]);
+    }

-		if (isset($response[0]))
-			return $response[0];
-		return NULL;
-	}
+    /**
+     * Check an account/nick name and password to see if they are valid
+     * Returns the account display name if valid
+     *
+     * @param $account
+     * @param $pass
+     * @return string|null
+     */
+    public function auth($account, $pass)
+    {
+        $ret = $this->run("checkAuthentication", [$account, $pass]);

-	/** Do Command on Service as User, eg:
-	 * $anope->DoCommand("ChanServ", "Adam", "REGISTER #adam");
-	 * Returns an array of information regarding the command execution, if
-	 * If 'online' is set to yes, then the reply to the command was sent to the user on IRC.
-	 * If 'online' is set to no, then the reply to the command is in the array member 'return'
-	 */
-	function DoCommand($Service, $User, $Command)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("command", array($Service, $User, $Command));
-	}
+        if ($ret && $ret["result"] == "Success") {
+            return $ret["account"];
+        }

-	/** Check an account/nick name and password to see if they are valid
-	 * Returns the account display name if valid
-	 */
-	function CheckAuthentication($Account, $Pass)
-	{
-		$ret = $this->RunXMLRPC("checkAuthentication", array($Account, $Pass));
+        return null;
+    }

-		if ($ret && $ret["result"] == "Success")
-			return $ret["account"];
-		return NULL;
-	}
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of misc stats regarding Anope
+     *
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function stats()
+    {
+        return $this->run("stats", null);
+    }

-	/* Returns an array of misc stats regarding Anope
-	 */
-	function DoStats()
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("stats", NULL);
-	}
+    /**
+     * Look up data for a channel
+     * Returns an array containing channel information, or an array of size one
+     * (just containing the name) if the channel does not exist
+     *
+     * @param $channel
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function channel($channel)
+    {
+        return $this->run("channel", [$channel]);
+    }

-	/* Look up data for a channel
-	 * Returns an array containing channel information, or an array of size one
-	 * (just containing the name) if the channel does not exist
-	 */
-	function DoChannel($Channel)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("channel", NULL);
-	}
+    /**
+     * Sent a notice to a user.
+     * Returns an array containing channel information, or an array of size one
+     * (just containing the name) if the channel does not exist
+     *
+     * @param $source
+     * @param $target
+     * @param $message
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function notice($source, $target, $message)
+    {
+        return $this->run("notice", [$source, $target, $message]);
+    }

-	/* Like DoChannel(), but different.
-	 */
-	function DoUser($User)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("user", array($User));
-	}
+    /**
+     * Like channel(), but different.
+     *
+     * @param $user
+     * @return array|null
+     */
+    public function user($user)
+    {
+        return $this->run("user", [$user]);
+    }
 }

-?>
+$anope = new AnopeXMLRPC("http://127.0.0.1:8080/xmlrpc");
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+
+#
+# Script taken from InspIRCd, www.inspircd.org
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+# ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more
+# details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+
+BEGIN { require 5.8.0; }
+
+use strict;
+use warnings FATAL => qw(all);
+
+use File::Copy ();
+use Cwd;
+
+sub list_extras ();
+sub enable_extras (@);
+sub disable_extras (@);
+
+# Routine to list out the extra/ modules that have been enabled.
+# Note: when getting any filenames out and comparing, it's important to lc it if the
+# file system is not case-sensitive (== Epoc, MacOS, OS/2 (incl DOS/DJGPP), VMS, Win32
+# (incl NetWare, Symbian)). Cygwin may or may not be case-sensitive, depending on
+# configuration, however, File::Spec does not currently tell us (it assumes Unix behavior).
+sub list_extras () {
+	use File::Spec;
+	# @_ not used
+	my $srcdir = File::Spec->catdir("modules");
+	my $abs_srcdir = File::Spec->rel2abs($srcdir);
+	local $_;
+	my $dd;
+	opendir $dd, File::Spec->catdir($abs_srcdir, "extra") or die (File::Spec->catdir($abs_srcdir, "extra") . ": $!\n");
+	my @extras = map { File::Spec->case_tolerant() ? lc($_) : $_ } (readdir($dd));
+	closedir $dd;
+	undef $dd;
+	opendir $dd, $abs_srcdir or die "$abs_srcdir: $!\n";
+	my @sources = map { File::Spec->case_tolerant() ? lc($_) : $_ } (readdir($dd));
+	closedir $dd;
+	undef $dd;
+	my $maxlen = (sort { $b <=> $a } (map {length($_)} (@extras)))[0];
+	my %extras = ();
+EXTRA:	for my $extra (@extras) {
+		next if (File::Spec->curdir() eq $extra || File::Spec->updir() eq $extra);
+		my $abs_extra = File::Spec->catfile($abs_srcdir, "extra", $extra);
+		my $abs_source = File::Spec->catfile($abs_srcdir, $extra);
+		next unless ($extra =~ m/\.(cpp|h)$/ || (-d $abs_extra)); # C++ Source/Header, or directory
+		if (-l $abs_source) {
+			# Symlink, is it in the right place?
+			my $targ = readlink($abs_source);
+			my $abs_targ = File::Spec->rel2abs($targ, $abs_srcdir);
+			if ($abs_targ eq $abs_extra) {
+				$extras{$extra} = "\e[32;1menabled\e[0m";
+			} else {
+				$extras{$extra} = sprintf("\e[31;1mwrong symlink target (%s)\e[0m", $abs_targ);
+			}
+		} elsif (-e $abs_source) {
+			my ($devext, $inoext) = stat($abs_extra);
+			my ($devsrc, $inosrc, undef, $lnksrc) = stat($abs_source);
+			if ($lnksrc > 1) {
+				if ($devsrc == $devext && $inosrc == $inoext) {
+					$extras{$extra} = "\e[32;1menabled\e[0m";
+				} else {
+					$extras{$extra} = sprintf("\e[31;1mwrong hardlink target (%d:%d)\e[0m", $devsrc, $inosrc);
+				}
+			} else {
+				open my $extfd, "<", $abs_extra;
+				open my $srcfd, "<", $abs_source;
+				local $/ = undef;
+				if (scalar(<$extfd>) eq scalar(<$srcfd>)) {
+					$extras{$extra} = "\e[32;1menabled\e[0m";
+				} else {
+					$extras{$extra} = sprintf("\e[31;1mout of synch (re-copy)\e[0m");
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			$extras{$extra} = "\e[33;1mdisabled\e[0m";
+		}
+	}
+
+	for my $extra (sort {$a cmp $b} keys(%extras)) {
+		my $text = $extras{$extra};
+		if ($text =~ m/needed by/ && $text !~ m/enabled/) {
+			printf "\e[31;1;5m%-*s = %s%s\e[0m\n", $maxlen, $extra, $text, ($text =~ m/needed by/ ? ")" : "");
+		} else {
+			printf "%-*s = %s%s\n", $maxlen, $extra, $text, ($text =~ m/needed by/ ? "\e[0m)" : "");
+		}
+	}
+	return keys(%extras) if wantarray; # Can be used by manage_extras.
+}
+
+sub enable_extras (@) {
+	my (@extras) = @_;
+	for my $extra (@extras) {
+		my $extrapath = "modules/extra/$extra";
+		if (!-e $extrapath) {
+			print STDERR "Cannot enable \e[32;1m$extra\e[0m : No such file or directory in modules/extra\n";
+			next;
+		}
+		my $source = "modules/$extra";
+		if (-e $source) {
+			print STDERR "Cannot enable \e[32;1m$extra\e[0m : destination in modules exists (might already be enabled?)\n";
+			next;
+		}
+		print "Enabling $extra ... \n";
+		symlink "extra/$extra", $source or print STDERR "$source: Cannot link to 'extra/$extra': $!\n";
+	}
+}
+
+sub disable_extras (@)
+{
+	opendir my $dd, "modules/extra/";
+	my @files = readdir($dd);
+	closedir $dd;
+	my (@extras) = @_;
+EXTRA:	for my $extra (@extras) {
+		my $extrapath = "modules/extra/$extra";
+		my $source = "modules/$extra";
+		if (!-e $extrapath) {
+			print STDERR "Cannot disable \e[32;1m$extra\e[0m : Is not an extra\n";
+			next;
+		}
+		if ((! -l $source) || readlink($source) ne "extra/$extra") {
+			print STDERR "Cannot disable \e[32;1m$extra\e[0m : Source is not a link or doesn't refer to the right file. Remove manually if this is in error.\n";
+			next;
+		}
+		# Now remove.
+		print "Disabling $extra ... \n";
+		unlink "modules/$extra" or print STDERR "Cannot disable \e[32;1m$extra\e[0m : $!\n";
+	}
+}
+
+my $clearscreen = `clear`;
+print $clearscreen;
+while (1)
+{
+	list_extras;     # print the module list
+	print "\nPlease enter the name of the module or type 'q' to quit.: ";
+	my $input = <STDIN>;
+	chop($input); # remove the trailing \n from the user input
+
+	if ($input eq "q") {
+		if (-e "build/CMakeFiles") {
+			system("cmake", "build/.");
+			print "\nNow cd build, then run make to build Anope.\n\n";
+		} else {
+			print "\nBuild directory not found. You should run ./Config now.\n\n"
+		}
+		exit 0;
+	}
+	print $clearscreen;
+	if ($input eq "") {
+		next;
+	}
+
+	if (-e "modules/$input") {
+		disable_extras($input)
+	} else {
+		enable_extras($input)
+	}
+}
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ get_target_property(version_BINARY version LOCATION)
 # Modify version.h from the above executable, with dependencies to version.cpp
 # and all of the source files in the main build
 add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version_build
-  COMMAND ${version_BINARY} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/version.sh ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version.h
+  COMMAND ${version_BINARY} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version.h ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/build.h
  DEPENDS version ${SRC_SRCS}
 )
 # Add version to list of files for CPack to ignore
@@ -15,16 +15,31 @@ get_filename_component(version_BINARY ${version_BINARY} NAME)
 add_to_cpack_ignored_files("${version_BINARY}$" TRUE)
 if(NOT WIN32)
  add_to_cpack_ignored_files("version.h$" TRUE)
+  add_to_cpack_ignored_files("build.h$" TRUE)
 endif(NOT WIN32)

 set(PCH_SOURCES_GCH "")
-if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-  string(REPLACE " " ";" PCH_CXXFLAGS ${CXXFLAGS})
-  file(GLOB INCLUDE_SRCS RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "*.h")
-  remove_item_from_list(INCLUDE_SRCS "version.h")
+if(USE_PCH AND CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+  string(REPLACE " " ";" PCH_CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
+
+  file(GLOB PCH_SOURCES RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "*.h")
+  sort_list(PCH_SOURCES)

-  set(PCH_SOURCES "module.h;modules.h;services.h")
  foreach(PCH_SOURCE ${PCH_SOURCES})
+    find_includes(${PCH_SOURCE} INCLUDES)
+    set(INCLUDES_LIST)
+    append_to_list(INCLUDES_LIST ${PCH_SOURCE})
+    foreach(INCLUDE ${INCLUDES})
+      # Extract the filename from the #include line
+      extract_include_filename(${INCLUDE} FILENAME QUOTE_TYPE)
+      if(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "quotes")
+        find_in_list(PCH_SOURCES "${FILENAME}" FOUND)
+        if(NOT FOUND EQUAL -1)
+          append_to_list(INCLUDES_LIST ${FILENAME})
+        endif(NOT FOUND EQUAL -1)
+      endif(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "quotes")
+    endforeach(INCLUDE)
+
    set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS "")
    if(DEBUG_BUILD)
      set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS "-g")
@@ -33,16 +48,17 @@ if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
      set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS ${PCH_EXTRAFLAGS} -fPIC)
    endif(PCH_SOURCE STREQUAL "module.h")
    if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE)
-	set(PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE "-I${GETTEXT_INCLUDE}")
+      set(PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE "-I${GETTEXT_INCLUDE}")
    endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE)

    set(PCH_SOURCES_GCH "${PCH_SOURCES_GCH};${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch")
    add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch
-      COMMAND ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER} ARGS ${PCH_CXXFLAGS} ${PCH_EXTRAFLAGS} ${PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE} -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE} -o ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch
-      DEPENDS ${INCLUDE_SRCS} VERBATIM
+      COMMAND ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER} ARGS ${PCH_CXXFLAGS} ${PCH_EXTRAFLAGS}
+      ${PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE} -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} -I${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/modules/pseudoclients ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE} -o ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch
+      DEPENDS ${INCLUDES_LIST} VERBATIM
    )
  endforeach(PCH_SOURCE ${PCH_SOURCES})
-endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+endif(USE_PCH AND CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)

 # Add a custom target to the above file
 add_custom_target(headers DEPENDS version ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version_build ${PCH_SOURCES_GCH})
@@ -1,94 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef ACCESS_H
 #define ACCESS_H

-enum ChannelAccess
+#include "services.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+#include "service.h"
+
+enum
 {
-	CA_ACCESS_LIST,
-	CA_NOKICK,
-	CA_FANTASIA,
-	CA_GREET,
-	CA_AUTOVOICE,
-	CA_VOICEME,
-	CA_VOICE,
-	CA_INFO,
-	CA_SAY,
-	CA_AUTOHALFOP,
-	CA_HALFOPME,
-	CA_HALFOP,
-	CA_KICK,
-	CA_SIGNKICK,
-	CA_BAN,
-	CA_TOPIC,
-	CA_MODE,
-	CA_GETKEY,
-	CA_INVITE,
-	CA_UNBAN,
-	CA_AUTOOP,
-	CA_OPDEOPME,
-	CA_OPDEOP,
-	CA_AUTOPROTECT,
-	CA_AKICK,
-	CA_BADWORDS,
-	CA_ASSIGN,
-	CA_MEMO,
-	CA_ACCESS_CHANGE,
-	CA_PROTECTME,
-	CA_PROTECT,
-	CA_SET,
-	CA_AUTOOWNER,
-	CA_OWNERME,
-	CA_OWNER,
-	CA_FOUNDER,
-	CA_SIZE
+	ACCESS_INVALID = -10000,
+	ACCESS_FOUNDER = 10001
 };

-class ChanAccess;
+/* A privilege, probably configured using a privilege{} block. Most
+ * commands require specific privileges to be executed. The AccessProvider
+ * backing each ChanAccess determines whether that ChanAccess has a given
+ * privilege.
+ */
+struct CoreExport Privilege
+{
+	Anope::string name;
+	Anope::string desc;
+	/* Rank relative to other privileges */
+	int rank;

+	Privilege(const Anope::string &name, const Anope::string &desc, int rank);
+	bool operator==(const Privilege &other) const;
+};
+
+class CoreExport PrivilegeManager
+{
+	static std::vector<Privilege> Privileges;
+ public:
+	static void AddPrivilege(Privilege p);
+	static void RemovePrivilege(Privilege &p);
+	static Privilege *FindPrivilege(const Anope::string &name);
+	static std::vector<Privilege> &GetPrivileges();
+	static void ClearPrivileges();
+};
+
+/* A provider of access. Only used for creating ChanAccesses, as
+ * they contain pure virtual functions.
+ */
 class CoreExport AccessProvider : public Service
 {
 public:
-	AccessProvider(Module *o, const Anope::string &n);
+	AccessProvider(Module *owner, const Anope::string &name);
 	virtual ~AccessProvider();
+
+	/** Creates a new ChanAccess entry using this provider.
+	 * @return The new entry
+	 */
 	virtual ChanAccess *Create() = 0;
+
+ private:
+	static std::list<AccessProvider *> Providers;
+ public:
+	static const std::list<AccessProvider *>& GetProviders();
 };

-class CoreExport ChanAccess
+/* Represents one entry of an access list on a channel. */
+class CoreExport ChanAccess : public Serializable
 {
- public:
-	AccessProvider *provider;
-	ChannelInfo *ci;
 	Anope::string mask;
+	/* account this access entry is for, if any */
+	Serialize::Reference<NickCore> nc;
+
+ public:
+	typedef std::vector<ChanAccess *> Path;
+
+ 	/* The provider that created this access entry */
+	AccessProvider *provider;
+	/* Channel this access entry is on */
+	Serialize::Reference<ChannelInfo> ci;
 	Anope::string creator;
 	time_t last_seen;
 	time_t created;

 	ChanAccess(AccessProvider *p);
 	virtual ~ChanAccess();
-	virtual bool Matches(User *u, NickCore *nc) = 0;
-	virtual bool HasPriv(ChannelAccess priv) = 0;
-	virtual Anope::string Serialize() = 0;
-	virtual void Unserialize(const Anope::string &data) = 0;

-	bool operator>(ChanAccess &other);
-	bool operator<(ChanAccess &other);
-	bool operator>=(ChanAccess &other);
-	bool operator<=(ChanAccess &other);
+	void SetMask(const Anope::string &mask, ChannelInfo *ci);
+	const Anope::string &Mask() const;
+	NickCore *GetAccount() const;
+
+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
+
+	static const unsigned int MAX_DEPTH = 4;
+
+	/** Check if this access entry matches the given user or account
+	 * @param u The user
+	 * @param nc The account
+	 * @param next Next channel to check if any
+	 */
+	virtual bool Matches(const User *u, const NickCore *nc, ChannelInfo* &next) const;
+
+	/** Check if this access entry has the given privilege.
+	 * @param name The privilege name
+	 */
+	virtual bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &name) const = 0;
+
+	/** Serialize the access given by this access entry into a human
+	 * readable form. chanserv/access will return a number, chanserv/xop
+	 * will be AOP, SOP, etc.
+	 */
+	virtual Anope::string AccessSerialize() const = 0;
+
+	/** Unserialize this access entry from the given data. This data
+	 * will be fetched from AccessSerialize.
+	 */
+	virtual void AccessUnserialize(const Anope::string &data) = 0;
+
+	/* Comparison operators to other Access entries */
+	virtual bool operator>(const ChanAccess &other) const;
+	virtual bool operator<(const ChanAccess &other) const;
+	bool operator>=(const ChanAccess &other) const;
+	bool operator<=(const ChanAccess &other) const;
 };

-class CoreExport AccessGroup : public std::vector<ChanAccess *>
+/* A group of access entries. This is used commonly, for example with ChannelInfo::AccessFor,
+ * to show what access a user has on a channel because users can match multiple access entries.
+ */
+class CoreExport AccessGroup
 {
 public:
- 	ChannelInfo *ci;
-	NickCore *nc;
-	bool SuperAdmin, Founder;
+	/* access entries + paths */
+	std::vector<ChanAccess::Path> paths;
+	/* Channel these access entries are on */
+ 	const ChannelInfo *ci;
+	/* Account these entries affect, if any */
+	const NickCore *nc;
+	/* super_admin always gets all privs. founder is a special case where ci->founder == nc */
+	bool super_admin, founder;
+
 	AccessGroup();
-	bool HasPriv(ChannelAccess priv) const;
-	ChanAccess *Highest() const;
+
+	/** Check if this access group has a certain privilege. Eg, it
+	 * will check every ChanAccess entry of this group for any that
+	 * has the given privilege.
+	 * @param priv The privilege
+	 * @return true if any entry has the given privilege
+	 */
+	bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &priv) const;
+
+	/** Get the "highest" access entry from this group of entries.
+	 * The highest entry is determined by the entry that has the privilege
+	 * with the highest rank (see Privilege::rank).
+	 * @return The "highest" entry
+	 */
+	const ChanAccess *Highest() const;
+
+	/* Comparison operators to other AccessGroups */
 	bool operator>(const AccessGroup &other) const;
 	bool operator<(const AccessGroup &other) const;
 	bool operator>=(const AccessGroup &other) const;
 	bool operator<=(const AccessGroup &other) const;
+
+	inline bool empty() const { return paths.empty(); }
 };

 #endif
-
@@ -1,165 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef ACCOUNT_H
 #define ACCOUNT_H

+#include "extensible.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
 #include "anope.h"
+#include "memo.h"
+#include "base.h"

-class NickAlias;
-class NickCore;
+typedef Anope::hash_map<NickAlias *> nickalias_map;
+typedef Anope::hash_map<NickCore *> nickcore_map;

-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<NickAlias *> nickalias_map;
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<NickCore *> nickcore_map;
+extern CoreExport Serialize::Checker<nickalias_map> NickAliasList;
+extern CoreExport Serialize::Checker<nickcore_map> NickCoreList;

-extern CoreExport nickalias_map NickAliasList;
-extern CoreExport nickcore_map NickCoreList;
-
-/* NickServ nickname structures. */
-
-/** Flags set on NickAliases
+/* A registered nickname.
+ * It matters that Base is here before Extensible (it is inherited by Serializable)
 */
-enum NickNameFlag
+class CoreExport NickAlias : public Serializable, public Extensible
 {
-	NS_BEGIN,
+	Anope::string vhost_ident, vhost_host, vhost_creator;
+	time_t vhost_created;

-	/* Nick never expires */
-	NS_NO_EXPIRE,
-	/* This nick is being held after a kill by an enforcer client
-	 * or is being SVSHeld. Used by ns_release to determin if something
-	 * should be allowed to be released
-	 */
-	NS_HELD,
-	/* We are taking over this nick, either by SVSNICK or KILL.
-	 * We are waiting for the confirmation of either of these actions to
-	 * proceed. This is checked in NickAlias::OnCancel
-	 */
-	NS_COLLIDED,
-
-	NS_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string NickNameFlagStrings[] = {
-	"BEGIN", "NO_EXPIRE", "HELD", "COLLIDED", ""
-};
-
-/** Flags set on NickCores
- */
-enum NickCoreFlag
-{
-	NI_BEGIN,
-
-	/* Kill others who take this nick */
-	NI_KILLPROTECT,
-	/* Dont recognize unless IDENTIFIED */
-	NI_SECURE,
-	/* Use PRIVMSG instead of NOTICE */
-	NI_MSG,
-	/* Don't allow user to change memo limit */
-	NI_MEMO_HARDMAX,
-	/* Notify of memos at signon and un-away */
-	NI_MEMO_SIGNON,
-	/* Notify of new memos when sent */
-	NI_MEMO_RECEIVE,
-	/* Don't show in LIST to non-servadmins */
-	NI_PRIVATE,
-	/* Don't show email in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_EMAIL,
-	/* Don't show last seen address in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_MASK,
-	/* Don't show last quit message in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_QUIT,
-	/* Kill in 20 seconds instead of in 60 */
-	NI_KILL_QUICK,
-	/* Kill immediatly */
-	NI_KILL_IMMED,
-	/* User gets email on memo */
-	NI_MEMO_MAIL,
-	/* Don't show services access status */
-	NI_HIDE_STATUS,
-	/* Nickname is suspended */
-	NI_SUSPENDED,
-	/* Autoop nickname in channels */
-	NI_AUTOOP,
-	/* This nickcore is forbidden, which means the nickalias for it is aswell */
-	NI_FORBIDDEN,
-	/* If set means the nick core does not have their email addrses confirmed.
-	 */
-	NI_UNCONFIRMED,
-
-	NI_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string NickCoreFlagStrings[] = {
-	"BEGIN", "KILLPROTECT", "SECURE", "MSG", "MEMO_HARDMAX", "MEMO_SIGNON", "MEMO_RECEIVE",
-	"PRIVATE", "HIDE_EMAIL", "HIDE_MASK", "HIDE_QUIT", "KILL_QUICK", "KILL_IMMED",
-	"MEMO_MAIL", "HIDE_STATUS", "SUSPENDED", "AUTOOP", "FORBIDDEN", "UNCONFIRMED", ""
-};
-
-class NickCore;
-
-class CoreExport NickAlias : public Extensible, public Flags<NickNameFlag, NS_END>
-{
 public:
- 	/** Default constructor
+	Anope::string nick;
+	Anope::string last_quit;
+	Anope::string last_realname;
+	/* Last usermask this nick was seen on, eg user@host */
+	Anope::string last_usermask;
+	/* Last uncloaked usermask, requires nickserv/auspex to see */
+	Anope::string last_realhost;
+	time_t time_registered;
+	time_t last_seen;
+	/* Account this nick is tied to. Multiple nicks can be tied to a single account. */
+	Serialize::Reference<NickCore> nc;
+
+ 	/** Constructor
 	 * @param nickname The nick
-	 * @param nickcore The nickcofe for this nick
+	 * @param nickcore The nickcore for this nick
 	 */
 	NickAlias(const Anope::string &nickname, NickCore *nickcore);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
 	~NickAlias();

-	Anope::string nick;				/* Nickname */
-	Anope::string last_quit;		/* Last quit message */
-	Anope::string last_realname;	/* Last realname */
-	Anope::string last_usermask;	/* Last usermask */
-	Anope::string last_realhost;	/* Last uncloaked usermask, requires nickserv/auspex to see */
-	time_t time_registered;			/* When the nick was registered */
-	time_t last_seen;				/* When it was seen online for the last time */
-	NickCore *nc;					/* I'm an alias of this */
-	HostInfo hostinfo;
+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);

-	/** Release a nick
-	 * See the comment in users.cpp
+ 	/** Set a vhost for the user
+	 * @param ident The ident
+	 * @param host The host
+	 * @param creator Who created the vhost
+	 * @param time When the vhost was craated
 	 */
-	void Release();
+	void SetVhost(const Anope::string &ident, const Anope::string &host, const Anope::string &creator, time_t created = Anope::CurTime);

-	/** This function is called when a user on this nick either disconnects or changes nick.
-	 * Note that the user isnt necessarially identified to this nick
-	 * See the comment in users.cpp
-	 * @param u The user
+	/** Remove a users vhost
+	 **/
+	void RemoveVhost();
+
+	/** Check if the user has a vhost
+	 * @return true or false
 	 */
-	void OnCancel(User *u);
+	bool HasVhost() const;
+
+	/** Retrieve the vhost ident
+	 * @return the ident
+	 */
+	const Anope::string &GetVhostIdent() const;
+
+	/** Retrieve the vhost host
+	 * @return the host
+	 */
+	const Anope::string &GetVhostHost() const;
+
+	/** Retrieve the vhost creator
+	 * @return the creator
+	 */
+	const Anope::string &GetVhostCreator() const;
+
+	/** Retrieve when the vhost was created
+	 * @return the time it was created
+	 */
+	time_t GetVhostCreated() const;
+
+	/** Finds a registered nick
+	 * @param nick The nick to lookup
+	 * @return the nick, if found
+	 */
+	static NickAlias *Find(const Anope::string &nick);
 };

-class CoreExport NickCore : public Extensible, public Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END>
+/* A registered account. Each account must have a NickAlias with the same nick as the
+ * account's display.
+ * It matters that Base is here before Extensible (it is inherited by Serializable)
+ */
+class CoreExport NickCore : public Serializable, public Extensible
 {
+	/* Channels which reference this core in some way (this is on their access list, akick list, is founder, successor, etc) */
+	Serialize::Checker<std::map<ChannelInfo *, int> > chanaccess;
 public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param display The display nick
-	 */
-	NickCore(const Anope::string &nickdisplay);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	~NickCore();
-
-	std::list<User *> Users;
-
-	Anope::string display;	/* How the nick is displayed */
-	Anope::string pass;		/* Password of the nicks */
-	Anope::string email;	/* E-mail associated to the nick */
-	Anope::string greet;	/* Greet associated to the nick */
-	Anope::string language;	/* Language name */
-	std::vector<Anope::string> access; /* Access list, vector of strings */
-	std::vector<Anope::string> cert; /* ssl certificate list, vector of strings */
+ 	/* Name of the account. Find(display)->nc == this. */
+	Anope::string display;
+	/* User password in form of hashm:data */
+	Anope::string pass;
+	Anope::string email;
+	/* Locale name of the language of the user. Empty means default language */
+	Anope::string language;
+	/* Access list, contains user@host masks of users who get certain privileges based
+	 * on if NI_SECURE is set and what (if any) kill protection is enabled. */
+	std::vector<Anope::string> access;
 	MemoInfo memos;
-	uint16 channelcount; /* Number of channels currently registered */
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> last_modes;

+	/* Nicknames registered that are grouped to this account.
+	 * for n in aliases, n->nc == this.
+	 */
+	Serialize::Checker<std::vector<NickAlias *> > aliases;
+
+	/* Set if this user is a services operattor. o->ot must exist. */
 	Oper *o;

 	/* Unsaved data */
-	time_t lastmail;				/* Last time this nick record got a mail */
-	std::list<NickAlias *> aliases;	/* List of aliases */
+
+	/* Number of channels registered by this account */
+	uint16_t channelcount;
+	/* Last time an email was sent to this user */
+	time_t lastmail;
+	/* Users online now logged into this account */
+	std::list<User *> users;
+
+	/** Constructor
+	 * @param display The display nick
+	 */
+	NickCore(const Anope::string &nickdisplay);
+	~NickCore();
+
+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
+
+	/** Changes the display for this account
+	 * @param na The new display, must be grouped to this account.
+	 */
+	void SetDisplay(const NickAlias *na);

 	/** Checks whether this account is a services oper or not.
 	 * @return True if this account is a services oper, false otherwise.
@@ -183,6 +174,10 @@ class CoreExport NickCore : public Extensible, public Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END
 	 */
 	Anope::string GetAccess(unsigned entry) const;

+	/** Get the number of entries on the access list for this account.
+	 */
+	unsigned GetAccessCount() const;
+
 	/** Find an entry in the nick's access list
 	 *
 	 * @param entry The nick!ident@host entry to search for
@@ -206,107 +201,82 @@ class CoreExport NickCore : public Extensible, public Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END
 	 */
 	void ClearAccess();

-	/** Add an entry to the nick's certificate list
+	/** Is the given user on this accounts access list?
 	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to add to the cert list
+	 * @param u The user
 	 *
-	 * Adds a new entry into the cert list.
+	 * @return true if the user is on the access list
 	 */
-	void AddCert(const Anope::string &entry);
+	bool IsOnAccess(const User *u) const;

-	/** Get an entry from the nick's cert list by index
-	 *
-	 * @param entry Index in the certificaate list vector to retrieve
-	 * @return The fingerprint entry of the given index if within bounds, an empty string if the vector is empty or the index is out of bounds
-	 *
-	 * Retrieves an entry from the certificate list corresponding to the given index.
+	/** Finds an account
+	 * @param nick The account name to find
+	 * @return The account, if it exists
 	 */
-	Anope::string GetCert(unsigned entry) const;
-
-	/** Find an entry in the nick's cert list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to search for
-	 * @return True if the fingerprint is found in the cert list, false otherwise
-	 *
-	 * Search for an fingerprint within the cert list.
-	 */
-	bool FindCert(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Erase a fingerprint from the nick's certificate list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to remove
-	 *
-	 * Removes the specified fingerprint from the cert list.
-	 */
-	void EraseCert(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Clears the entire nick's cert list
-	 *
-	 * Deletes all the memory allocated in the certificate list vector and then clears the vector.
-	 */
-	void ClearCert();
+	static NickCore* Find(const Anope::string &nick);

+	void AddChannelReference(ChannelInfo *ci);
+	void RemoveChannelReference(ChannelInfo *ci);
+	void GetChannelReferences(std::deque<ChannelInfo *> &queue);
 };

-/** Timer for colliding nicks to force people off of nicknames
+/* A request to check if an account/password is valid. These can exist for
+ * extended periods due to the time some authentication modules take.
 */
-class CoreExport NickServCollide : public Timer
+class CoreExport IdentifyRequest
 {
-	dynamic_reference<User> u;
-	Anope::string nick;
+	/* Owner of this request, used to cleanup requests if a module is unloaded
+	 * while a reqyest us pending */
+	Module *owner;
+	Anope::string account;
+	Anope::string password;
+
+	std::set<Module *> holds;
+	bool dispatched;
+	bool success;
+
+	static std::set<IdentifyRequest *> Requests;
+
+ protected:
+	IdentifyRequest(Module *o, const Anope::string &acc, const Anope::string &pass);
+	virtual ~IdentifyRequest();

 public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param nick The nick we're colliding
-	 * @param delay How long to delay before kicking the user off the nick
+ 	/* One of these is called when the request goes through */
+	virtual void OnSuccess() = 0;
+	virtual void OnFail() = 0;
+
+	Module *GetOwner() const { return owner; }
+	const Anope::string &GetAccount() const { return account; }
+	const Anope::string &GetPassword() const { return password; }
+
+	/* Holds this request. When a request is held it must be Released later
+	 * for the request to complete. Multiple modules may hold a request at any time,
+	 * but the request is not complete until every module has released it. If you do not
+	 * require holding this (eg, your password check is done in this thread and immediately)
+	 * then you don't need to hold the request before Successing it.
+	 * @param m The module holding this request
 	 */
-	NickServCollide(User *user, time_t delay);
+	void Hold(Module *m);

-	/** Default destructor
+	/** Releases a held request
+	 * @param m The module releaseing the hold
 	 */
-	virtual ~NickServCollide();
+	void Release(Module *m);

-	/** Called when the delay is up
-	 * @param t The current time
+	/** Called by modules when this IdentifyRequest has successeded successfully.
+	 * If this request is behind held it must still be Released after calling this.
+	 * @param m The module confirming authentication
 	 */
-	void Tick(time_t t);
-};
+	void Success(Module *m);

-/** Timers for removing HELD status from nicks.
- */
-class NickServHeld : public Timer
-{
-	dynamic_reference<NickAlias> na;
-	Anope::string nick;
- public:
- 	NickServHeld(NickAlias *n, long t);
-
-	~NickServHeld();
-
-	void Tick(time_t);
-};
-
-/** Timers for releasing nicks to be available for use
- */
-class CoreExport NickServRelease : public User, public Timer
-{
-	Anope::string nick;
-
- public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param na The nick
-	 * @param delay The delay before the nick is released
+	/** Used to either finalize this request or marks
+	 * it as dispatched and begins waiting for the module(s)
+	 * that have holds to finish.
 	 */
-	NickServRelease(NickAlias *na, time_t delay);
+	void Dispatch();

-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~NickServRelease();
-
-	/** Called when the delay is up
-	 * @param t The current time
-	 */
-	void Tick(time_t t);
+	static void ModuleUnload(Module *m);
 };

 #endif // ACCOUNT_H
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /*
- * (C) 2003-2011 Anope Team
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
@@ -11,29 +12,23 @@
 #ifndef ANOPE_H
 #define ANOPE_H

-#include <string>
-#include <vector>
-#include <set>
-#include "hashcomp.h"
+#include <signal.h>

-class Message;
+#include "hashcomp.h"

 namespace Anope
 {
-	template<typename T> class map : public std::map<string, T> { };
-	template<typename T> class insensitive_map : public std::map<string, T, std::less<ci::string> > { };
-
 	/**
 	 * A wrapper string class around all the other string classes, this class will
 	 * allow us to only require one type of string everywhere that can be converted
 	 * at any time to a specific type of string.
 	 */
-	class string
+	class CoreExport string
 	{
 	 private:
 		/**
 		 * The actual string is stored in an std::string as it can be converted to
-		 * ci::string, irc::string, or a C-style string at any time.
+		 * ci::string, or a C-style string at any time.
 		 */
 		std::string _string;
 	 public:
@@ -54,10 +49,10 @@ namespace Anope
 		string(char chr) : _string() { _string = chr; }
 		string(size_type n, char chr) : _string(n, chr) { }
 		string(const char *_str) : _string(_str) { }
+		string(const char *_str, size_type n) : _string(_str, n) { }
 		string(const std::string &_str) : _string(_str) { }
 		string(const ci::string &_str) : _string(_str.c_str()) { }
-		string(const irc::string &_str) : _string(_str.c_str()) { }
-		string(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos) : _string(_str._string, pos, n) { }
+		string(const string &_str, size_type pos, size_type n = npos) : _string(_str._string, pos, n) { }
 		template <class InputIterator> string(InputIterator first, InputIterator last) : _string(first, last) { }

 		/**
@@ -66,8 +61,6 @@ namespace Anope
 		inline string &operator=(char chr) { this->_string = chr; return *this; }
 		inline string &operator=(const char *_str) { this->_string = _str; return *this; }
 		inline string &operator=(const std::string &_str) { this->_string = _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator=(const ci::string &_str) { this->_string = _str.c_str(); return *this; }
-		inline string &operator=(const irc::string &_str) { this->_string = _str.c_str(); return *this; }
 		inline string &operator=(const string &_str) { if (this != &_str) this->_string = _str._string; return *this; }

 		/**
@@ -75,35 +68,21 @@ namespace Anope
 		 */
 		inline bool operator==(const char *_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
 		inline bool operator==(const std::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool operator==(const ci::string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str; }
-		inline bool operator==(const irc::string &_str) const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str; }
 		inline bool operator==(const string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str._string; }

 		inline bool equals_cs(const char *_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
 		inline bool equals_cs(const std::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool equals_cs(const ci::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_cs(const irc::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str.c_str(); }
 		inline bool equals_cs(const string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str._string; }

 		inline bool equals_ci(const char *_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str; }
 		inline bool equals_ci(const std::string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_ci(const ci::string &_str) const { return _str == this->_string.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_ci(const irc::string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str.c_str(); }
 		inline bool equals_ci(const string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str._string.c_str(); }

-		inline bool equals_irc(const char *_str) const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str; }
-		inline bool equals_irc(const std::string &_str) const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_irc(const ci::string &_str) const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_irc(const irc::string &_str) const { return _str == this->_string.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_irc(const string &_str) const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str._string.c_str(); }
-
 		/**
 		 * Inequality operators, exact opposites of the above.
 		 */
 		inline bool operator!=(const char *_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
 		inline bool operator!=(const std::string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
-		inline bool operator!=(const ci::string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
-		inline bool operator!=(const irc::string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
 		inline bool operator!=(const string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }

 		/**
@@ -112,8 +91,6 @@ namespace Anope
 		inline string &operator+=(char chr) { this->_string += chr; return *this; }
 		inline string &operator+=(const char *_str) { this->_string += _str; return *this; }
 		inline string &operator+=(const std::string &_str) { this->_string += _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator+=(const ci::string &_str) { this->_string += _str.c_str(); return *this; }
-		inline string &operator+=(const irc::string &_str) { this->_string += _str.c_str(); return *this; }
 		inline string &operator+=(const string &_str) { if (this != &_str) this->_string += _str._string; return *this; }

 		/**
@@ -122,15 +99,11 @@ namespace Anope
 		inline const string operator+(char chr) const { return string(*this) += chr; }
 		inline const string operator+(const char *_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
 		inline const string operator+(const std::string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
-		inline const string operator+(const ci::string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
-		inline const string operator+(const irc::string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
 		inline const string operator+(const string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }

 		friend const string operator+(char chr, const string &str);
 		friend const string operator+(const char *_str, const string &str);
 		friend const string operator+(const std::string &_str, const string &str);
-		friend const string operator+(const ci::string &_str, const string &str);
-		friend const string operator+(const irc::string &_str, const string &str);

 		/**
 		 * Less-than operator.
@@ -141,10 +114,10 @@ namespace Anope
 		 * The following functions return the various types of strings.
 		 */
 		inline const char *c_str() const { return this->_string.c_str(); }
+		inline const char *data() const { return this->_string.data(); }
 		inline std::string &str() { return this->_string; }
 		inline const std::string &str() const { return this->_string; }
 		inline ci::string ci_str() const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()); }
-		inline irc::string irc_str() const { return irc::string(this->_string.c_str()); }

 		/**
 		 * Returns if the string is empty or not.
@@ -167,6 +140,9 @@ namespace Anope
 		 */
 		inline void push_back(char c) { return this->_string.push_back(c); }

+		inline string& append(const string &s) { this->_string.append(s.str()); return *this; }
+		inline string& append(const char *s, size_t n) { this->_string.append(s, n); return *this; }
+
 		/**
 		 * Resizes the string content to n characters.
 		 */
@@ -182,12 +158,26 @@ namespace Anope
 		/**
 		 * Trim leading and trailing white spaces from the string.
 		 */
-		inline void trim()
+
+		inline string& ltrim(const Anope::string &what = " \t\r\n")
 		{
-			while (!this->_string.empty() && isspace(this->_string[0]))
+			while (!this->_string.empty() && what.find(this->_string[0]) != Anope::string::npos)
 				this->_string.erase(this->_string.begin());
-			while (!this->_string.empty() && isspace(this->_string[this->_string.length() - 1]))
+			return *this;
+		}
+
+		inline string& rtrim(const Anope::string &what = " \t\r\n")
+		{
+			while (!this->_string.empty() && what.find(this->_string[this->_string.length() - 1]) != Anope::string::npos)
 				this->_string.erase(this->_string.length() - 1);
+			return *this;
+		}
+
+		inline string& trim(const Anope::string &what = " \t\r\n")
+		{
+			this->ltrim(what);
+			this->rtrim(what);
+			return *this;
 		}

 		/**
@@ -235,7 +225,7 @@ namespace Anope
 		inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, const string &_str) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, _str._string)); }
 		inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, char chr) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, n, chr)); }
 		template <class InputIterator> inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, f, l)); }
-		inline string replace_all_cs(const string &_orig, const string &_repl)
+		inline string replace_all_cs(const string &_orig, const string &_repl) const
 		{
 			Anope::string new_string = *this;
 			size_type pos = new_string.find(_orig), orig_length = _orig.length(), repl_length = _repl.length();
@@ -246,7 +236,7 @@ namespace Anope
 			}
 			return new_string;
 		}
-		inline string replace_all_ci(const string &_orig, const string &_repl)
+		inline string replace_all_ci(const string &_orig, const string &_repl) const
 		{
 			Anope::string new_string = *this;
 			size_type pos = new_string.find_ci(_orig), orig_length = _orig.length(), repl_length = _repl.length();
@@ -258,6 +248,28 @@ namespace Anope
 			return new_string;
 		}

+		/**
+		 * Get the string in lowercase.
+		 */
+		inline string lower() const
+		{
+			Anope::string new_string = *this;
+			for (size_type i = 0; i < new_string.length(); ++i)
+				new_string[i] = Anope::tolower(new_string[i]);
+			return new_string;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Get the string in uppercase.
+		 */
+		inline string upper() const
+		{
+			Anope::string new_string = *this;
+			for (size_type i = 0; i < new_string.length(); ++i)
+				new_string[i] = Anope::toupper(new_string[i]);
+			return new_string;
+		}
+
 		/**
 		 * Get a substring of the string.
 		 */
@@ -285,59 +297,138 @@ namespace Anope
 		 * Stream insertion operator, must be friend because they cannot be inside the class.
 		 */
 		friend std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &os, const string &_str);
-	};
-
-	/** Hash an Anope::string for unorderd_map, passed as the third template arg to unordered_map
-	 */
-	struct hash
-	{
-		/* VS 2008 specific code */
-		enum { bucket_size = 4, min_buckets = 8 };
-		bool operator()(const string &s1, const string &s2) const;
-		/* End of 2008 specific code */
-
-		/** Hash an Anope::string for unordered_map
-		 * @param s The string
-		 * @return A hash value for the string
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const string &s) const;
+		friend std::istream &operator>>(std::istream &is, string &_str);
 	};

 	inline std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &os, const string &_str) { return os << _str._string; }
+	/* This is not standard to make operator>> behave like operator<< in that it will allow extracting a whole line, not just one word */
+	inline std::istream &operator>>(std::istream &is, string &_str) { return std::getline(is,  _str._string); }

 	inline const string operator+(char chr, const string &str) { string tmp(chr); tmp += str; return tmp; }
 	inline const string operator+(const char *_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }
 	inline const string operator+(const std::string &_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }
-	inline const string operator+(const ci::string &_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }
-	inline const string operator+(const irc::string &_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }

+	struct hash_ci
+	{
+		inline size_t operator()(const string &s) const
+		{
+			return TR1NS::hash<std::string>()(s.lower().str());
+		}
+	};
+
+	struct hash_cs
+	{
+		inline size_t operator()(const string &s) const
+		{
+			return TR1NS::hash<std::string>()(s.str());
+		}
+	};
+
+	struct compare
+	{
+		inline bool operator()(const string &s1, const string &s2) const
+		{
+			return s1.equals_ci(s2);
+		}
+	};
+
+	template<typename T> class map : public std::map<string, T, ci::less> { };
+	template<typename T> class multimap : public std::multimap<string, T, ci::less> { };
+	template<typename T> class hash_map : public TR1NS::unordered_map<string, T, hash_ci, compare> { };
+
+#ifndef REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD
 	static const char *const compiled = __TIME__ " " __DATE__;
+#endif
+
+	/** The time Anope started.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport time_t StartTime;
+
+	/** The value to return from main()
+	 */
+	extern int ReturnValue;
+
+	extern sig_atomic_t Signal;
+	extern CoreExport bool Quitting;
+	extern CoreExport bool Restarting;
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string QuitReason;

 	/** The current system time, which is pretty close to being accurate.
 	 * Use this unless you need very specific time checks
 	 */
 	extern CoreExport time_t CurTime;

+	/** The debug level we are running at.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport int Debug;
+
+	/** Other comand line options.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport bool ReadOnly, NoFork, NoThird, NoExpire, ProtocolDebug;
+
+	/** The root of the services installation. Usually ~/services
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string ServicesDir;
+
+	/** Services binary name (eg services)
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string ServicesBin;
+
+	/** Various directory paths. These can be set at runtime by command line args
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string ConfigDir;
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string DataDir;
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string ModuleDir;
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string LocaleDir;
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string LogDir;
+
+	/** The uplink we are currently connected to
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport int CurrentUplink;
+
+	/** Various methods to determine the Anope version running
+	 */
 	extern CoreExport string Version();
 	extern CoreExport string VersionShort();
 	extern CoreExport string VersionBuildString();
 	extern CoreExport int VersionMajor();
 	extern CoreExport int VersionMinor();
 	extern CoreExport int VersionPatch();
-	extern CoreExport int VersionBuild();
+
+	/** Determines if we are still attached to the terminal, and can print
+	 * messages to the user via stderr/stdout.
+	 * @return true if still attached
+	 */
+	extern bool AtTerm();
+
+	/** Used to "fork" the process and go into the background during initial startup
+	 * while we are AtTerm(). The actual fork is not done here, but earlier, and this
+	 * simply notifys the parent via kill() to exit().
+	 */
+	extern void Fork();
+
+	/** Does something with the signal in Anope::Signal
+	 */
+	extern void HandleSignal();
+
+	/** One of the first functions called, does general initialization such as reading
+	 * command line args, loading the configuration, doing the initial fork() if necessary,
+	 * initializating language support, loading modules, and loading databases.
+	 * @throws CoreException if something bad went wrong
+	 */
+	extern void Init(int ac, char **av);
+
+	/** Calls the save database event
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport void SaveDatabases();

 	/** Check whether two strings match.
 	 * @param str The string to check against the pattern (e.g. foobar)
 	 * @param mask The pattern to check (e.g. foo*bar)
 	 * @param case_sensitive Whether or not the match is case sensitive, default false.
+	 * @param use_regex Whether or not to try regex. case_sensitive is not used in regex.
 	 */
-	extern CoreExport bool Match(const Anope::string &str, const Anope::string &mask, bool case_sensitive = false);
-
-	/** Find a message in the message table
-	 * @param name The name of the message were looking for
-	 * @return NULL if we cant find it, or a pointer to the Message if we can
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport std::vector<Message *> FindMessage(const string &name);
+	extern CoreExport bool Match(const string &str, const string &mask, bool case_sensitive = false, bool use_regex = false);

 	/** Converts a string to hex
 	 * @param the data to be converted
@@ -350,20 +441,34 @@ namespace Anope
 	 * @param src The data to be converted
 	 * @param dest The destination string
 	 */
-	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &dest);
-	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const Anope::string &src, char *dest);
-	
+	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const string &src, string &dest);
+	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const string &src, char *dest, size_t sz);
+
 	/** Base 64 encode a string
 	 * @param src The string to encode
 	 * @param target Where the encoded string is placed
 	 */
-	extern CoreExport void B64Encode(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &target);
-	
+	extern CoreExport void B64Encode(const string &src, string &target);
+
 	/** Base 64 decode a string
 	 * @param src The base64 encoded string
 	 * @param target The plain text result
 	 */
-	extern CoreExport void B64Decode(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &target);
+	extern CoreExport void B64Decode(const string &src, string &target);
+
+	/** Encrypts what is in 'src' to 'dest'
+	 * @param src The source string to encrypt
+	 * @param dest The destination where the encrypted string is placed
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport void Encrypt(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &dest);
+
+	/** Decrypts what is in 'src' to 'dest'.
+	 * @param src The source string to decrypt
+	 * @param dest The destination where the decrypted string is placed
+	 * @return true if decryption was successful. This is usually not the case
+	 * as most encryption methods we use are one way.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport bool Decrypt(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &dest);

 	/** Returns a sequence of data formatted as the format argument specifies.
 	 ** After the format parameter, the function expects at least as many
@@ -382,10 +487,64 @@ namespace Anope
 	/** Return the last error, uses errno/GetLastError() to determine this
 	 * @return An error message
 	 */
-	extern CoreExport const Anope::string LastError();
+	extern CoreExport const string LastError();
+
+	/** Determines if a path is a file
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport bool IsFile(const Anope::string &file);
+
+	/** Converts a string into seconds
+	 * @param s The string, eg 3d
+	 * @return The time represented by the string, eg 259,200
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport time_t DoTime(const Anope::string &s);
+
+	/** Retrieves a human readable string representing the time in seconds
+	 * @param seconds The time on seconds, eg 60
+	 * @param nc The account to use language settings for to translate this string, if applicable
+	 * @return A human readable string, eg "1 minute"
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string Duration(time_t seconds, const NickCore *nc = NULL);
+
+	/** Generates a human readable string of type "expires in ..."
+	 * @param expires time in seconds
+	 * @param nc The account to use language settings for to translate this string, if applicable
+	 * @return A human readable string, eg "expires in 5 days"
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string Expires(time_t seconds, const NickCore *nc = NULL);
+
+	/** Converts a time in seconds (epoch) to a human readable format.
+	 * @param t The time
+	 * @param nc The account to use language settings for to translate this string, if applicable
+	 * @param short_output If true, the output is just a date (eg, "Apr 12 20:18:22 2009 MSD"), else it includes the date and how long ago/from now that date is, (eg "Apr 12 20:18:22 2009 MSD (1313 days, 9 hours, 32 minutes ago)"
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string strftime(time_t t, const NickCore *nc = NULL, bool short_output = false);
+
+	/** Normalize buffer, stripping control characters and colors
+	 * @param A string to be parsed for control and color codes
+	 * @return A string stripped of control and color codes
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string NormalizeBuffer(const Anope::string &);
+
+	/** Main processing routine. Parses the message and takes the appropriate action.
+	 * @param Raw message from the uplink
+	 */
+	extern void Process(const Anope::string &);
+
+	/** Does a blocking dns query and returns the first IP.
+	 * @param host host to look up
+	 * @param type inet addr type
+	 * @return the IP if it was found, else the host
+	 */
+	extern Anope::string Resolve(const Anope::string &host, int type);
+
+	/** Generate a string of random letters and numbers
+	 * @param len The length of the string returned
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport Anope::string Random(size_t len);
 }

-/** sepstream allows for splitting token seperated lists.
+/** sepstream allows for splitting token separated lists.
 * Each successive call to sepstream::GetToken() returns
 * the next token, until none remain, at which point the method returns
 * an empty string.
@@ -396,49 +555,78 @@ class CoreExport sepstream
 	/** Original string.
 	 */
 	Anope::string tokens;
-	/** Last position of a seperator token
-	 */
-	Anope::string::iterator last_starting_position;
-	/** Current string position
-	 */
-	Anope::string::iterator n;
 	/** Seperator value
 	 */
 	char sep;
+	/** Current string position
+	 */
+	size_t pos;
+	/** If set then GetToken() can return an empty string
+	 */
+	bool allow_empty;
 public:
 	/** Create a sepstream and fill it with the provided data
 	 */
-	sepstream(const Anope::string &source, char seperator);
-	virtual ~sepstream() { }
+	sepstream(const Anope::string &source, char seperator, bool allowempty = false);

 	/** Fetch the next token from the stream
 	 * @param token The next token from the stream is placed here
 	 * @return True if tokens still remain, false if there are none left
 	 */
-	virtual bool GetToken(Anope::string &token);
+	bool GetToken(Anope::string &token);
+
+	/** Gets token number 'num' from the stream
+	 * @param token The token is placed here
+	 * @param num The token number to featch
+	 * @return True if the token was able to be fetched
+	 */
+	bool GetToken(Anope::string &token, int num);
+
+	/** Gets every token from this stream
+	 * @param token Tokens are pushed back here
+	 */
+	template<typename T> void GetTokens(T& token)
+	{
+		token.clear();
+		Anope::string t;
+		while (this->GetToken(t))
+			token.push_back(t);
+	}
+
+	/** Gets token number 'num' from the stream and all remaining tokens.
+	 * @param token The token is placed here
+	 * @param num The token number to featch
+	 * @return True if the token was able to be fetched
+	 */
+	bool GetTokenRemainder(Anope::string &token, int num);
+
+	/** Determines the number of tokens in this stream.
+	 * @return The number of tokens in this stream
+	 */
+	int NumTokens();

 	/** Fetch the entire remaining stream, without tokenizing
 	 * @return The remaining part of the stream
 	 */
-	virtual const Anope::string GetRemaining();
+	const Anope::string GetRemaining();

 	/** Returns true if the end of the stream has been reached
 	 * @return True if the end of the stream has been reached, otherwise false
 	 */
-	virtual bool StreamEnd();
+	bool StreamEnd();
 };

-/** A derived form of sepstream, which seperates on commas
+/** A derived form of sepstream, which separates on commas
 */
 class commasepstream : public sepstream
 {
 public:
 	/** Initialize with comma seperator
 	 */
-	commasepstream(const Anope::string &source) : sepstream(source, ',') { }
+	commasepstream(const Anope::string &source, bool allowempty = false) : sepstream(source, ',', allowempty) { }
 };

-/** A derived form of sepstream, which seperates on spaces
+/** A derived form of sepstream, which separates on spaces
 */
 class spacesepstream : public sepstream
 {
@@ -448,90 +636,146 @@ class spacesepstream : public sepstream
 	spacesepstream(const Anope::string &source) : sepstream(source, ' ') { }
 };

-/** The base class that most classes in Anope inherit from
+/** This class can be used on its own to represent an exception, or derived to represent a module-specific exception.
+ * When a module whishes to abort, e.g. within a constructor, it should throw an exception using ModuleException or
+ * a class derived from ModuleException. If a module throws an exception during its constructor, the module will not
+ * be loaded. If this happens, the error message returned by ModuleException::GetReason will be displayed to the user
+ * attempting to load the module, or dumped to the console if the ircd is currently loading for the first time.
 */
-class dynamic_reference_base;
-class CoreExport Base
-{
-	/* References to this base class */
-	std::set<dynamic_reference_base *> References;
- public:
-	Base();
-	virtual ~Base();
-	void AddReference(dynamic_reference_base *r);
-	void DelReference(dynamic_reference_base *r);
-};
-
-class dynamic_reference_base : public Base
+class CoreException : public std::exception
 {
 protected:
-	bool invalid;
+	/** Holds the error message to be displayed
+	 */
+	Anope::string err;
+	/** Source of the exception
+	 */
+	Anope::string source;
 public:
-	dynamic_reference_base() : invalid(false) { }
-	virtual ~dynamic_reference_base() { }
-	inline void Invalidate() { this->invalid = true; }
+	/** Default constructor, just uses the error mesage 'Core threw an exception'.
+	 */
+	CoreException() : err("Core threw an exception"), source("The core") { }
+	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing.
+	 */
+	CoreException(const Anope::string &message) : err(message), source("The core") { }
+	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing,
+	 * and to specify the source of the exception.
+	 */
+	CoreException(const Anope::string &message, const Anope::string &src) : err(message), source(src) { }
+	/** This destructor solves world hunger, cancels the world debt, and causes the world to end.
+	 * Actually no, it does nothing. Never mind.
+	 * @throws Nothing!
+	 */
+	virtual ~CoreException() throw() { }
+	/** Returns the reason for the exception.
+	 * The module should probably put something informative here as the user will see this upon failure.
+	 */
+	virtual const Anope::string &GetReason() const
+	{
+		return err;
+	}
+
+	virtual const Anope::string &GetSource() const
+	{
+		return source;
+	}
 };

-template<typename T>
-class dynamic_reference : public dynamic_reference_base
+class ModuleException : public CoreException
 {
- protected:
-	T *ref;
 public:
-	dynamic_reference(T *obj) : ref(obj)
-	{
-		if (ref)
-			ref->AddReference(this);
-	}
+	/** Default constructor, just uses the error mesage 'Module threw an exception'.
+	 */
+	ModuleException() : CoreException("Module threw an exception", "A Module") { }

-	virtual ~dynamic_reference()
-	{
-		if (this->invalid)
-		{
-			this->invalid = false;
-			this->ref = NULL;
-		}
-		else if (this->operator bool())
-			ref->DelReference(this);
-	}
-
-	virtual operator bool()
-	{
-		if (this->invalid)
-		{
-			this->invalid = false;
-			this->ref = NULL;
-		}
-		return this->ref != NULL;
-	}
-
-	virtual inline operator T*()
-	{
-		if (this->operator bool())
-			return this->ref;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	virtual inline T *operator->()
-	{
-		if (this->operator bool())
-			return this->ref;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	virtual inline void operator=(T *newref)
-	{
-		if (this->invalid)
-		{
-			this->invalid = false;
-			this->ref = NULL;
-		}
-		else if (this->operator bool())
-			this->ref->DelReference(this);
-		this->ref = newref;
-		if (this->operator bool())
-			this->ref->AddReference(this);
-	}
+	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing.
+	 */
+	ModuleException(const Anope::string &message) : CoreException(message, "A Module") { }
+	/** This destructor solves world hunger, cancels the world debt, and causes the world to end.
+	 * Actually no, it does nothing. Never mind.
+	 * @throws Nothing!
+	 */
+	virtual ~ModuleException() throw() { }
 };

+class ConvertException : public CoreException
+{
+ public:
+	ConvertException(const Anope::string &reason = "") : CoreException(reason) { }
+
+	virtual ~ConvertException() throw() { }
+};
+
+/** Convert something to a string
+ */
+template<typename T> inline Anope::string stringify(const T &x)
+{
+	std::ostringstream stream;
+
+	if (!(stream << x))
+		throw ConvertException("Stringify fail");
+
+	return stream.str();
+}
+
+template<typename T> inline void convert(const Anope::string &s, T &x, Anope::string &leftover, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
+{
+	leftover.clear();
+	std::istringstream i(s.str());
+	char c;
+	if (!(i >> x))
+		throw ConvertException("Convert fail");
+	if (failIfLeftoverChars)
+	{
+		if (i.get(c))
+			throw ConvertException("Convert fail");
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		std::string left;
+		getline(i, left);
+		leftover = left;
+	}
+}
+
+template<typename T> inline void convert(const Anope::string &s, T &x, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
+{
+	Anope::string Unused;
+	convert(s, x, Unused, failIfLeftoverChars);
+}
+
+template<typename T> inline T convertTo(const Anope::string &s, Anope::string &leftover, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
+{
+	T x;
+	convert(s, x, leftover, failIfLeftoverChars);
+	return x;
+}
+
+template<typename T> inline T convertTo(const Anope::string &s, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
+{
+	T x;
+	convert(s, x, failIfLeftoverChars);
+	return x;
+}
+
+/** Casts to be used instead of dynamic_cast, this uses dynamic_cast
+ * for debug builds and static_cast on releass builds
+ * to speed up the program because dynamic_cast relies on RTTI.
+ */
+#ifdef DEBUG_BUILD
+# include <typeinfo>
+template<typename T, typename O> inline T anope_dynamic_static_cast(O ptr)
+{
+	T ret = dynamic_cast<T>(ptr);
+	if (ptr != NULL && ret == NULL)
+		throw CoreException(Anope::string("anope_dynamic_static_cast<") + typeid(T).name() + ">(" + typeid(O).name() + ") fail");
+	return ret;
+}
+#else
+template<typename T, typename O> inline T anope_dynamic_static_cast(O ptr)
+{
+	return static_cast<T>(ptr);
+}
+#endif
+
 #endif // ANOPE_H
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2008-2011 Adam <Adam@anope.org>
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BASE_H
+#define BASE_H
+
+#include "services.h"
+
+/** The base class that most classes in Anope inherit from
+ */
+class CoreExport Base
+{
+	/* References to this base class */
+	std::set<ReferenceBase *> *references;
+ public:
+	Base();
+	virtual ~Base();
+
+	/** Adds a reference to this object. Eg, when a Reference
+	 * is created referring to this object this is called. It is used to
+	 * cleanup references when this object is destructed.
+	 */
+	void AddReference(ReferenceBase *r);
+
+	void DelReference(ReferenceBase *r);
+};
+
+class ReferenceBase
+{
+ protected:
+	bool invalid;
+ public:
+	ReferenceBase() : invalid(false) { }
+	ReferenceBase(const ReferenceBase &other) : invalid(other.invalid) { }
+	virtual ~ReferenceBase() { }
+	inline void Invalidate() { this->invalid = true; }
+};
+
+/** Used to hold pointers to objects that may be deleted. A Reference will
+ * no longer be valid once the object it refers is destructed.
+ */
+template<typename T>
+class Reference : public ReferenceBase
+{
+ protected:
+	T *ref;
+ public:
+ 	Reference() : ref(NULL)
+	{
+	}
+
+	Reference(T *obj) : ref(obj)
+	{
+		if (ref)
+			ref->AddReference(this);
+	}
+
+	Reference(const Reference<T> &other) : ReferenceBase(other), ref(other.ref)
+	{
+		if (operator bool())
+			ref->AddReference(this);
+	}
+
+	virtual ~Reference()
+	{
+		if (operator bool())
+			ref->DelReference(this);
+	}
+
+	inline Reference<T>& operator=(const Reference<T> &other)
+	{
+		if (this != &other)
+		{
+			if (*this)
+				this->ref->DelReference(this);
+
+			this->ref = other.ref;
+			this->invalid = other.invalid;
+
+			if (*this)
+				this->ref->AddReference(this);
+		}
+		return *this;
+	}
+
+	/* We explicitly call operator bool here in several places to prevent other
+	 * operators, such operator T*, from being called instead, which will mess
+	 * with any class inheriting from this that overloads this operator.
+	 */
+	virtual operator bool()
+	{
+		if (!this->invalid)
+			return this->ref != NULL;
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	inline operator T*()
+	{
+		if (operator bool())
+			return this->ref;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	inline T* operator->()
+	{
+		if (operator bool())
+			return this->ref;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	inline T* operator*()
+	{
+		if (operator bool())
+			return this->ref;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	/** Note that we can't have an operator< that returns this->ref < other.ref
+	 * because this function is used to sort objects in containers (such as set
+	 * or map), and if the references themselves can change if the object they
+	 * refer to is invalidated or changed, then this screws with the order that
+	 * the objects would be in the container without properly adjusting the
+	 * container, resulting in weird stuff.
+	 *
+	 * As such, we don't allow storing references in containers that require
+	 * operator<, because they would not be able to compare what the references
+	 * actually referred to.
+	 */
+
+	inline bool operator==(const Reference<T> &other)
+	{
+		if (!this->invalid)
+			return this->ref == other;
+		return false;
+	}
+};
+
+#endif // BASE_H
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ *
+ * (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
 */
@@ -8,40 +9,37 @@
 #ifndef BOTS_H
 #define BOTS_H

-class BotInfo;
+#include "users.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+#include "commands.h"

-extern CoreExport Anope::insensitive_map<BotInfo *> BotListByNick;
-extern CoreExport Anope::map<BotInfo *> BotListByUID;
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<BotInfo *> botinfo_map;

-/** Flags settable on a bot
- */
-enum BotFlag
-{
-	BI_BEGIN,
-
-	/* This bot is a core bot. NickServ, ChanServ, etc */
-	BI_CORE,
-	/* This bot can only be assigned by IRCops */
-	BI_PRIVATE,
-	/* This bot is defined in the config */
-	BI_CONF,
-
-	BI_END
-};
-
-static const Anope::string BotFlagString[] = { "BEGIN", "CORE", "PRIVATE", "CONF", "" };
-
-class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Flags<BotFlag, BI_END>
+typedef Anope::map<BotInfo *> botinfo_map;
+
+extern CoreExport Serialize::Checker<botinfo_map> BotListByNick, BotListByUID;
+
+/* A service bot (NickServ, ChanServ, a BotServ bot, etc). */
+class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Serializable
 {
+	/* Channels this bot is assigned to */
+	Serialize::Checker<std::set<ChannelInfo *> > channels;
 public:
-	uint32 chancount;
-	time_t created;			/* Birth date ;) */
-	time_t lastmsg;			/* Last time we said something */
-	typedef Anope::insensitive_map<CommandInfo> command_map;
-	command_map commands; /* Commands, actual name to service name */
-	Anope::string botmodes;		/* Modes the bot should have as configured in service:modes */
-	bool introduced;		/* Whether or not this bot is introduced */
+	time_t created;
+	/* Last time this bot said something (via privmsg) */
+	time_t lastmsg;
+	/* Map of actual command names -> service name/permission required */
+	CommandInfo::map commands;
+	/* Modes the bot should have as configured in service:modes */
+	Anope::string botmodes;
+	/* Channels the bot should be in as configured in service:channels */
+	std::vector<Anope::string> botchannels;
+	/* Whether or not this bot is introduced to the network */
+	bool introduced;
+	/* Bot can only be assigned by irc ops */
+	bool oper_only;
+	/* Bot is defined in the configuration file */
+	bool conf;

 	/** Create a new bot.
 	 * @param nick The nickname to assign to the bot.
@@ -56,17 +54,21 @@ class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Flags<BotFlag, BI_END>
 	 */
 	virtual ~BotInfo();

+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
+
 	void GenerateUID();

+	void OnKill();
+
 	/** Change the nickname for the bot.
 	 * @param newnick The nick to change to
 	 */
 	void SetNewNick(const Anope::string &newnick);

-	/** Rejoins all channels that this bot is assigned to.
-	 * Used on /kill, rename, etc.
+	/** Return the channels this bot is assigned to
 	 */
-	void RejoinAll();
+	const std::set<ChannelInfo *> &GetChannels() const;

 	/** Assign this bot to a given channel, removing the existing assigned bot if one exists.
 	 * @param u The user assigning the bot, or NULL
@@ -80,6 +82,10 @@ class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Flags<BotFlag, BI_END>
 	 */
 	void UnAssign(User *u, ChannelInfo *ci);

+	/** Get the number of channels this bot is assigned to
+	 */
+	unsigned GetChannelCount() const;
+
 	/** Join this bot to a channel
 	 * @param c The channel
 	 * @param status The status the bot should have on the channel
@@ -108,14 +114,22 @@ class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Flags<BotFlag, BI_END>
 	 * @param cname The command name
 	 * @param sname The service name
 	 * @param permission Permission required to execute the command, if any
+	 * @return The commandinfo for the newly created command
 	 */
-	void SetCommand(const Anope::string &cname, const Anope::string &sname, const Anope::string &permission = "");
+	CommandInfo& SetCommand(const Anope::string &cname, const Anope::string &sname, const Anope::string &permission = "");

 	/** Get command info for a command
 	 * @param cname The command name
 	 * @return A struct containing service name and permission
 	 */
 	CommandInfo *GetCommand(const Anope::string &cname);
+
+	/** Find a bot by nick
+	 * @param nick The nick
+	 * @param nick_only True to only look by nick, and not by UID
+	 * @return The bot, if it exists
+	 */
+	static BotInfo* Find(const Anope::string &nick, bool nick_only = false);
 };

 #endif // BOTS_H
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Channel support
 *
- * (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
@@ -9,71 +9,83 @@
 #ifndef CHANNELS_H
 #define CHANNELS_H

-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<Channel *> channel_map;
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "extensible.h"
+#include "modes.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+
+typedef Anope::hash_map<Channel *> channel_map;
+
 extern CoreExport channel_map ChannelList;

-struct UserContainer : public Extensible
+/* A user container, there is one of these per user per channel. */
+struct ChanUserContainer : public Extensible
 {
 	User *user;
-	ChannelStatus *Status;
+	Channel *chan;
+	/* Status the user has in the channel */
+	ChannelStatus status;

-	UserContainer(User *u) : user(u) { }
-	virtual ~UserContainer() { }
+	ChanUserContainer(User *u, Channel *c) : user(u), chan(c) { }
 };

-typedef std::list<UserContainer *> CUserList;
-
-enum ChannelFlag
+class CoreExport Channel : public Base, public Extensible
 {
-	/* ChanServ is currently holding the channel */
-	CH_INHABIT,
-	/* Channel still exists when emptied */
-	CH_PERSIST,
-	/* If set the channel is syncing users (channel was just created) and it should not be deleted */
-	CH_SYNCING,
-	/* Is a services log channel */
-	CH_LOGCHAN
-};
+	static std::vector<Channel *> deleting;

-const Anope::string ChannelFlagString[] = { "CH_INABIT", "CH_PERSIST", "CH_SYNCING", "CH_LOGCHAN", "" };
-
-class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
-{
 public:
-	typedef std::multimap<ChannelModeName, Anope::string> ModeList;
+	typedef std::multimap<Anope::string, Anope::string> ModeList;
 private:
 	/** A map of channel modes with their parameters set on this channel
 	 */
 	ModeList modes;
-	
+
 public:
-	/** Default constructor
+ 	/* Channel name */
+	Anope::string name;
+	/* Set if this channel is registered. ci->c == this. Contains information relevant to the registered channel */
+	Serialize::Reference<ChannelInfo> ci;
+	/* When the channel was created */
+	time_t creation_time;
+	/* If the channel has just been created in a netjoin */
+	bool syncing;
+	/* Is configured in the conf as a channel bots should be in */
+	bool botchannel;
+
+	/* Users in the channel */
+	typedef std::map<User *, ChanUserContainer *> ChanUserList;
+	ChanUserList users;
+
+	/* Current topic of the channel */
+	Anope::string topic;
+	/* Who set the topic */
+	Anope::string topic_setter;
+	/* The timestamp associated with the topic. Not necessarily anywhere close to Anope::CurTime.
+	 * This is the time the topic was *originally set*. When we restore the topic we want to change the TS back
+	 * to this, but we can only do this on certain IRCds.
+	 */
+	time_t topic_ts;
+	/* The actual time the topic was set, probably close to Anope::CurTime */
+	time_t topic_time;
+
+	time_t server_modetime;		/* Time of last server MODE */
+	time_t chanserv_modetime;	/* Time of last check_modes() */
+	int16_t server_modecount;	/* Number of server MODEs this second */
+	int16_t chanserv_modecount;	/* Number of check_mode()'s this sec */
+	int16_t bouncy_modes;		/* Did we fail to set modes here? */
+
+ private:
+	/** Constructor
 	 * @param name The channel name
 	 * @param ts The time the channel was created
 	 */
 	Channel(const Anope::string &nname, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);

-	/** Default destructor
+ public:
+	/** Destructor
 	 */
 	~Channel();

-	Anope::string name;		/* Channel name */
-	ChannelInfo *ci;		/* Corresponding ChannelInfo */
-	time_t creation_time;	/* When channel was created */
-
-	/* List of users in the channel */
-	CUserList users;
-
-	Anope::string topic;		/* Current topic of the channel */
-	Anope::string topic_setter;	/* Who set the topic */
-	time_t topic_time;		/* When the topic was set*/
-
-	time_t server_modetime;		/* Time of last server MODE */
-	time_t chanserv_modetime;	/* Time of last check_modes() */
-	int16 server_modecount;		/* Number of server MODEs this second */
-	int16 chanserv_modecount;	/* Number of check_mode()'s this sec */
-	int16 bouncy_modes;			/* Did we fail to set modes here? */
-
 	/** Call if we need to unset all modes and clear all user status (internally).
 	 * Only useful if we get a SJOIN with a TS older than what we have here
 	 */
@@ -83,10 +95,20 @@ class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
 	 */
 	void Sync();

+	/** Check if a channels modes are correct.
+	 */
+	void CheckModes();
+
+	/** Check if this channel should be deleted
+	 */
+	bool CheckDelete();
+
 	/** Join a user internally to the channel
 	 * @param u The user
+	 * @param status The status to give the user, if any
+	 * @return The UserContainer for the user
 	 */
-	void JoinUser(User *u);
+	ChanUserContainer* JoinUser(User *u, const ChannelStatus *status);

 	/** Remove a user internally from the channel
 	 * @param u The user
@@ -97,111 +119,114 @@ class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
 	 * @param u The user
 	 * @return A user container if found, else NULL
 	 */
-	UserContainer *FindUser(User *u);
+	ChanUserContainer *FindUser(User *u) const;

 	/** Check if a user has a status on a channel
 	 * @param u The user
 	 * @param cms The status mode, or NULL to represent no status
 	 * @return true or false
 	 */
-	bool HasUserStatus(User *u, ChannelModeStatus *cms) const;
+	bool HasUserStatus(User *u, ChannelModeStatus *cms);

 	/** Check if a user has a status on a channel
 	 * Use the overloaded function for ChannelModeStatus* to check for no status
 	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param Name The Mode name, eg CMODE_OP, CMODE_VOICE
+	 * @param name The mode name, eg CMODE_OP, CMODE_VOICE
 	 * @return true or false
 	 */
-	bool HasUserStatus(User *u, ChannelModeName Name) const;
+	bool HasUserStatus(User *u, const Anope::string &name);

 	/** See if a channel has a mode
-	 * @param Name The mode name
+	 * @param name The mode name
 	 * @return The number of modes set
 	 * @param param The optional mode param
 	 */
-	size_t HasMode(ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "");
-
-	/** Get a list of modes on a channel
-	 * @param Name A mode name to get the list of
-	 * @return a pair of iterators for the beginning and end of the list
-	 */
-	std::pair<ModeList::iterator, ModeList::iterator> GetModeList(ChannelModeName Name);
+	size_t HasMode(const Anope::string &name, const Anope::string &param = "");

 	/** Set a mode internally on a channel, this is not sent out to the IRCd
+	 * @param setter The setter
 	 * @param cm The mode
 	 * @param param The param
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void SetModeInternal(ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void SetModeInternal(MessageSource &source, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

 	/** Remove a mode internally on a channel, this is not sent out to the IRCd
+	 * @param setter The Setter
 	 * @param cm The mode
 	 * @param param The param
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void RemoveModeInternal(ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void RemoveModeInternal(MessageSource &source, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

 	/** Set a mode on a channel
 	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
 	 * @param cm The mode
 	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

 	/**
 	 * Set a mode on a channel
 	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param Name The mode name
+	 * @param name The mode name
 	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

 	/** Remove a mode from a channel
 	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
 	 * @param cm The mode
 	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

 	/**
 	 * Remove a mode from a channel
 	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param Name The mode name
+	 * @param name The mode name
 	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
 	 */
-	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool enforce_mlock = true);

-	/** Get a param from the channel
-	 * @param Name The mode
-	 * @param Target a string to put the param into
-	 * @return true on success
+	/** Get a modes parameter for the channel
+	 * @param name The mode
+	 * @param target a string to put the param into
+	 * @return true if the parameter was fetched, false if on error (mode not set) etc.
 	 */
-	bool GetParam(ChannelModeName Name, Anope::string &Target) const;
+	bool GetParam(const Anope::string &name, Anope::string &target) const;

 	/** Set a string of modes on the channel
 	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param EnforceMLock Should mlock be enforced on this mode change
+	 * @param enforce_mlock Should mlock be enforced on this mode change
 	 * @param cmodes The modes to set
 	 */
-	void SetModes(BotInfo *bi, bool EnforceMLock, const char *cmodes, ...);
+	void SetModes(BotInfo *bi, bool enforce_mlock, const char *cmodes, ...);

 	/** Set a string of modes internally on a channel
-	 * @param setter the setter (if it is a user)
+	 * @param source The setter
 	 * @param mode the modes
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true to enforce mlock
+	 * @param enforce_mlock true to enforce mlock
 	 */
-	void SetModesInternal(User *setter, const Anope::string &mode, bool EnforceMLock = true);
+	void SetModesInternal(MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &mode, time_t ts = 0, bool enforce_mlock = true);
+
+	/** Does the given user match the given list? (CMODE_BAN, CMODE_EXCEPT, etc, a list mode)
+	 * @param u The user
+	 * @param list The mode of the list to check (eg CMODE_BAN)
+	 * @return true if the user matches the list
+	 */
+	bool MatchesList(User *u, const Anope::string &list);

 	/** Kick a user from a channel internally
 	 * @param source The sender of the kick
 	 * @param nick The nick being kicked
 	 * @param reason The reason for the kick
 	 */
-	void KickInternal(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
+	void KickInternal(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);

 	/** Kick a user from the channel
 	 * @param bi The sender, can be NULL for the service bot for this channel
@@ -211,6 +236,17 @@ class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
 	 */
 	bool Kick(BotInfo *bi, User *u, const char *reason = NULL, ...);

+	/** Get all modes set on this channel, excluding status modes.
+	 * @return a map of modes and their optional parameters.
+	 */
+	const ModeList &GetModes() const;
+
+	/** Get a list of modes on a channel
+	 * @param name A mode name to get the list of
+	 * @return a vector of the list mode entries
+	 */
+	std::vector<Anope::string> GetModeList(const Anope::string &name);
+
 	/** Get a string of the modes set on this channel
 	 * @param complete Include mode parameters
 	 * @param plus If set to false (with complete), mode parameters will not be given for modes requring no parameters to be unset
@@ -219,11 +255,11 @@ class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
 	Anope::string GetModes(bool complete, bool plus);

 	/** Update the topic of the channel internally, and reset it if topiclock etc says to
-	 * @param user THe user setting the new topic
+	 * @param user The user setting the new topic
 	 * @param newtopic The new topic
 	 * @param ts The time the new topic is being set
 	 */
-	void ChangeTopicInternal(const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &newtopic, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
+	void ChangeTopicInternal(User *u, const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &newtopic, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);

 	/** Update the topic of the channel, and reset it if topiclock etc says to
 	 * @param user The user setting the topic
@@ -231,6 +267,44 @@ class CoreExport Channel : public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
 	 * @param ts The time when the new topic is being set
 	 */
 	void ChangeTopic(const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &newtopic, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
+
+	/** Set the correct modes, or remove the ones granted without permission,
+	 * for the specified user.
+	 * @param user The user to give/remove modes to/from
+	 * @param give_modes if true modes may be given to the user
+	 */
+	void SetCorrectModes(User *u, bool give_modes);
+
+	/** Unbans a user from this channel.
+	 * @param u The user to unban
+	 * @param mode The mode to unban
+	 * @param full Whether or not to match using the user's real host and IP
+	 * @return whether or not a ban was removed
+	 */
+	bool Unban(User *u, const Anope::string &mode, bool full = false);
+
+	/** Check whether a user is permitted to be on this channel
+	 * @param u The user
+	 * @return true if they are allowed, false if they aren't and were kicked
+	 */
+	bool CheckKick(User *user);
+
+	/** Finds a channel
+	 * @param name The channel to find
+	 * @return The channel, if found
+	 */
+	static Channel* Find(const Anope::string &name);
+
+	/** Finds or creates a channel
+	 * @param name The channel name
+	 * @param created Set to true if the channel was just created
+	 * @param ts The time the channel was created
+	 */
+	static Channel *FindOrCreate(const Anope::string &name, bool &created, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
+
+	void QueueForDeletion();
+
+	static void DeleteChannels();
 };

 #endif // CHANNELS_H
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Declarations for command data.
 *
- * (C) 2003-2011 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
@@ -12,70 +12,104 @@
 #ifndef COMMAND_H
 #define COMMAND_H

-#include "services.h"
+#include "service.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "channels.h"

-class Module;
-class BotInfo;
-class Command;
-
-enum CommandFlag
+struct CommandGroup
 {
-	CFLAG_ALLOW_UNREGISTERED,
-	CFLAG_STRIP_CHANNEL
-};
-
-const Anope::string CommandFlagStrings[] = {
-	"CFLAG_ALLOW_UNREGISTERED",
-	"CFLAG_STRIP_CHANNEL",
-	""
+	Anope::string name, description;
 };

+/* Used in BotInfo::commands */
 struct CommandInfo
 {
+	typedef Anope::map<CommandInfo> map;
+
+	CommandInfo() : hide(false), prepend_channel(false) { }
+
+	/* Service name of the command */
 	Anope::string name;
+	/* Permission required to execute the command */
 	Anope::string permission;
+	/* Group this command is in */
+	Anope::string group;
+	/* whether or not to hide this command in help output */
+	bool hide;
+	/* Only used with fantasy */
+	bool prepend_channel;
+};
+
+/* Where the replies from commands go to. User inheits from this and is the normal
+ * source of a CommandReply
+ */
+struct CoreExport CommandReply
+{
+	virtual ~CommandReply() { }
+	virtual void SendMessage(BotInfo *source, const Anope::string &msg) = 0;
 };

 /* The source for a command */
-struct CoreExport CommandSource
+class CoreExport CommandSource
 {
-	/* User executing the command */
-	User *u;
+	/* The nick executing the command */
+	Anope::string nick;
+	/* User executing the command, may be NULL */
+	Reference<User> u;
+ public:
+	/* The account executing the command */
+	Reference<NickCore> nc;
+	/* for web clients */
+	Anope::string ip;
+	/* Where the reply should go */
+	CommandReply *reply;
 	/* Channel the command was executed on (fantasy) */
-	Channel *c;
+	Reference<Channel> c;
 	/* The service this command is on */
-	BotInfo *owner;
-	/* The service the reply should come from, *not* necessarily the service the command is on */
-	BotInfo *service;
+	Reference<BotInfo> service;
 	/* The actual name of the command being executed */
 	Anope::string command;
 	/* The permission of the command being executed */
 	Anope::string permission;

-	std::list<Anope::string> reply;
+	CommandSource(const Anope::string &n, User *user, NickCore *core, CommandReply *reply, BotInfo *bi);
+
+	const Anope::string &GetNick() const;
+	User *GetUser();
+	NickCore *GetAccount();
+	AccessGroup AccessFor(ChannelInfo *ci);
+	bool IsFounder(ChannelInfo *ci);

 	void Reply(const char *message, ...);
 	void Reply(const Anope::string &message);

-	void DoReply();
+	bool HasCommand(const Anope::string &cmd);
+	bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &cmd);
+	bool IsServicesOper();
+	bool IsOper();
 };

 /** Every services command is a class, inheriting from Command.
 */
-class CoreExport Command : public Service, public Flags<CommandFlag>
+class CoreExport Command : public Service
 {
 	Anope::string desc;
 	std::vector<Anope::string> syntax;
+	/* Allow unregistered users to use this command */
+	bool allow_unregistered;
+	/* Command requires that a user is executing it */
+	bool require_user;

 public:
 	/* Maximum paramaters accepted by this command */
-	size_t MaxParams;
+	size_t max_params;
 	/* Minimum parameters required to use this command */
-	size_t MinParams;
+	size_t min_params;

 	/* Module which owns us */
 	Module *module;

+ protected:
 	/** Create a new command.
 	 * @param owner The owner of the command
 	 * @param sname The command name
@@ -85,6 +119,7 @@ class CoreExport Command : public Service, public Flags<CommandFlag>
 	 */
 	Command(Module *owner, const Anope::string &sname, size_t min_params, size_t max_params = 0);

+ public:
 	virtual ~Command();

 protected:
@@ -93,12 +128,19 @@ class CoreExport Command : public Service, public Flags<CommandFlag>
 	void ClearSyntax();
 	void SetSyntax(const Anope::string &s);
 	void SendSyntax(CommandSource &);
-	void SendSyntax(CommandSource &, const Anope::string &syntax);
+
+	void AllowUnregistered(bool b);
+	void RequireUser(bool b);
+
 public:
+	bool AllowUnregistered() const;
+	bool RequireUser() const;
+
 	/** Get the command description
+	 * @param source The source wanting the command description
 	 * @return The commands description
 	 */
- 	const Anope::string &GetDesc() const;
+ 	virtual const Anope::string GetDesc(CommandSource &source) const;

 	/** Execute this command.
 	 * @param source The source
@@ -123,6 +165,23 @@ class CoreExport Command : public Service, public Flags<CommandFlag>
 	 * @param subcommand The subcommand the user tried to use
 	 */
 	virtual void OnSyntaxError(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &subcommand);
+
+	/** Runs a command
+	 * @param source The source of the command
+	 * @param message The full message to run, the command is at the beginning of the message
+	 */
+	static void Run(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &message);
+
+	void Run(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &, const CommandInfo &, std::vector<Anope::string> &params);
+
+	/** Looks up a command name from the service name.
+	 * Note that if the same command exists multiple places this will return the first one encountered
+	 * @param command_service The command service to lookup, eg, nickserv/register
+	 * @param bot If found, is set to the bot the command is on, eg NickServ
+	 * @param name If found, is set to the comand name, eg REGISTER
+	 * @return true if the given command service exists
+	 */
+	static bool FindCommandFromService(const Anope::string &command_service, BotInfo* &bi, Anope::string &name);
 };

 #endif // COMMANDS_H
@@ -1,643 +1,160 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef CONFIG_H
 #define CONFIG_H

-#include <string>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <vector>
-#include <map>
-#include <deque>
+#include "account.h"
+#include "regchannel.h"
+#include "users.h"
+#include "opertype.h"
+#include <stack>

-#include "anope.h"
-
-/** A configuration key and value pair
- */
-typedef std::pair<Anope::string, Anope::string> KeyVal;
-
-/** A list of related configuration keys and values
- */
-typedef std::vector<KeyVal> KeyValList;
-
-/** An entire config file, built up of KeyValLists
- */
-typedef std::multimap<Anope::string, KeyValList> ConfigDataHash;
-
-// Required forward definitions
-class ServerConfig;
-
-/** Types of data in the core config
- */
-enum ConfigDataType
+namespace Configuration
 {
-	DT_NOTHING, // No data
-	DT_INTEGER, // Integer
-	DT_UINTEGER, // Unsigned Integer
-	DT_LUINTEGER, // Long Unsigned Integer
-	DT_STRING, // Anope::string
-	DT_BOOLEAN, // Boolean
-	DT_HOSTNAME, // Hostname syntax
-	DT_NOSPACES, // No spaces
-	DT_IPADDRESS, // IP address (v4, v6)
-	DT_TIME, // Time value
-	DT_NORELOAD = 32, // Item can't be reloaded after startup
-	DT_ALLOW_WILD = 64, // Allow wildcards/CIDR in DT_IPADDRESS
-	DT_ALLOW_NEWLINE = 128 // New line characters allowed in DT_STRING
-};
-
-/** Holds a config value, either string, integer or boolean.
- * Callback functions receive one or more of these, either on
- * their own as a reference, or in a reference to a deque of them.
- * The callback function can then alter the values of the ValueItem
- * classes to validate the settings.
- */
-class CoreExport ValueItem
-{
- private:
-	/** Actual data */
-	Anope::string v;
- public:
- 	/** Initialize with nothing */
- 	ValueItem();
-	/** Initialize with an int */
-	ValueItem(int);
-	/** Initialize with a bool */
-	ValueItem(bool);
-	/** Initialize with an Anope::string */
-	ValueItem(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Initialize with a long */
-	ValueItem(long);
-	/** Change value to an Anope::string */
-	void Set(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Change value to an int */
-	void Set(int);
-	/** Get value as an int */
-	int GetInteger() const;
-	/** Get value as a string */
-	const char *GetString() const;
-	/** Get value as an Anope::string */
-	inline const Anope::string &GetValue() const { return v; }
-	/** Get value as a bool */
-	bool GetBool() const;
-};
-
-/** The base class of the container 'ValueContainer'
- * used internally by the core to hold core values.
- */
-class ValueContainerBase
-{
- public:
-	/** Constructor */
-	ValueContainerBase() { }
-	/** Destructor */
-	virtual ~ValueContainerBase() { }
-};
-
-/** ValueContainer is used to contain pointers to different
- * core values such as the server name, maximum number of
- * clients etc.
- * It is specialized to hold a data type, then pointed at
- * a value in the ServerConfig class. When the value has been
- * read and validated, the Set method is called to write the
- * value safely in a type-safe manner.
- */
-template<typename T> class ValueContainer : public ValueContainerBase
-{
- private:
-	/** Contained item */
-	T val;
- public:
-	/** Initialize with nothing */
-	ValueContainer() : ValueContainerBase(), val(NULL) { }
-	/** Initialize with a value of type T */
-	ValueContainer(T Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val) { }
-	/** Initialize with a copy */
-	ValueContainer(const ValueContainer &Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val.val) { }
-	ValueContainer &operator=(const ValueContainer &Val)
+	class CoreExport Block
 	{
-		val = Val.val;
-		return *this;
-	}
-	/** Change value to type T of size s */
-	void Set(const T newval, size_t s)
+		friend struct Conf;
+
+	 public:
+		typedef Anope::map<Anope::string> item_map;
+		typedef Anope::multimap<Block> block_map;
+
+	 private:
+		Anope::string name;
+		item_map items;
+		block_map blocks;
+		int linenum;
+
+	 public:
+	 	Block(const Anope::string &);
+		const Anope::string &GetName() const;
+		int CountBlock(const Anope::string &name);
+		Block* GetBlock(const Anope::string &name, int num = 0);
+
+		template<typename T> inline T Get(const Anope::string &tag)
+		{
+			return this->Get<T>(tag, "");
+		}
+		/* VS 2008 has an issue with having a default argument here (def = ""), which is why the above
+		 * function exists.
+		 */
+		template<typename T> T Get(const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &def) const
+		{
+			const Anope::string &value = this->Get<const Anope::string>(tag, def);
+			if (!value.empty())
+				try
+				{
+					return convertTo<T>(value);
+				}
+				catch (const ConvertException &) { }
+			return T();
+		}
+
+		bool Set(const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value);
+		const item_map* GetItems() const;
+	};
+
+	template<> CoreExport const Anope::string Block::Get(const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string& def) const;
+	template<> CoreExport time_t Block::Get(const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &def) const;
+	template<> CoreExport bool Block::Get(const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &def) const;
+
+	/** Represents a configuration file
+	 */
+	class File
 	{
-		memcpy(val, newval, s);
-	}
-};
+		Anope::string name;
+		bool executable;
+		FILE *fp;
+	 public:
+		File(const Anope::string &, bool);
+		~File();
+		const Anope::string &GetName() const;
+		Anope::string GetPath() const;

-/** This a specific version of ValueContainer to handle Anope::string specially
- */
-template<> class ValueContainer<Anope::string *> : public ValueContainerBase
-{
- private:
-	/** Contained item */
-	Anope::string *val;
- public:
-	/** Initialize with nothing */
-	ValueContainer() : ValueContainerBase(), val(NULL) { }
-	/** Initialize with an std::string */
-	ValueContainer(Anope::string *Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val) { }
-	/** Initialize with a copy */
-	ValueContainer(const ValueContainer &Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val.val) { }
-	ValueContainer &operator=(const ValueContainer &Val)
+		bool IsOpen() const;
+		bool Open();
+		void Close();
+		bool End() const;
+		Anope::string Read();
+	};
+
+	struct Uplink;
+
+	struct CoreExport Conf : Block
 	{
-		val = Val.val;
-		return *this;
-	}
+		/* options:readtimeout */
+		time_t ReadTimeout;
+		/* options:useprivmsg */
+		bool UsePrivmsg;
+		/* If we should default to privmsging clients */
+		bool DefPrivmsg;
+		/* Default language */
+		Anope::string DefLanguage;
+		/* options:timeoutcheck */
+		time_t TimeoutCheck;
+		/* options:usestrictprivmsg */
+		bool UseStrictPrivmsg;
+		/* networkinfo:nickchars */
+		Anope::string NickChars;

-	/** Change value to given Anope::string */
-	void Set(const Anope::string &newval)
+		/* either "/msg " or "/" */
+		Anope::string StrictPrivmsg;
+		/* List of uplink servers to try and connect to */
+		std::vector<Uplink> Uplinks;
+		/* A vector of our logfile options */
+		std::vector<LogInfo> LogInfos;
+		/* Array of ulined servers */
+		std::vector<Anope::string> Ulines;
+		/* List of available opertypes */
+		std::vector<OperType *> MyOperTypes;
+		/* List of pairs of opers and their opertype from the config */
+		std::vector<Oper *> Opers;
+		/* Map of fantasy commands */
+		CommandInfo::map Fantasy;
+		/* Command groups */
+		std::vector<CommandGroup> CommandGroups;
+		/* List of modules to autoload */
+		std::vector<Anope::string> ModulesAutoLoad;
+
+		/* module configuration blocks */
+		std::map<Anope::string, Block *> modules;
+		Anope::map<Anope::string> bots;
+
+		Conf();
+		~Conf();
+
+		void LoadConf(File &file);
+		void Post(Conf *old);
+
+		Block *GetModule(Module *);
+		Block *GetModule(const Anope::string &name);
+
+		BotInfo *GetClient(const Anope::string &name);
+
+		Block *GetCommand(CommandSource &);
+	};
+
+	struct Uplink
 	{
-		*val = newval;
-	}
-	/** Change value to given char pointer */
-	void Set(const char *newval)
-	{
-		*val = newval;
-	}
-};
+		Anope::string host;
+		unsigned port;
+		Anope::string password;
+		bool ipv6;

-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to a bool
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<bool *> ValueContainerBool;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an unsigned int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<unsigned *> ValueContainerUInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * a long unsigned int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<long unsigned *> ValueContainerLUInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<int *> ValueContainerInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * a time_t
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<time_t *> ValueContainerTime;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an Anope::string
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<Anope::string *> ValueContainerString;
-
-/** A set of ValueItems used by multi-value validator functions
- */
-typedef std::deque<ValueItem> ValueList;
-
-/** A callback for validating a single value
- */
-typedef bool (*Validator)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &);
-/** A callback for validating multiple value entries
- */
-typedef bool (*MultiValidator)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string *, ValueList &, int *);
-/** A callback indicating the end of a group of entries
- */
-typedef bool (*MultiNotify)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &);
-
-bool ValidateNotEmpty(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateNotZero(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateEmailReg(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidatePort(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGuestPrefix(ServerConfig *conf, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateBantype(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateChanServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateMemoServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateBotServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateHostServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateLimitSessions(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateOperServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGlobal(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateNickLen(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateMail(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGlobalOnCycle(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-
-/** Represents a configuration file
- */
-class ConfigurationFile
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	bool executable;
-	FILE *fp;
- public:
-	ConfigurationFile(const Anope::string &, bool);
-	~ConfigurationFile();
-	const Anope::string &GetName() const;
-
-	bool IsOpen() const;
-	bool Open();
-	void Close();
-	bool End() const;
-	Anope::string Read();
-};
-
-/** Holds all of the core configuration items
- */
-class CoreExport ConfigItems
-{
- public:
-	/** Holds a core configuration item and its callbacks
-	 */
-	struct Item
-	{
-		/** Tag name */
-		Anope::string tag;
-		/** Value name */
-		Anope::string value;
-		/** Default, if not defined */
-		Anope::string default_value;
-		/** Value containers */
-		ValueContainerBase *val;
-		/** Data types */
-		int datatype;
-		/** Validation function */
-		Validator validation_function;
-	} *Values;
-
-	/** Holds a core configuration item and its callbacks
-	 * where there may be more than one item
-	 */
-	struct MultiItem
-	{
-		/** Tag name */
-		Anope::string tag;
-		/** One or more items within tag */
-		Anope::string items[17];
-		/** One or more defaults for items within tags */
-		Anope::string items_default[17];
-		/** One or more data types */
-		int datatype[17];
-		/** Initialization function */
-		MultiNotify init_function;
-		/** Validation function */
-		MultiValidator validation_function;
-		/** Completion function */
-		MultiNotify finish_function;
-	} *MultiValues;
-
-	ConfigItems(ServerConfig *conf);
-	~ConfigItems();
-};
-
-/** This class holds the bulk of the runtime configuration for Anope.
- * It allows for reading new config values, accessing configuration files,
- * and storage of the configuration data needed to run Anope.
- */
-class CoreExport ServerConfig
-{
- private:
-	/** Check that there is only one of each configuration item
-	 */
-	bool CheckOnce(const Anope::string &);
- public:
-	/** This holds all the information in the config file,
-	 * it's indexed by tag name to a vector of key/values.
-	 */
-	ConfigDataHash config_data;
-	/** Construct a new ServerConfig
-	 */
-	ServerConfig();
-
-	/** Read the entire configuration into memory
-	 * and initialize this class. All other methods
-	 * should be used only by the core.
-	 */
-	void Read();
-	/** Load the configuration file into 'this'. With the new config parser everything is parsed into
-	 * tag/key/value at load-time rather than at read-value time.
-	 */
-	void LoadConf(ConfigurationFile &file);
-	// Both these return true if the value existed or false otherwise
-	/** Writes 'length' chars into 'result' as a string
-	 */
-	bool ConfValue(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, Anope::string &, bool = false);
-	/** Writes 'length' chars into 'result' as a string
-	 */
-	bool ConfValue(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, Anope::string &, bool = false);
-	/** Tries to convert the value to an integer and write it to 'result'
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueInteger(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, int &);
-	/** Tries to convert the value to an integer and write it to 'result'
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueInteger(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, int &);
-	/** Returns true if the value exists and has a true value, false otherwise
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueBool(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Returns true if the value exists and has a true value, false otherwise
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueBool(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Returns the number of occurences of tag in the config file
-	 */
-	int ConfValueEnum(const ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &);
-	/** Returns the numbers of vars inside the index'th 'tag in the config file
-	 */
-	int ConfVarEnum(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	void ValidateHostname(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) const;
-	void ValidateIP(const Anope::string &p, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, bool) const;
-	void ValidateNoSpaces(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) const;
-
-	/** Below here is a list of variables which contain the config files values
-	 */
-	/* Host to bind to */
-	Anope::string LocalHost;
-	/* List of uplink servers to try and connect to */
-	std::vector<Uplink *> Uplinks;
-
-	/* Our server name */
-	Anope::string ServerName;
-	/* Our servers description */
-	Anope::string ServerDesc;
-
-	/* Name of the network were on */
-	Anope::string NetworkName;
-	/* The max legnth of nicks */
-	unsigned NickLen;
-	/* Max length of idents */
-	unsigned UserLen;
-	/* Max lenght of hostnames */
-	unsigned HostLen;
-
-	/* Max length of passwords */
-	unsigned PassLen;
-
-	/* Filename for the PID file */
-	Anope::string PIDFilename;
-	/* MOTD filename */
-	Anope::string MOTDFilename;
-
-	Anope::string BotServ;
-	Anope::string ChanServ;
-	Anope::string Global;
-	Anope::string HostServ;
-	Anope::string NickServ;
-	Anope::string OperServ;
-	Anope::string MemoServ;
-
-	/* True if its ok to not be able to save backs */
-	bool NoBackupOkay;
-	/* Do password checking when new people register */
-	bool StrictPasswords;
-	/* How many times you're allowed to give a bad password before being killed */
-	unsigned BadPassLimit;
-	/* How long before bad passwords are forgotten */
-	time_t BadPassTimeout;
-	/* Delay between automatic database updates */
-	time_t UpdateTimeout;
-	/* Delay between checks for expired nicks and channels */
-	time_t ExpireTimeout;
-	/* How long to wait for something from the uplink, this is passed to select() */
-	time_t ReadTimeout;
-	/* How often to send program errors */
-	time_t WarningTimeout;
-	/* How long to process things such as timers to see if there is anything to calll */
-	time_t TimeoutCheck;
-	/* Number of days backups are kept */
-	int KeepBackups;
-	/* Forbidding requires a reason */
-	bool ForceForbidReason;
-	/* Services should use privmsgs instead of notices */
-	bool UsePrivmsg;
-	/* Services only respond to full PRIVMSG client@services.server.name messages */
-	bool UseStrictPrivMsg;
-	/* This is not a configurable option.
-	 * Config::Config will set it depending on the value of UseStrictPrivMsg */
-	Anope::string UseStrictPrivMsgString;
-	/* Number of seconds between consecutive uses of the REGISTER command
-	 * Not to be confused with NSRegDelay */
-	unsigned NickRegDelay;
-	/* Max number if news items allowed in the list */
-	unsigned NewsCount;
-	/* Default mlock modes */
-	Anope::string MLock;
-	/* Unmlockable modes */
-	Anope::string NoMLock;
-	/* Default botmodes on channels, defaults to ao */
-	Anope::string BotModes;
-	/* THe actual modes */
-	ChannelStatus BotModeList;
-	/* How long to wait between connection attempts */
-	int RetryWait;
-	/* If services should hide unprivileged commands */
-	bool HidePrivilegedCommands;
-
-	/* A vector of our logfile options */
-	std::vector<LogInfo *> LogInfos;
-
-	/* Services can use email */
-	bool UseMail;
-	/* Path to the sendmail executable */
-	Anope::string SendMailPath;
-	/* Address to send from */
-	Anope::string SendFrom;
-	/* Only opers can have services send mail */
-	bool RestrictMail;
-	/* Delay between sending mail */
-	time_t MailDelay;
-	/* Don't quote the To: address */
-	bool DontQuoteAddresses;
-
-	/* Nameserver to use for resolving hostnames */
-	Anope::string NameServer;
-	/* TIme before a DNS query is considered dead */
-	time_t DNSTimeout;
-
-	/* Prefix of guest nicks when a user gets forced off of a nick */
-	Anope::string NSGuestNickPrefix;
-	/* Allow users to set kill immed on */
-	bool NSAllowKillImmed;
-	/* Don't allow nicks to use /ns group to regroup nicks */
-	bool NSNoGroupChange;
-	/* Default flags for newly registered nicks */
-	Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END> NSDefFlags;
-	/* All languages Anope is aware about */
-	Anope::string Languages;
-	/* Default language used by services */
-	Anope::string NSDefLanguage;
-	/* Users must be connected this long before they can register
-	 * Not to be confused with NickRegDelay */
-	time_t NSRegDelay;
-	/* Time before the registering mail will be resent */
-	time_t NSResendDelay;
-	/* How long before nicks expire */
-	time_t NSExpire;
-	/* How long before suspended nicks expire */
-	time_t NSSuspendExpire;
-	/* Time before unconfirmed nicks expire */
-	time_t NSUnconfirmedExpire;
-	/* Force email when registering */
-	bool NSForceEmail;
-	/* Force users to validate new email addresses */
-	bool NSConfirmEmailChanges;
-	/* Max number of nicks in a group */
-	unsigned NSMaxAliases;
-	/* Max number of allowed strings on the access list */
-	unsigned NSAccessMax;
-	/* Enforcer client user name */
-	Anope::string NSEnforcerUser;
-	/* Enforcer client hostname */
-	Anope::string NSEnforcerHost;
-	/* How long before recovered nicks are released */
-	time_t NSReleaseTimeout;
-	/* Max number of entries that can be returned from the list command */
-	unsigned NSListMax;
-	/* Only allow usermode +a etc on real services admins */
-	bool NSSecureAdmins;
-	/* Services opers must be /operd on the ircd aswell */
-	bool NSStrictPrivileges;
-	/* Use email to verify new users registering */
-	bool NSEmailReg;
-	/* Core NickServ modules */
-	Anope::string NickCoreModules;
-	/* Set the proper channel modes on users when they identify */
-	bool NSModeOnID;
-	/* Add the users hostnask their access list when they register */
-	bool NSAddAccessOnReg;
-	/* Maximum number of channels on AJoin */
-	unsigned AJoinMax;
-
-	/* Core ChanServ modules */
-	Anope::string ChanCoreModules;
-	/* Default flags for newly registered channels */
-	Flags<ChannelInfoFlag, CI_END> CSDefFlags;
-	/* Max number of channels a user can own */
-	unsigned CSMaxReg;
-	/* Time before a channel expires */
-	time_t CSExpire;
-	/* How long before suspended channels expire */
-	time_t CSSuspendExpire;
-	/* How long before forbidden channels expire */
-	time_t CSForbidExpire;
-	/* Default ban type to use for channels */
-	int CSDefBantype;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed on channel access lists */
-	unsigned CSAccessMax;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed on autokick lists */
-	unsigned CSAutokickMax;
-	/* Default autokick reason */
-	Anope::string CSAutokickReason;
-	/* Time ChanServ should stay in the channel to hold it to keep users from getting in */
-	time_t CSInhabit;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed to be returned from the LIST command */
-	unsigned CSListMax;
-	/* true to make ChanServ oper only */
-	bool CSOpersOnly;
-
-	/* Max number of memos allowed */
-	unsigned MSMaxMemos;
-	/* Time you must wait between sending memos */
-	time_t MSSendDelay;
-	/* Notify all of the aliases of the core the memo was sent to */
-	bool MSNotifyAll;
-	/* Who can use memos reciepts */
-	unsigned MSMemoReceipt;
-
-	/* Core BotServ modules */
-	Anope::string BotCoreModules;
-	/* Default BotServ flags */
-	Flags<BotServFlag> BSDefFlags;
-	/* How long before botserv forgets a user. This is used for flood kickers etc */
-	time_t BSKeepData;
-	/* Min number of users to have in the channel before the service bot joins */
-	unsigned BSMinUsers;
-	/* Max number of words allowed on the badwordslist */
-	unsigned BSBadWordsMax;
-	/* BotServ bot only joins if it would normally allowed to, abides by bans etc */
-	bool BSSmartJoin;
-	/* Dont tell users what badword they used */
-	bool BSGentleBWReason;
-	/* Case sensitive badwords matching */
-	bool BSCaseSensitive;
-	/* Char to use for the fantasy char, eg ! */
-	Anope::string BSFantasyCharacter;
-
-	/* Only show /stats o to opers */
-	bool HideStatsO;
-	/* Send out a global when services shut down or restart */
-	bool GlobalOnCycle;
-	/* Don't include the opers name in globals */
-	bool AnonymousGlobal;
-	/* Dont allow users to register nicks with oper names in them */
-	bool RestrictOperNicks;
-	/* Message to send when shutting down */
-	Anope::string GlobalOnCycleMessage;
-	/* Message to send when starting up */
-	Anope::string GlobalOnCycleUP;
-	/* Super admin is allowed */
-	bool SuperAdmin;
-	/* Default expiry time for akills */
-	time_t AutokillExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for chan kills */
-	time_t ChankillExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for SNLine Expire */
-	time_t SNLineExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for SQLines */
-	time_t SQLineExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for SZLine */
-	time_t SZLineExpiry;
-	/* Actually akill the user when the akill is added */
-	bool AkillOnAdd;
-	/* Kill users on SNLine */
-	bool KillonSNline;
-	/* Kill users on SQline */
-	bool KillonSQline;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when a user opers */
-	bool WallOper;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when a nonoper tries to use OperServ */
-	bool WallBadOS;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when an akill expires */
-	bool WallAkillExpire;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when SNLines expire */
-	bool WallSNLineExpire;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when SQLines expire */
-	bool WallSQLineExpire;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when SZLines expire */
-	bool WallSZLineExpire;
-	/* Send a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when exceptions expire */
-	bool WallExceptionExpire;
-	/* Add the akillers nick to the akill reason */
-	bool AddAkiller;
-
-	/* Limit sessions */
-	bool LimitSessions;
-	/* The default session limit */
-	unsigned DefSessionLimit;
-	/* How long before exceptions expire */
-	time_t ExceptionExpiry;
-	/* How many times to kill before adding an KILL */
-	unsigned MaxSessionKill;
-	/* Max limit that can be used for exceptions */
-	unsigned MaxSessionLimit;
-	/* How long session akills should last */
-	time_t SessionAutoKillExpiry;
-	/* Reason to use for session kills */
-	Anope::string SessionLimitExceeded;
-	/* Optional second reason */
-	Anope::string SessionLimitDetailsLoc;
-	/* OperServ requires you to be an operator */
-	bool OSOpersOnly;
-
-	/* List of modules to autoload */
-	std::list<Anope::string> ModulesAutoLoad;
-
-	/* User keys to use for generating random hashes for pass codes etc */
-	unsigned long UserKey1;
-	unsigned long UserKey2;
-	unsigned long UserKey3;
-
-	/* Numeric */
-	Anope::string Numeric;
-	/* Array of ulined servers */
-	std::list<Anope::string> Ulines;
-
-	/* List of available opertypes */
-	std::list<OperType *> MyOperTypes;
-	/* List of pairs of opers and their opertype from the config */
-	std::vector<Oper *> Opers;
-};
+		Uplink(const Anope::string &_host, int _port, const Anope::string &_password, bool _ipv6) : host(_host), port(_port), password(_password), ipv6(_ipv6) { }
+		inline bool operator==(const Uplink &other) const { return host == other.host && port == other.port && password == other.password && ipv6 == other.ipv6; }
+		inline bool operator!=(const Uplink &other) const { return !(*this == other); }
+	};
+}

 /** This class can be used on its own to represent an exception, or derived to represent a module-specific exception.
 * When a module whishes to abort, e.g. within a constructor, it should throw an exception using ModuleException or
@@ -661,106 +178,7 @@ class ConfigException : public CoreException
 	virtual ~ConfigException() throw() { }
 };

-#define CONF_NO_ERROR 0x000000
-#define CONF_NOT_A_NUMBER 0x000010
-#define CONF_INT_NEGATIVE 0x000080
-#define CONF_VALUE_NOT_FOUND 0x000100
-#define CONF_FILE_NOT_FOUND 0x000200
-
-/** Allows reading of values from configuration files
- * This class allows a module to read from either the main configuration file (inspircd.conf) or from
- * a module-specified configuration file. It may either be instantiated with one parameter or none.
- * Constructing the class using one parameter allows you to specify a path to your own configuration
- * file, otherwise, inspircd.conf is read.
- */
-class CoreExport ConfigReader
-{
- protected:
-	/** True if an error occured reading the config file
-	 */
-	bool readerror;
-	/** Error code
-	 */
-	long error;
- public:
-	/** Default constructor.
-	 * This constructor initialises the ConfigReader class to read the configuration file(s).
-	 */
-	ConfigReader();
-	/** Overloaded constructor.
-	 * This constructor initialises the ConfigReader class to read a user-specified config file
-	 */
-	ConfigReader(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Default destructor.
-	 * This method destroys the ConfigReader class.
-	 */
-	~ConfigReader();
-	/** Retrieves a value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve.
-	 */
-	Anope::string ReadValue(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool = false);
-	/** Retrieves a value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. If the
-	 * tag is not found the default value is returned instead.
-	 */
-	Anope::string ReadValue(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool = false);
-	/** Retrieves a boolean value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a boolean value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. The values "1", "yes"
-	 * and "true" in the config file count as true to ReadFlag, and any other value counts as false.
-	 */
-	bool ReadFlag(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Retrieves a boolean value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a boolean value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. The values "1", "yes"
-	 * and "true" in the config file count as true to ReadFlag, and any other value counts as false.
-	 * If the tag is not found, the default value is used instead.
-	 */
-	bool ReadFlag(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Retrieves an integer value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves an integer value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. Any invalid integer
-	 * values in the tag will cause the objects error value to be set, and any call to GetError() will
-	 * return CONF_INVALID_NUMBER to be returned. need_positive is set if the number must be non-negative.
-	 * If a negative number is placed into a tag which is specified positive, 0 will be returned and GetError()
-	 * will return CONF_INT_NEGATIVE. Note that need_positive is not suitable to get an unsigned int - you
-	 * should cast the result to achieve that effect.
-	 */
-	int ReadInteger(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool);
-	/** Retrieves an integer value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves an integer value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. Any invalid integer
-	 * values in the tag will cause the objects error value to be set, and any call to GetError() will
-	 * return CONF_INVALID_NUMBER to be returned. needs_unsigned is set if the number must be unsigned.
-	 * If a signed number is placed into a tag which is specified unsigned, 0 will be returned and GetError()
-	 * will return CONF_NOT_UNSIGNED. If the tag is not found, the default value is used instead.
-	 */
-	int ReadInteger(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool);
-	/** Returns the last error to occur.
-	 * Valid errors can be found by looking in modules.h. Any nonzero value indicates an error condition.
-	 * A call to GetError() resets the error flag back to 0.
-	 */
-	long GetError();
-	/** Counts the number of times a given tag appears in the config file.
-	 * This method counts the number of times a tag appears in a config file, for use where
-	 * there are several tags of the same kind, e.g. with opers and connect types. It can be
-	 * used with the index value of ConfigReader::ReadValue to loop through all copies of a
-	 * multiple instance tag.
-	 */
-	int Enumerate(const Anope::string &) const;
-	/** Returns true if a config file is valid.
-	 * This method is partially implemented and will only return false if the config
-	 * file does not exist or could not be opened.
-	 */
-	bool Verify();
-	/** Returns the number of items within a tag.
-	 * For example if the tag was &lt;test tag="blah" data="foo"&gt; then this
-	 * function would return 2. Spaces and newlines both qualify as valid seperators
-	 * between values.
-	 */
-	int EnumerateValues(const Anope::string &, int);
-};
+extern Configuration::File ServicesConf;
+extern CoreExport Configuration::Conf *Config;

 #endif // CONFIG_H
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+class AccessGroup;
+class AutoKick;
+class BotInfo;
+class CallBack;
+class ChanAccess;
+class Channel;
+class ChannelInfo;
+class ChannelStatus;
+struct ChanUserContainer;
+class ClientSocket;
+class Command;
+class CommandSource;
+namespace Configuration { struct Conf; }
+class ConnectionSocket;
+namespace DNS { struct Query; }
+class Entry;
+class IdentifyRequest;
+class InfoFormatter;
+class IRCDProto;
+class ListenSocket;
+class Log;
+class Memo;
+class MessageSource;
+class Module;
+class NickAlias;
+class NickCore;
+class OperType;
+class ReferenceBase;
+class Regex;
+class Serializable;
+class Server;
+class Socket;
+class Thread;
+class User;
+class XLine;
+class XLineManager;
+struct BadWord;
+struct Exception;
+struct MemoInfo;
+struct ModeLock;
+struct Oper;
+namespace SASL { struct Message; }
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef DNS_H
-#define DNS_H
-
-/** Valid query types
- */
-enum QueryType
-{
-	/* Nothing */
-	DNS_QUERY_NONE,
-	/* A simple A lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_A = 1,
-	/* A CNAME lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_CNAME = 5,
-	/* Reverse DNS lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_PTR = 12,
-	/* IPv6 AAAA lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_AAAA = 28
-};
-
-/** Flags that can be AND'd into DNSPacket::flags to receive certain values
- */
-enum QueryFlags
-{
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_QR = 0x8000,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_OPCODE = 0x7800,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_AA = 0x400,
-	DBS_QUERYFLAGS_TC = 0x200,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RD = 0x100,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RA = 0x80,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_Z = 0x70,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RCODE = 0xF
-};
-
-enum DNSError
-{
-	DNS_ERROR_NONE,
-	DNS_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-	DNS_ERROR_UNLOADED,
-	DNS_ERROR_TIMEOUT,
-	DNS_ERROR_NOT_AN_ANSWER,
-	DNS_ERROR_NONSTANDARD_QUERY,
-	DNS_ERROR_FORMAT_ERROR,
-	DNS_ERROR_SERVER_FAILURE,
-	DNS_ERROR_DOMAIN_NOT_FOUND,
-	DNS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
-	DNS_ERROR_REFUSED,
-	DNS_ERROR_NO_RECORDS,
-	DNS_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE
-};
-
-class DNSRequestTimeout; // Forward declarations
-struct DNSRecord;
-class Module;
-
-/** The request
- */
-class CoreExport DNSRequest
-{
-	/* Timeout timer for this request */
-	DNSRequestTimeout *timeout;
-	/* Use result cache if available */
-	bool use_cache;
-
- public:
-	/* Request id */
- 	unsigned short id;
- 	/* Creator of this request */
-	Module *creator;
-
-	/* Address we're looking up */
-	Anope::string address;
-	/* QueryType, A, AAAA, PTR etc */
-	QueryType QT;
-
-	DNSRequest(const Anope::string &addr, QueryType qt, bool cache = false, Module *c = NULL);
-
-	virtual ~DNSRequest();
-
-	void Process();
-
-	virtual void OnLookupComplete(const DNSRecord *r) = 0;
-
-	virtual void OnError(const DNSRecord *r);
-};
-
-/** A full packet sent to the nameserver, may contain multiple queries
- */
-struct DNSPacket
-{
-	/* Our 16-bit id for this header */
-	unsigned short id;
-	/* Flags on the query */
-	unsigned short flags;
-	/* Number of queries */
-	unsigned short qdcount;
-	/* Number of resource records in answer */
-	unsigned short ancount;
-	/* Number of NS resource records in authority records section */
-	unsigned short nscount;
-	/* Number of resource records in the additional records section */
-	unsigned short arcount;
-	/* How many of the bytes of the payload are in use */
-	unsigned short payload_count;
-	/* The queries, at most can be 512 bytes */
-	unsigned char payload[512];
-
-	inline DNSPacket();
-
-	bool AddQuestion(const Anope::string &address, QueryType qt);
-
-	inline void FillPacket(const unsigned char *input, const size_t length);
-
-	inline void FillBuffer(unsigned char *buffer);
-};
-
-struct CoreExport DNSRecord
-{
-	/* Name of the initial lookup */
-	Anope::string name;
-	/* Result of the lookup */
-	Anope::string result;
-	/* Type of query this was */
-	QueryType type;
-	/* Error, if there was one */
-	DNSError error;
-	/* Record class, should always be 1 */
-	unsigned short record_class;
-	/* Time to live */
-	time_t ttl;
-	/* Record length */
-	unsigned short rdlength;
-
-	/* When this record was created in our cache */
-	time_t created;
-
-	inline DNSRecord(const Anope::string &n);
-	operator bool() const;
-};
-
-/** DNS manager, manages the connection and all requests
- */
-class CoreExport DNSManager : public Timer, public Socket
-{
-	std::multimap<Anope::string, DNSRecord *> cache;
-	sockaddrs addrs;
- public:
-	std::deque<DNSPacket *> packets;
-	std::map<short, DNSRequest *> requests;
-
-	static const int DNSPort = 53;
-
-	DNSManager(const Anope::string &nameserver, int port);
-
-	~DNSManager();
-
-	bool ProcessRead();
-
-	bool ProcessWrite();
-
-	void AddCache(DNSRecord *rr);
-	bool CheckCache(DNSRequest *request);
-	void Tick(time_t now);
-
-	void Cleanup(Module *mod);
-
-	/** Does a BLOCKING DNS query and returns the first IP.
-	 * Only use this if you know what you are doing. Unless you specifically
-	 * need a blocking query use the DNSRequest system
-	 */
-	static DNSRecord BlockingQuery(const Anope::string &mask, QueryType qt);
-};
-
-/** A DNS timeout, one is made for every DNS request to detect timeouts
- */
-class DNSRequestTimeout : public Timer
-{
-	DNSRequest *request;
- public:
- 	bool done;
-
-	DNSRequestTimeout(DNSRequest *r, time_t timeout);
-
-	~DNSRequestTimeout();
-
-	void Tick(time_t);
-};
-
-extern DNSManager *DNSEngine;
-
-#endif // DNS_H
-
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
 */
@@ -7,217 +9,255 @@
 #ifndef EXTENSIBLE_H
 #define EXTENSIBLE_H

-#include "hashcomp.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+#include "service.h"
+#include "logger.h"

-/** Dummy base class we use to cast everything to/from
- */
-class ExtensibleItemBase
-{
- public:
-	ExtensibleItemBase() { }
-	virtual ~ExtensibleItemBase() { }
-};
+class Extensible;

-/** Class used to represent an extensible item that doesn't hold a pointer
- */
-template<typename T> class ExtensibleItemRegular : public ExtensibleItemBase
+class CoreExport ExtensibleBase : public Service
 {
 protected:
-	T Item;
+	std::map<Extensible *, void *> items;
+
+	ExtensibleBase(Module *m, const Anope::string &n);
+	~ExtensibleBase();

 public:
-	ExtensibleItemRegular(T item) : Item(item) { }
-	virtual ~ExtensibleItemRegular() { }
-	T &GetItem() { return Item; }
+	virtual void Unset(Extensible *obj) = 0;
+
+	/* called when an object we are keep track of is serializing */
+	virtual void ExtensibleSerialize(const Extensible *, const Serializable *, Serialize::Data &) const { }
+	virtual void ExtensibleUnserialize(Extensible *, Serializable *, Serialize::Data &) { }
 };

-/** Class used to represent an extensible item that holds a pointer
- */
-template<typename T> class ExtensibleItemPointer : public ExtensibleItemBase
+class CoreExport Extensible
+{
+ public:
+	std::set<ExtensibleBase *> extension_items;
+
+	virtual ~Extensible();
+
+	void UnsetExtensibles();
+
+	template<typename T> T* GetExt(const Anope::string &name) const;
+	bool HasExt(const Anope::string &name) const;
+
+	template<typename T> T* Extend(const Anope::string &name, const T &what);
+	template<typename T> T* Extend(const Anope::string &name);
+	template<typename T> T* Require(const Anope::string &name);
+	template<typename T> void Shrink(const Anope::string &name);
+
+	static void ExtensibleSerialize(const Extensible *, const Serializable *, Serialize::Data &data);
+	static void ExtensibleUnserialize(Extensible *, Serializable *, Serialize::Data &data);
+};
+
+template<typename T>
+class BaseExtensibleItem : public ExtensibleBase
 {
 protected:
-	T *Item;
+	virtual T *Create(Extensible *) = 0;

 public:
-	ExtensibleItemPointer(T *item) : Item(item) { }
-	virtual ~ExtensibleItemPointer() { delete Item; }
-	T *GetItem() { return Item; }
+	BaseExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : ExtensibleBase(m, n) { }
+
+	~BaseExtensibleItem()
+	{
+		while (!items.empty())
+		{
+			std::map<Extensible *, void *>::iterator it = items.begin();
+			Extensible *obj = it->first;
+			T *value = static_cast<T *>(it->second);
+
+			obj->extension_items.erase(this);
+			items.erase(it);
+			delete value;
+		}
+	}
+
+	T* Set(Extensible *obj, const T &value)
+	{
+		T* t = Set(obj);
+		if (t)
+			*t = value;
+		return t;
+	}
+
+	T* Set(Extensible *obj)
+	{
+		T* t = Create(obj);
+		Unset(obj);
+		items[obj] = t;
+		obj->extension_items.insert(this);
+		return t;
+	}
+
+	void Unset(Extensible *obj) anope_override
+	{
+		T *value = Get(obj);
+		items.erase(obj);
+		obj->extension_items.erase(this);
+		delete value;
+	}
+
+	T* Get(const Extensible *obj) const
+	{
+		std::map<Extensible *, void *>::const_iterator it = items.find(const_cast<Extensible *>(obj));
+		if (it != items.end())
+			return static_cast<T *>(it->second);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	bool HasExt(const Extensible *obj) const
+	{
+		return items.find(const_cast<Extensible *>(obj)) != items.end();
+	}
+
+	T* Require(Extensible *obj)
+	{
+		T* t = Get(obj);
+		if (t)
+			return t;
+
+		return Set(obj);
+	}
 };

-/** Class used to represent an extensible item that holds a pointer to an arrray
- */
-template<typename T> class ExtensibleItemPointerArray : public ExtensibleItemBase
+template<typename T>
+class ExtensibleItem : public BaseExtensibleItem<T>
 {
 protected:
-	T *Item;
-
+	T* Create(Extensible *obj) anope_override
+	{
+		return new T(obj);
+	}
 public:
-	ExtensibleItemPointerArray(T *item) : Item(item) { }
-	virtual ~ExtensibleItemPointerArray() { delete [] Item; }
-	T *GetItem() { return Item; }
+	ExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : BaseExtensibleItem<T>(m, n) { }
 };

-class CoreExport Extensible : public Base
+template<typename T>
+class PrimitiveExtensibleItem : public BaseExtensibleItem<T>
 {
- private:
-	typedef std::map<Anope::string, ExtensibleItemBase *> extensible_map;
-	extensible_map Extension_Items;
-
+ protected:
+	T* Create(Extensible *obj) anope_override
+	{
+		return new T();
+	}
 public:
-	/** Default constructor, does nothing
-	 */
-	Extensible() { }
+	PrimitiveExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : BaseExtensibleItem<T>(m, n) { }
+};

-	/** Default destructor, deletes all of the extensible items in this object
-	 * then clears the map
-	 */
-	virtual ~Extensible()
+template<>
+class PrimitiveExtensibleItem<bool> : public BaseExtensibleItem<bool>
+{
+ protected:
+	bool* Create(Extensible *) anope_override
 	{
-		for (extensible_map::iterator it = Extension_Items.begin(), it_end = Extension_Items.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
-			delete it->second;
-		Extension_Items.clear();
+		return NULL;
+	}
+ public:
+	PrimitiveExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : BaseExtensibleItem<bool>(m, n) { }
+};
+
+template<typename T>
+class SerializableExtensibleItem : public PrimitiveExtensibleItem<T>
+{
+ public:
+ 	SerializableExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : PrimitiveExtensibleItem<T>(m, n) { }
+
+	void ExtensibleSerialize(const Extensible *e, const Serializable *s, Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override
+	{
+		T* t = this->Get(e);
+		data[this->name] << *t;
 	}

-	/** Extend an Extensible class.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @param p This parameter is a pointer to an ExtensibleItem or ExtensibleItemBase derived class
-	 *
-	 * You must provide a key to store the data as via the parameter 'key'.
-	 * The data will be inserted into the map. If the data already exists, you may not insert it
-	 * twice, Extensible::Extend will return false in this case.
-	 *
-	 * @return Returns true on success, false if otherwise
-	 */
-	void Extend(const Anope::string &key, ExtensibleItemBase *p)
+	void ExtensibleUnserialize(Extensible *e, Serializable *s, Serialize::Data &data) anope_override
 	{
-		this->Shrink(key);
-		this->Extension_Items.insert(std::make_pair(key, p));
-	}
-
-	/** Extend an Extensible class.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 *
-	 * You must provide a key to store the data as via the parameter 'key', this single-parameter
-	 * version takes no 'data' parameter, this is used purely for boolean values.
-	 * The key will be inserted into the map with a NULL 'data' pointer. If the key already exists
-	 * then you may not insert it twice, Extensible::Extend will return false in this case.
-	 *
-	 * @return Returns true on success, false if otherwise
-	 */
-	void Extend(const Anope::string &key)
-	{
-		this->Extend(key, new ExtensibleItemPointer<char *>(NULL));
-	}
-
-	/** Shrink an Extensible class.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 *
-	 * You must provide a key name. The given key name will be removed from the classes data. If
-	 * you provide a nonexistent key (case is important) then the function will return false.
-	 * @return Returns true on success.
-	 */
-	bool Shrink(const Anope::string &key)
-	{
-		extensible_map::iterator it = this->Extension_Items.find(key);
-		if (it != this->Extension_Items.end())
-		{
-			delete it->second;
-			/* map::size_type map::erase( const key_type& key );
-			 * returns the number of elements removed, std::map
-			 * is single-associative so this should only be 0 or 1
-			 */
-			return this->Extension_Items.erase(key);
-		}
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Get an extension item that is not a pointer.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @param p If you provide a non-existent key, this value will be 0. Otherwise a copy to the item you requested will be placed in this templated parameter.
-	 * @return Returns true if the item was found and false if it was nor, regardless of wether 'p' is NULL. This allows you to store NULL values in Extensible.
-	 */
-	template<typename T> bool GetExtRegular(const Anope::string &key, T &p)
-	{
-		extensible_map::iterator it = this->Extension_Items.find(key);
-
-		if (it != this->Extension_Items.end())
-		{
-			p = debug_cast<ExtensibleItemRegular<T> *>(it->second)->GetItem();
-			return true;
-		}
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Get an extension item that is a pointer.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * * @param p If you provide a non-existent key, this value will be NULL. Otherwise a pointer to the item you requested will be placed in this templated parameter.
-	 * @return Returns true if the item was found and false if it was nor, regardless of wether 'p' is NULL. This allows you to store NULL values in Extensible.
-	 */
-	template<typename T> bool GetExtPointer(const Anope::string &key, T *&p)
-	{
-		extensible_map::iterator it = this->Extension_Items.find(key);
-
-		if (it != this->Extension_Items.end())
-		{
-			p = debug_cast<ExtensibleItemPointer<T> *>(it->second)->GetItem();
-			return true;
-		}
-
-		p = NULL;
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Get an extension item that is a pointer to an array
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @param p If you provide a non-existent key, this value will be NULL. Otherwise a pointer to the item you requested will be placed in this templated parameter.
-	 * @return Returns true if the item was found and false if it was nor, regardless of wether 'p' is NULL. This allows you to store NULL values in Extensible.
-	 */
-	template<typename T> bool GetExtArray(const Anope::string &key, T *&p)
-	{
-		extensible_map::iterator it = this->Extension_Items.find(key);
-
-		if (it != this->Extension_Items.end())
-		{
-			p = debug_cast<ExtensibleItemPointerArray<T> *>(it->second)->GetItem();
-			return true;
-		}
-
-		p = NULL;
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Get an extension item.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @return Returns true if the item was found and false if it was not.
-	 *
-	 * This single-parameter version only checks if the key exists, it does nothing with
-	 * the 'data' field and is probably only useful in conjunction with the single-parameter
-	 * version of Extend().
-	 */
-	bool GetExt(const Anope::string &key)
-	{
-		return this->Extension_Items.find(key) != this->Extension_Items.end();
-	}
-
-	/** Get a list of all extension items names.
-	 * @param list A deque of strings to receive the list
-	 * @return This function writes a list of all extension items stored
-	 *	 in this object by name into the given deque and returns void.
-	 */
-	void GetExtList(std::deque<Anope::string> &list)
-	{
-		for (extensible_map::iterator it = Extension_Items.begin(), it_end = Extension_Items.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
-			list.push_back(it->first);
+		T t;
+		if (data[this->name] >> t)
+			this->Set(e, t);
+		else
+			this->Unset(e);
 	}
 };

+template<>
+class SerializableExtensibleItem<bool> : public PrimitiveExtensibleItem<bool>
+{
+ public:
+ 	SerializableExtensibleItem(Module *m, const Anope::string &n) : PrimitiveExtensibleItem<bool>(m, n) { }
+
+	void ExtensibleSerialize(const Extensible *e, const Serializable *s, Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override
+	{
+		data[this->name] << true;
+	}
+
+	void ExtensibleUnserialize(Extensible *e, Serializable *s, Serialize::Data &data) anope_override
+	{
+		bool b = false;
+		data[this->name] >> b;
+		if (b)
+			this->Set(e);
+		else
+			this->Unset(e);
+	}
+};
+
+template<typename T>
+struct ExtensibleRef : ServiceReference<BaseExtensibleItem<T> >
+{
+	ExtensibleRef(const Anope::string &n) : ServiceReference<BaseExtensibleItem<T> >("Extensible", n) { }
+};
+
+template<typename T>
+T* Extensible::GetExt(const Anope::string &name) const
+{
+	ExtensibleRef<T> ref(name);
+	if (ref)
+		return ref->Get(this);
+
+	Log(LOG_DEBUG) << "GetExt for nonexistent type " << name << " on " << static_cast<const void *>(this);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+T* Extensible::Extend(const Anope::string &name, const T &what)
+{
+	T* t = Extend<T>(name);
+	if (t)
+		*t = what;
+	return t;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+T* Extensible::Extend(const Anope::string &name)
+{
+	ExtensibleRef<T> ref(name);
+	if (ref)
+		return ref->Set(this);
+
+	Log(LOG_DEBUG) << "Extend for nonexistent type " << name << " on " << static_cast<void *>(this);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+T* Extensible::Require(const Anope::string &name)
+{
+	if (HasExt(name))
+		return GetExt<T>(name);
+	else
+		return Extend<T>(name);
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+void Extensible::Shrink(const Anope::string &name)
+{
+	ExtensibleRef<T> ref(name);
+	if (ref)
+		ref->Unset(this);
+	else
+		Log(LOG_DEBUG) << "Shrink for nonexistent type " << name << " on " << static_cast<void *>(this);
+}
+
 #endif // EXTENSIBLE_H
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-/* Prototypes and external variable declarations.
- *
- * (C) 2003-2011 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- */
-
-#ifndef EXTERN_H
-#define EXTERN_H
-
-#define E extern CoreExport
-#define EI extern DllExport
-
-#include "hashcomp.h"
-
-/* IRC Variables */
-
-E IRCDVar *ircd;
-E IRCDProto *ircdproto;
-E IRCdMessage *ircdmessage;
-
-/**** actions.c ****/
-
-E bool bad_password(User *u);
-E void common_unban(ChannelInfo *ci, User *u, bool full = false);
-
-/**** botserv.c ****/
-
-E BotInfo *findbot(const Anope::string &nick);
-
-E void bot_raw_ban(User *requester, ChannelInfo *ci, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
-E void bot_raw_kick(User *requester, ChannelInfo *ci, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-/**** channels.c ****/
-
-
-E Channel *findchan(const Anope::string &chan);
-
-E User *nc_on_chan(Channel *c, const NickCore *nc);
-
-E void do_cmode(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channel, const Anope::string &modes, const Anope::string &ts);
-E void do_join(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channels, const Anope::string &ts);
-E void do_kick(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channel, const Anope::string &users, const Anope::string &reason);
-E void do_part(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channels, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-E void chan_set_correct_modes(User *user, Channel *c, int give_modes);
-
-/**** chanserv.c ****/
-
-E void check_modes(Channel *c);
-
-E ChannelInfo *cs_findchan(const Anope::string &chan);
-E bool IsFounder(User *user, ChannelInfo *ci);
-E void update_cs_lastseen(User *user, ChannelInfo *ci);
-E int get_idealban(ChannelInfo *ci, User *u, Anope::string &ret);
-
-/**** config.c ****/
-
-E ConfigurationFile services_conf;
-E ServerConfig *Config;
-
-/**** encrypt.c ****/
-E void enc_encrypt(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &dest);
-E bool enc_decrypt(const Anope::string &src, Anope::string &dest);
-
-/**** hostserv.c  ****/
-
-/**** init.c ****/
-
-E void introduce_user(const Anope::string &user);
-E bool GetCommandLineArgument(const Anope::string &name, char shortname = 0);
-E bool GetCommandLineArgument(const Anope::string &name, char shortname, Anope::string &param);
-E void Init(int ac, char **av);
-
-/**** ircd.c ****/
-E void pmodule_ircd_proto(IRCDProto *);
-E void pmodule_ircd_var(IRCDVar *ircdvar);
-E void pmodule_ircd_message(IRCdMessage *message);
-
-/**** language.cpp ****/
-E std::vector<Anope::string> languages;
-E std::vector<Anope::string> domains;
-E void InitLanguages();
-E const char *translate(const char *string);
-E const char *translate(User *u, const char *string);
-E const char *translate(NickCore *nc, const char *string);
-E const char *anope_gettext(const char *lang, const char *string);
-
-/**** main.c ****/
-
-E Anope::string services_dir;
-E Anope::string services_bin;
-E int debug;
-E bool readonly;
-E bool nofork;
-E bool nothird;
-E bool noexpire;
-E bool protocoldebug;
-
-E bool quitting;
-E bool restarting;
-E Anope::string quitmsg;
-E time_t start_time;
-
-E ConnectionSocket *UplinkSock;
-E int CurrentUplink;
-
-E void save_databases();
-E void sighandler(int signum);
-
-/**** messages.cpp ****/
-
-E void init_core_messages();
-
-E bool OnStats(const Anope::string &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnTime(const Anope::string &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnVersion(const Anope::string &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-
-E bool On436(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnAway(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnJoin(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnKick(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnKill(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnMode(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnNick(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnUID(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnPart(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnPing(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnPrivmsg(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnQuit(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnServer(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnSQuit(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnTopic(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnWhois(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnCapab(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnSJoin(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-E bool OnError(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-
-/**** misc.c ****/
-
-E bool IsFile(const Anope::string &filename);
-E int toupper(char);
-E int tolower(char);
-
-E time_t dotime(const Anope::string &s);
-E Anope::string duration(const time_t &seconds, NickCore *nc = NULL);
-E Anope::string expire_left(NickCore *nc, time_t expires);
-E Anope::string do_strftime(const time_t &t, NickCore *nc = NULL, bool short_output = false);
-E bool doValidHost(const Anope::string &host, int type);
-
-E bool isValidHost(const Anope::string &host, int type);
-E bool isvalidchar(char c);
-
-E Anope::string myStrGetToken(const Anope::string &str, char dilim, int token_number);
-E Anope::string myStrGetTokenRemainder(const Anope::string &str, char dilim, int token_number);
-E int myNumToken(const Anope::string &str, char dilim);
-E bool nickIsServices(const Anope::string &nick, bool bot);
-
-E void add_entropy_userkeys();
-E void rand_init();
-E unsigned char getrandom8();
-E uint16 getrandom16();
-E uint32 getrandom32();
-
-E std::list<Anope::string> BuildStringList(const Anope::string &, char = ' ');
-E std::vector<Anope::string> BuildStringVector(const Anope::string &, char = ' ');
-
-E bool str_is_wildcard(const Anope::string &str);
-E bool str_is_pure_wildcard(const Anope::string &str);
-E Anope::string normalizeBuffer(const Anope::string &);
-
-/**** modes.cpp ****/
-/* Number of generic modes we support */
-E unsigned GenericChannelModes, GenericUserModes;
-E std::multimap<ChannelModeName, ModeLock> def_mode_locks;
-E void SetDefaultMLock(ServerConfig *config);
-
-/**** nickserv.c ****/
-
-E void change_core_display(NickCore *nc);
-E void change_core_display(NickCore *nc, const Anope::string &newdisplay);
-
-E NickAlias *findnick(const Anope::string &nick);
-E NickCore *findcore(const Anope::string &nick);
-E bool is_on_access(const User *u, const NickCore *nc);
-
-/**** process.c ****/
-
-E void process(const Anope::string &buf);
-
-/**** send.c ****/
-
-E void send_cmd(const Anope::string &source, const char *fmt, ...) FORMAT(printf, 2, 3);
-
-E void notice_server(const Anope::string &source, const Server *s, const char *fmt, ...) FORMAT(printf, 3, 4);
-
-/**** sockets.cpp ****/
-
-E int32 TotalRead;
-E int32 TotalWritten;
-E SocketIO normalSocketIO;
-
-/**** users.c ****/
-
-E int32 opcnt;
-E uint32 maxusercnt, usercnt;
-E time_t maxusertime;
-
-E User *finduser(const Anope::string &nick);
-
-E User *do_nick(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &username, const Anope::string &host, const Anope::string &server, const Anope::string &realname, time_t ts, const Anope::string &ip, const Anope::string &vhost, const Anope::string &uid, const Anope::string &modes);
-
-E void do_umode(const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &modes);
-E void do_kill(User *user, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-E bool matches_list(Channel *c, User *user, ChannelModeName mode);
-
-E Anope::string create_mask(User *u);
-
-#endif /* EXTERN_H */
@@ -1,192 +1,84 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2011 InspIRCd Development Team
- * Copyright (C) 2009-2011 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ *
+ * (C) 2002-2011 InspIRCd Development Team
+ * (C) 2009-2017 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * These classes have been copied from InspIRCd and modified
- * for use in Anope.
- *
- *
 */

 #ifndef HASHCOMP_H
 #define HASHCOMP_H

-#ifdef _WIN32
-# ifdef MODULE_COMPILE
-#  define CoreExport __declspec(dllimport)
-#  define DllExport __declspec(dllexport)
-# else
-#  define CoreExport __declspec(dllexport)
-#  define DllExport __declspec(dllimport)
-# endif
+#include <string>
+#include <locale>
+
+#if defined _LIBCPP_VERSION || defined _WIN32
+#include <unordered_map>
+#define TR1NS std
 #else
-# define CoreExport
-# define DllExport
+#include <tr1/unordered_map>
+#define TR1NS std::tr1
 #endif

-#include <string>
+#include "services.h"

 namespace Anope
 {
 	class string;
-}

-#ifndef _WIN32
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
-/* GCC4+ has deprecated hash_map and uses tr1. But of course, uses a different include to MSVC. */
-#  include <tr1/unordered_map>
-#  define unordered_map_namespace std::tr1
-# else /* GCC ver < 4 */
-#  include <ext/hash_map>
-/* Oddball linux namespace for hash_map */
-#  define unordered_map_namespace __gnu_cxx
-#  define unordered_map hash_map
-# endif
-#else
-# if _MSC_VER >= 1600
-/* MSVC 2010+ has tr1. Though MSVC and GCC use different includes! */
-#  include <unordered_map>
-#  define unordered_map_namespace std::tr1
-# else
-#  include <hash_map>
-#  define unordered_map_namespace
-template<typename Key, typename Type, typename Compare, typename Unused = void>
-class unordered_map : public stdext::hash_map<Key, Type, Compare>
-{
- public:
-	unordered_map() : hash_map() { }
-};
-# endif
-#endif
+	/* Casemap in use by Anope. ci::string's comparation functions use this (and thus Anope::string) */
+	extern std::locale casemap;

-/*******************************************************
- * This file contains classes and templates that deal
- * with the comparison and hashing of 'irc strings'.
- * An 'irc string' is a string which compares in a
- * case insensitive manner, and as per RFC 1459 will
- * treat [ identical to {, ] identical to }, and \
- * as identical to |.
- *
- * Our hashing functions are designed  to accept
- * std::string and compare/hash them as type irc::string
- * by converting them internally. This makes them
- * backwards compatible with other code which is not
- * aware of irc::string.
- *******************************************************/
+	extern void CaseMapRebuild();
+	extern unsigned char tolower(unsigned char);
+	extern unsigned char toupper(unsigned char);

-/** A mapping of uppercase to lowercase, including scandinavian
- * 'oddities' as specified by RFC1459, e.g. { -> [, and | -> \
- */
-unsigned const char rfc_case_insensitive_map[256] = {
-	0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,                                   /* 0-19 */
-	20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,                         /* 20-39 */
-	40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59,                         /* 40-59 */
-	60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,             /* 60-79 */
-	112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,           /* 80-99 */
-	100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,     /* 100-119 */
-	120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139,     /* 120-139 */
-	140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159,     /* 140-159 */
-	160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179,     /* 160-179 */
-	180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199,     /* 180-199 */
-	200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,     /* 200-219 */
-	220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239,     /* 220-239 */
-	240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255                          /* 240-255 */
-};
-
-/** Case insensitive map, ASCII rules.
- * That is;
- * [ != {, but A == a.
- */
-unsigned const char ascii_case_insensitive_map[256] = {
-	0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,                                   /* 0-19 */
-	20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,                         /* 20-39 */
-	40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59,                         /* 40-59 */
-	60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,             /* 60-79 */
-	112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,              /* 80-99 */
-	100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,     /* 100-119 */
-	120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139,     /* 120-139 */
-	140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159,     /* 140-159 */
-	160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179,     /* 160-179 */
-	180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199,     /* 180-199 */
-	200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,     /* 200-219 */
-	220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239,     /* 220-239 */
-	240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255                          /* 240-255 */
-};
-
-/** The irc namespace contains a number of helper classes.
- */
-namespace irc
-{
-	/** The irc_char_traits class is used for RFC-style comparison of strings.
-	 * This class is used to implement irc::string, a case-insensitive, RFC-
-	 * comparing string class.
-	 */
-	struct irc_char_traits : std::char_traits<char>
+	/* ASCII case insensitive ctype. */
+	template<typename char_type>
+	class ascii_ctype : public std::ctype<char_type>
 	{
-		/** Check if two chars match.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if the characters are equal
-		 */
-		static bool eq(char c1st, char c2nd);
+	 public:
+		char_type do_toupper(char_type c) const anope_override
+		{
+			if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+				return c - 32;
+			else
+				return c;
+		}

-		/** Check if two chars do NOT match.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if the characters are unequal
-		 */
-		static bool ne(char c1st, char c2nd);
-
-		/** Check if one char is less than another.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if c1st is less than c2nd
-		 */
-		static bool lt(char c1st, char c2nd);
-
-		/** Compare two strings of size n.
-		 * @param str1 First string
-		 * @param str2 Second string
-		 * @param n Length to compare to
-		 * @return similar to strcmp, zero for equal, less than zero for str1
-		 * being less and greater than zero for str1 being greater than str2.
-		 */
-		static int compare(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t n);
-
-		/** Find a char within a string up to position n.
-		 * @param s1 String to find in
-		 * @param n Position to search up to
-		 * @param c Character to search for
-		 * @return Pointer to the first occurance of c in s1
-		 */
-		static const char *find(const char *s1, int n, char c);
+		char_type do_tolower(char_type c) const anope_override
+		{
+			if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+				return c + 32;
+			else
+				return c;
+		}
 	};

-	/** This typedef declares irc::string based upon irc_char_traits.
-	 */
-	typedef std::basic_string<char, irc_char_traits, std::allocator<char> > string;
-
-	/** Used to hash irc::strings for unordered_map
-	 */
-	struct CoreExport hash
+	/* rfc1459 case insensitive ctype, { = [, } = ], and | = \ */
+	template<typename char_type>
+	class rfc1459_ctype : public ascii_ctype<char_type>
 	{
-		/* VS 2008 specific code */
-		enum { bucket_size = 4, min_buckets = 8 };
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-		/* End VS 2008 specific code */
+	 public:
+		char_type do_toupper(char_type c) const anope_override
+		{
+			if (c == '{' || c == '}' || c == '|')
+				return c - 32;
+			else
+				return ascii_ctype<char_type>::do_toupper(c);
+		}

-		/** Hash an irc::string for unordered_map
-		 * @param s The string
-		 * @return A hash value for the string
-		 */
-		size_t operator()(const irc::string &s) const;
-		size_t operator()(const Anope::string &s) const;
+		char_type do_tolower(char_type c) const anope_override
+		{
+			if (c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '\\')
+				return c + 32;
+			else
+				return ascii_ctype<char_type>::do_tolower(c);
+		}
 	};
 }

-/** The ci namespace contains a number of helper classes.
+/** The ci namespace contains a number of helper classes relevant to case insensitive strings.
 */
 namespace ci
 {
@@ -230,7 +122,7 @@ namespace ci
 		 * @param s1 String to find in
 		 * @param n Position to search up to
 		 * @param c Character to search for
-		 * @return Pointer to the first occurance of c in s1
+		 * @return Pointer to the first occurrence of c in s1
 		 */
 		static const char *find(const char *s1, int n, char c);
 	};
@@ -239,60 +131,8 @@ namespace ci
 	 */
 	typedef std::basic_string<char, ci_char_traits, std::allocator<char> > string;

-	/** Used to hash ci::strings for unordered_map
-	 */
-	struct CoreExport hash
+	struct CoreExport less
 	{
-		/* VS 2008 specific code */
-		enum { bucket_size = 4, min_buckets = 8 };
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-		/* End VS 2008 specific code */
-
-		/** Hash a ci::string for unordered_map
-		 * @param s The string
-		 * @return A hash value for the string
-		 */
-		size_t operator()(const ci::string &s) const;
-		size_t operator()(const Anope::string &s) const;
-	};
-}
-
-namespace std
-{
-	/** An overload for std::equal_to<ci::string> that uses Anope::string, passed for the fourth temmplate
-	 * argument for unordered_map
-	 */
-	template<> struct CoreExport equal_to<ci::string>
-	{
-	 public:
-		/** Compare two Anope::strings as ci::strings
-		 * @paarm s1 The first string
-		 * @param s2 The second string
-		 * @return true if they are equal
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-	};
-
-	/** An overload for std::equal_to<irc::string> that uses Anope::string, passed for the fourth template
-	 * argument for unorderd_map
-	 */
-	template<> struct CoreExport equal_to<irc::string>
-	{
-	 public:
-		/** Compare two Anope::strings as irc::strings
-		 * @param s1 The first string
-		 * @param s2 The second string
-		 * @return true if they are equal
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-	};
-
-	/** An overload for std::less<ci::string> that uses Anope::string, passed for the third template argument
-	 * to std::map and std::multimap
-	 */
-	template<> struct CoreExport less<ci::string>
-	{
-	 public:
 		/** Compare two Anope::strings as ci::strings and find which one is less
 		 * @param s1 The first string
 		 * @param s2 The second string
@@ -300,64 +140,6 @@ namespace std
 		 */
 		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
 	};
-
-	/** An overload for std;:less<irc::string> that uses Anope::string, passed for the third tempalte argument
-	 * to std::map and std::multimap
-	 */
-	template<> struct CoreExport less<irc::string>
-	{
-	 public:
-		/** Compare two Anope::strings as irc::strings and find which one is less
-		 * @param s1 The first string
-		 * @param s2 The second string
-		 * @return true if s1 < s2, else false
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-	};
-}
-
-/* Define operators for using >> and << with irc::string to an ostream on an istream. */
-/* This was endless fun. No. Really. */
-/* It was also the first core change Ommeh made, if anyone cares */
-
-/** Operator >> for irc::string
- */
-inline std::istream &operator>>(std::istream &is, irc::string &str)
-{
-	std::string tmp;
-	is >> tmp;
-	str = tmp.c_str();
-	return is;
-}
-
-/** Operator >> for ci::string
- */
-inline std::istream &operator>>(std::istream &is, ci::string &str)
-{
-	std::string tmp;
-	is >> tmp;
-	str = tmp.c_str();
-	return is;
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline std::string operator+(std::string &leftval, irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + std::string(rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline irc::string operator+(irc::string &leftval, std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + irc::string(rightval.c_str());
 }

 /* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
@@ -380,46 +162,6 @@ inline ci::string operator+(ci::string &leftval, std::string &rightval)
 	return leftval + ci::string(rightval.c_str());
 }

-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to ci::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline irc::string operator+(irc::string &leftval, ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + irc::string(rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to ci::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline ci::string operator+(ci::string &leftval, irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + ci::string(rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const std::string &leftval, const irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval.c_str() == rightval;
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const irc::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval == rightval.c_str();
-}
-
 /* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
 * and comparison
 *
@@ -440,40 +182,6 @@ inline bool operator==(const ci::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
 	return leftval == rightval.c_str();
 }

-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to ci::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const ci::string &leftval, const irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval.c_str() == rightval;
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with irc::string to ci::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const irc::string &leftval, const ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval == rightval.c_str();
-}
-
-/* Define operators != for irc::string to std::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const irc::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval == rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators != for std::string to irc::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const std::string &leftval, const irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval.c_str() == rightval);
-}
-
 /* Define operators != for ci::string to std::string for easy comparison
 */
 inline bool operator!=(const ci::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
@@ -481,25 +189,11 @@ inline bool operator!=(const ci::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
 	return !(leftval == rightval.c_str());
 }

-/* Define operators != for ci::string to irc::string for easy comparison
+/* Define operators != for std::string to ci::string for easy comparison
 */
 inline bool operator!=(const std::string &leftval, const ci::string &rightval)
 {
 	return !(leftval.c_str() == rightval);
 }

-/* Define operators != for irc::string to ci::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const irc::string &leftval, const ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval == rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators != for irc::string to ci::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const ci::string &leftval, const irc::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval.c_str() == rightval);
-}
-
 #endif // HASHCOMP_H
@@ -1,11 +1,68 @@
-/* Commonly used language strings
+/*
 *
- * (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
 */

+#include "anope.h"
+
+namespace Language
+{
+
+	/* Languages we support as configured in services.conf. They are
+	 * added to this list if we detect a language exists in the correct
+	 * location for each language.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport std::vector<Anope::string> Languages;
+
+	/* Domains to search when looking for translations other than the
+	 * default "anope domain. This is used by modules who add their own
+	 * language files (and thus domains) to Anope. If a module is loaded
+	 * and we detect a language file exists for at least one of the supported
+	 * languages for the module, then we add the module's domain (its name)
+	 * here.
+	 *
+	 * When strings are translated they are checked against all domains.
+	 */
+	extern std::vector<Anope::string> Domains;
+
+	/** Initialize the language system. Finds valid language files and
+	 * populates the Languages list.
+	 */
+	extern void InitLanguages();
+
+	/** Translates a string to the default language.
+	 * @param string A string to translate
+	 * @return The translated string if found, else the original string.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport const char *Translate(const char *string);
+
+	/** Translates a string to the language of the given user.
+	 * @param u The user to transate the string for
+	 * @param string A string to translate
+	 * @return The translated string if found, else the original string.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport const char *Translate(User *u, const char *string);
+
+	/** Translates a string to the language of the given account.
+	 * @param nc The account to translate the string for
+	 * @param string A string to translate
+	 * @return The translated string if count, else the original string
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport const char *Translate(const NickCore *nc, const char *string);
+
+	/** Translatesa string to the given language.
+	 * @param lang The language to translate to
+	 * @param string The string to translate
+	 * @return The translated string if found, else the original string.
+	 */
+	extern CoreExport const char *Translate(const char *lang, const char *string);
+
+} // namespace Language
+
+/* Commonly used language strings */
 #define MORE_INFO			_("\002%s%s HELP %s\002 for more information.")
 #define BAD_USERHOST_MASK		_("Mask must be in the form \037user\037@\037host\037.")
 #define BAD_EXPIRY_TIME			_("Invalid expiry time.")
@@ -16,7 +73,7 @@
 #define MORE_OBSCURE_PASSWORD		_("Please try again with a more obscure password. Passwords should be at least\n" \
 						"five characters long, should not be something easily guessed\n" \
 						"(e.g. your real name or your nick), and cannot contain the space or tab characters.")
-#define PASSWORD_TOO_LONG		_("Your password is too long. Please try again with a shorter password.")
+#define PASSWORD_TOO_LONG		_("Your password is too long. It must not exceed %u characters.")
 #define NICK_NOT_REGISTERED		_("Your nick isn't registered.")
 #define NICK_X_NOT_REGISTERED		_("Nick \002%s\002 isn't registered.")
 #define NICK_X_NOT_IN_USE		_("Nick \002%s\002 isn't currently in use.")
@@ -27,13 +84,9 @@
 #define CHAN_X_NOT_IN_USE		_("Channel \002%s\002 doesn't exist.")
 #define NICK_IDENTIFY_REQUIRED		_("Password authentication required for that command.")
 #define MAIL_X_INVALID			_("\002%s\002 is not a valid e-mail address.")
-#define NO_REASON			_("No reason")
 #define UNKNOWN				_("<unknown>")
 #define NO_EXPIRE			_("does not expire")
-#define END_OF_ANY_LIST			_("End of \002%s\002 list.")
 #define LIST_INCORRECT_RANGE		_("Incorrect range specified. The correct syntax is \002#\037from\037-\037to\037\002.")
-#define UNKNOWN_OPTION			_("Unknown option \002%s\002.\n" \
-						"Type %s%s HELP %s for more information.")
 #define NICK_IS_REGISTERED		_("This nick is owned by someone else.  Please choose another.\n" \
 						"(If this is your nick, type \002%s%s IDENTIFY \037password\037\002.)")
 #define NICK_IS_SECURE			_("This nickname is registered and protected.  If it is your\n" \
@@ -42,59 +95,33 @@
 #define FORCENICKCHANGE_NOW		_("This nickname has been registered; you may not use it.")
 #define NICK_CANNOT_BE_REGISTERED	_("Nickname \002%s\002 may not be registered.")
 #define NICK_ALREADY_REGISTERED		_("Nickname \002%s\002 is already registered!")
-#define NICK_SET_SYNTAX			_("SET \037option\037 \037parameters\037")
-#define NICK_SET_DISABLED		_("Sorry, nickname option setting is temporarily disabled.")
-#define NICK_SET_UNKNOWN_OPTION		_("Unknown SET option \002%s%s\002.")
 #define NICK_SET_DISPLAY_CHANGED	_("The new display is now \002%s\002.")
-#define NICK_LIST_SYNTAX		_("LIST \037pattern\037")
-#define LIST_HEADER			_("List of entries matching \002%s\002:")
-#define NICK_RECOVERED			_("User claiming your nick has been killed.\n" \
-						"\002%s%s RELEASE %s\002 to get it back before %s timeout.")
-#define NICK_REQUESTED			_("This nick has already been requested, please check your e-mail address for the pass code")
-#define NICK_CONFIRM_INVALID		_("Invalid passcode has been entered, please check the e-mail again, and retry")
+#define NICK_CONFIRM_INVALID		_("Invalid passcode has been entered, please check the e-mail again, and retry.")
 #define CHAN_NOT_ALLOWED_TO_JOIN	_("You are not permitted to be on this channel.")
 #define CHAN_X_INVALID			_("Channel %s is not a valid channel.")
 #define CHAN_REACHED_CHANNEL_LIMIT	_("Sorry, you have already reached your limit of \002%d\002 channels.")
 #define CHAN_EXCEEDED_CHANNEL_LIMIT	_("Sorry, you have already exceeded your limit of \002%d\002 channels.")
-#define CHAN_SYMBOL_REQUIRED		_("Please use the symbol of \002#\002 when attempting to register")
-#define CHAN_SET_DISABLED		_("Sorry, channel option setting is temporarily disabled.")
+#define CHAN_SYMBOL_REQUIRED		_("Please use the symbol of \002#\002 when attempting to register.")
 #define CHAN_SETTING_CHANGED		_("%s for %s set to %s.")
 #define CHAN_SETTING_UNSET		_("%s for %s unset.")
-#define CHAN_SET_MLOCK_DEPRECATED	_("MLOCK is deprecated. Use \002%s%s HELP MODE\002 instead.")
 #define CHAN_ACCESS_LEVEL_RANGE		_("Access level must be between %d and %d inclusive.")
-#define CHAN_ACCESS_LIST_HEADER		_("Access list for %s:\n" \
-						"  Num   Lev  Mask")
-#define CHAN_ACCESS_VIEW_AXS_FORMAT	_("  %3d  %4d  %s\n" \
-						"   by %s on %s, last seen %s")
-#define CHAN_AKICK_VIEW_FORMAT		_("%3d %s (by %s on %s)\n" \
-						"    %s")
 #define CHAN_INFO_HEADER		_("Information for channel \002%s\002:")
-#define CHAN_EXCEPTED			_("\002%s\002 matches an except on %s and cannot be banned until the except have been removed.")
-#define CHAN_LIST_ENTRY			_("%3d    %s\n" \
-						"  Added by %s on %s")
+#define CHAN_EXCEPTED			_("\002%s\002 matches an except on %s and cannot be banned until the except has been removed.")
 #define MEMO_NEW_X_MEMO_ARRIVED		_("There is a new memo on channel %s.\n" \
 						"Type \002%s%s READ %s %d\002 to read it.")
 #define MEMO_NEW_MEMO_ARRIVED		_("You have a new memo from %s.\n" \
 						"Type \002%s%s READ %d\002 to read it.")
 #define MEMO_HAVE_NO_MEMOS		_("You have no memos.")
 #define MEMO_X_HAS_NO_MEMOS		_("%s has no memos.")
-#define MEMO_SEND_SYNTAX		_("SEND {\037nick\037 | \037channel\037} \037memo-text\037")
 #define MEMO_SEND_DISABLED		_("Sorry, memo sending is temporarily disabled.")
 #define MEMO_HAVE_NO_NEW_MEMOS		_("You have no new memos.")
 #define MEMO_X_HAS_NO_NEW_MEMOS		_("%s has no new memos.")
 #define BOT_DOES_NOT_EXIST		_("Bot \002%s\002 does not exist.")
 #define BOT_NOT_ASSIGNED		_("You must assign a bot to the channel before using this command.")
 #define BOT_NOT_ON_CHANNEL		_("Bot is not on channel \002%s\002.")
-#define BOT_ASSIGN_READONLY		_("Sorry, bot assignment is temporarily disabled.")
-#define ENABLED				_("Enabled")
-#define DISABLED			_("Disabled")
-#define OPER_LIST_FORMAT		_("  %3d   %-32s  %s")
-#define OPER_VIEW_FORMAT		_("%3d  %s (by %s on %s; %s)\n" \
-						"      %s")
-#define HOST_SET_ERROR			_("A vhost must be in the format of a valid hostmask.")
-#define HOST_SET_IDENT_ERROR		_("A vhost ident must be in the format of a valid ident")
-#define HOST_SET_TOOLONG		_("Error! The vhost is too long, please use a host shorter than %d characters.")
-#define HOST_SET_IDENTTOOLONG		_("Error! The Ident is too long, please use an ident shorter than %d characters.")
-#define HOST_NOT_ASSIGNED		_("Please contact an Operator to get a vhost assigned to this nick.")
-#define HOST_NO_VIDENT			_("Your IRCD does not support vIdent's, if this is incorrect, please report this as a possible bug")
-
+#define HOST_SET_ERROR			_("A vHost must be in the format of a valid hostname.")
+#define HOST_SET_IDENT_ERROR		_("A vHost ident must be in the format of a valid ident.")
+#define HOST_SET_TOOLONG		_("Error! The vHost is too long, please use a hostname shorter than %d characters.")
+#define HOST_SET_IDENTTOOLONG		_("Error! The vHost ident is too long, please use an ident shorter than %d characters.")
+#define HOST_NOT_ASSIGNED		_("Please contact an Operator to get a vHost assigned to this nick.")
+#define HOST_NO_VIDENT			_("Your IRCd does not support vIdent's, if this is incorrect, please report this as a possible bug")
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LISTS_H
+#define LISTS_H
+
+#include "services.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+
+/** A class to process numbered lists (passed to most DEL/LIST/VIEW commands).
+ * The function HandleNumber is called for every number in the list. Note that
+ * if descending is true it gets called in descending order. This is so deleting
+ * the index passed to the function from an array will not cause the other indexes
+ * passed to the function to be incorrect. This keeps us from having to have an
+ * 'in use' flag on everything.
+ */
+class CoreExport NumberList
+{
+ private:
+	bool is_valid;
+
+	std::set<unsigned> numbers;
+
+	bool desc;
+ public:
+	/** Processes a numbered list
+	 * @param list The list
+	 * @param descending True to make HandleNumber get called with numbers in descending order
+	 */
+	NumberList(const Anope::string &list, bool descending);
+
+	/** Destructor, does nothing
+	 */
+	virtual ~NumberList();
+
+	/** Should be called after the constructors are done running. This calls the callbacks.
+	 */
+	void Process();
+
+	/** Called with a number from the list
+	 * @param number The number
+	 */
+	virtual void HandleNumber(unsigned number);
+
+	/** Called when there is an error with the numbered list
+	 * Return false to immediately stop processing the list and return
+	 * This is all done before we start calling HandleNumber, so no numbers will have been processed yet
+	 * @param list The list
+	 * @return false to stop processing
+	 */
+	virtual bool InvalidRange(const Anope::string &list);
+};
+
+/** This class handles formatting LIST/VIEW replies.
+ */
+class CoreExport ListFormatter
+{
+ public:
+ 	typedef std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> ListEntry;
+ private:
+	NickCore *nc;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> columns;
+	std::vector<ListEntry> entries;
+ public:
+	ListFormatter(NickCore *nc);
+	ListFormatter &AddColumn(const Anope::string &name);
+	void AddEntry(const ListEntry &entry);
+	bool IsEmpty() const;
+	void Process(std::vector<Anope::string> &);
+};
+
+/** This class handles formatting INFO replies
+ */
+class CoreExport InfoFormatter
+{
+	NickCore *nc;
+	std::vector<std::pair<Anope::string, Anope::string> > replies;
+	unsigned longest;
+ public:
+	InfoFormatter(NickCore *nc);
+	void Process(std::vector<Anope::string> &);
+	Anope::string &operator[](const Anope::string &key);
+	void AddOption(const Anope::string &opt);
+};
+
+#endif // LISTS_H
@@ -1,14 +1,34 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef LOGGER_H
 #define LOGGER_H

+#include "anope.h"
+#include "defs.h"
+
 enum LogType
 {
+	/* Used whenever an administrator uses an administrative comand */
 	LOG_ADMIN,
+	/* Used whenever an administrator overides something, such as adding
+	 * access to a channel where they don't have permission to.
+	 */
 	LOG_OVERRIDE,
+	/* Any other command usage */
 	LOG_COMMAND,
 	LOG_SERVER,
 	LOG_CHANNEL,
 	LOG_USER,
+	LOG_MODULE,
 	LOG_NORMAL,
 	LOG_TERMINAL,
 	LOG_RAWIO,
@@ -21,44 +41,67 @@ enum LogType
 struct LogFile
 {
 	Anope::string filename;
-
- public:
 	std::ofstream stream;

 	LogFile(const Anope::string &name);
-	Anope::string GetName() const;
+	~LogFile();
+	const Anope::string &GetName() const;
 };

-class Command;
-
+/* Represents a single log message */
 class CoreExport Log
 {
 public:
+ 	/* Bot that should log this message */
 	BotInfo *bi;
-	LogType Type;
-	Anope::string Category;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Sources;
+	/* For commands, the user executing the command, but might not always exist */
+	User *u;
+	/* For commands, the account executing the command, but will not always exist */
+	NickCore *nc;
+	/* For commands, the command being executed */
+	Command *c;
+	/* For commands, the command source */
+	CommandSource *source;
+	/* Used for LOG_CHANNEL */
+	Channel *chan;
+	/* For commands, the channel the command was executed on, will not always exist */
+	const ChannelInfo *ci;
+	/* For LOG_SERVER */
+	Server *s;
+	/* For LOG_MODULE */
+	Module *m;
+	LogType type;
+	Anope::string category;

 	std::stringstream buf;

 	Log(LogType type = LOG_NORMAL, const Anope::string &category = "", BotInfo *bi = NULL);

 	/* LOG_COMMAND/OVERRIDE/ADMIN */
-	Log(LogType type, User *u, Command *c, ChannelInfo *ci = NULL);
+	Log(LogType type, CommandSource &source, Command *c, ChannelInfo *ci = NULL);

 	/* LOG_CHANNEL */
 	Log(User *u, Channel *c, const Anope::string &category = "");

 	/* LOG_USER */
-	explicit Log(User *u, const Anope::string &category = "");
+	Log(User *u, const Anope::string &category = "", BotInfo *bi = NULL);

 	/* LOG_SERVER */
-	Log(Server *s, const Anope::string &category = "");
+	Log(Server *s, const Anope::string &category = "", BotInfo *bi = NULL);

 	Log(BotInfo *b, const Anope::string &category = "");

+	Log(Module *m, const Anope::string &category = "", BotInfo *bi = NULL);
+
 	~Log();

+ private:
+	Anope::string FormatSource() const;
+	Anope::string FormatCommand() const;
+
+ public:
+	Anope::string BuildPrefix() const;
+
 	template<typename T> Log &operator<<(T val)
 	{
 		this->buf << val;
@@ -66,34 +109,36 @@ class CoreExport Log
 	}
 };

+/* Configured in the configuration file, actually does the message logging */
 class CoreExport LogInfo
 {
 public:
-	std::list<Anope::string> Targets;
-	std::map<Anope::string, LogFile *> Logfiles;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Sources;
-	int LogAge;
-	bool Inhabit;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Admin;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Override;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Commands;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Servers;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Users;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Channels;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Normal;
-	bool RawIO;
-	bool Debug;
+ 	BotInfo *bot;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> targets;
+	std::vector<LogFile *> logfiles;
+	int last_day;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> sources;
+	int log_age;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> admin;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> override;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> commands;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> servers;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> users;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> channels;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> normal;
+	bool raw_io;
+	bool debug;

-	LogInfo(int logage, bool inhabit, bool rawio, bool debug);
+	LogInfo(int logage, bool rawio, bool debug);

 	~LogInfo();

-	void AddType(std::list<Anope::string> &list, const Anope::string &type);
+	void OpenLogFiles();

 	bool HasType(LogType ltype, const Anope::string &type) const;

+	/* Logs the message l if configured to */
 	void ProcessMessage(const Log *l);
 };

 #endif // LOGGER_H
-
@@ -1,28 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef MAIL_H
 #define MAIL_H

 #include "anope.h"
+#include "threadengine.h"
+#include "serialize.h"

-extern CoreExport bool Mail(User *u, NickCore *nc, BotInfo *service, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
-extern CoreExport bool Mail(NickCore *nc, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
-extern CoreExport bool MailValidate(const Anope::string &email);
-
-class MailThread : public Thread
+namespace Mail
 {
- private:
-	Anope::string MailTo;
-	Anope::string Addr;
-	Anope::string Subject;
-	Anope::string Message;
-	bool DontQuoteAddresses;
+	extern CoreExport bool Send(User *from, NickCore *to, BotInfo *service, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
+	extern CoreExport bool Send(NickCore *to, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
+	extern CoreExport bool Validate(const Anope::string &email);

-	bool Success;
- public:
-	MailThread(const Anope::string &mailto, const Anope::string &addr, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
+	/* A email message being sent */
+	class Message : public Thread
+	{
+	 private:
+	 	Anope::string sendmail_path;
+		Anope::string send_from;
+		Anope::string mail_to;
+		Anope::string addr;
+		Anope::string subject;
+		Anope::string message;
+		bool dont_quote_addresses;

-	~MailThread();
+		bool success;
+	 public:
+	 	/** Construct this message. Once constructed call Thread::Start to launch the mail sending.
+		 * @param sf Config->SendFrom
+		 * @param mailto Name of person being mailed (u->nick, nc->display, etc)
+		 * @param addr Destination address to mail
+		 * @param subject Message subject
+		 * @param message The actual message
+		 */
+		Message(const Anope::string &sf, const Anope::string &mailto, const Anope::string &addr, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);

-	void Run();
-};
+		~Message();
+
+		/* Called from within the thread to actually send the mail */
+		void Run() anope_override;
+	};
+
+} // namespace Mail

 #endif // MAIL_H
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MEMO_H
+#define MEMO_H
+
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+
+class CoreExport Memo : public Serializable
+{
+ public:
+	MemoInfo *mi;
+ 	bool unread;
+	bool receipt;
+ 	Memo();
+	~Memo();
+
+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
+
+	Anope::string owner;
+	/* When it was sent */
+	time_t time;
+	Anope::string sender;
+	Anope::string text;
+};
+
+/* Memo info structures.  Since both nicknames and channels can have memos,
+ * we encapsulate memo data in a MemoInfo to make it easier to handle.
+ */
+struct CoreExport MemoInfo
+{
+	int16_t memomax;
+	Serialize::Checker<std::vector<Memo *> > memos;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> ignores;
+
+	MemoInfo();
+	Memo *GetMemo(unsigned index) const;
+	unsigned GetIndex(Memo *m) const;
+	void Del(unsigned index);
+	bool HasIgnore(User *u);
+
+	static MemoInfo *GetMemoInfo(const Anope::string &targ, bool &is_chan);
+};
+
+#endif // MEMO_H
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+#include "protocol.h"
+
+/* Common IRCD messages.
+ * Protocol modules may chose to include some, none, or all of these handlers
+ * as they see fit.
+ */
+
+namespace Message
+{
+
+	struct CoreExport Away : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Away(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "AWAY") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 0) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Capab : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Capab(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "CAPAB") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Error : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Error(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "ERROR") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Invite : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Invite(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "INVITE") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Join : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Join(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "JOIN") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+
+		typedef std::pair<ChannelStatus, User *> SJoinUser;
+
+		/** Handle a SJOIN.
+		 * @param source The source of the SJOIN
+		 * @param chan The channel the users are joining to
+		 * @param ts The TS for the channel
+		 * @param modes The modes sent with the SJOIN, if any
+		 * @param users The users and their status, if any
+		 */
+		static void SJoin(MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &chan, time_t ts, const Anope::string &modes, const std::list<SJoinUser> &users);
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Kick : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Kick(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "KICK") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Kill : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Kill(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "KILL") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Mode : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Mode(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "MODE") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport MOTD : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		MOTD(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "MOTD") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Notice : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Notice(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "NOTICE") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Part : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Part(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "PART") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Ping : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Ping(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "PING") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Privmsg : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Privmsg(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "PRIVMSG") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Quit : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Quit(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "QUIT") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport SQuit : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		SQuit(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "SQUIT") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Stats : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Stats(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "STATS") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Time : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Time(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "TIME") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 0) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Topic : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Topic(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "TOPIC") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 2) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Version : IRCDMessage
+	{
+		Version(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "VERSION") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 0) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+	struct CoreExport Whois : IRCDMessage
+	{
+ 		Whois(Module *creator, const Anope::string &mname = "WHOIS") : IRCDMessage(creator, mname, 1) { SetFlag(IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT); }
+
+		void Run(MessageSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) anope_override;
+	};
+
+} // namespace Message
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* Mode support
 *
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Adam <Adam@anope.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ * (C) 2008-2011 Adam <Adam@anope.org>
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
 */
@@ -9,80 +9,8 @@
 #ifndef MODES_H
 #define MODES_H

-/** All of the valid user mode names
- */
-enum UserModeName
-{
-	UMODE_BEGIN,
-
-	UMODE_SERV_ADMIN, UMODE_BOT, UMODE_CO_ADMIN, UMODE_FILTER, UMODE_HIDEOPER, UMODE_NETADMIN,
-	UMODE_REGPRIV, UMODE_PROTECTED, UMODE_NO_CTCP, UMODE_WEBTV, UMODE_WEBIRC, UMODE_WHOIS, UMODE_ADMIN, UMODE_DEAF,
-	UMODE_GLOBOPS, UMODE_HELPOP, UMODE_INVIS, UMODE_OPER, UMODE_PRIV, UMODE_GOD, UMODE_REGISTERED,
-	UMODE_SNOMASK, UMODE_VHOST, UMODE_WALLOPS, UMODE_CLOAK, UMODE_SSL, UMODE_SOFTCALLERID, UMODE_CALLERID,
-	UMODE_COMMONCHANS, UMODE_HIDDEN, UMODE_STRIPCOLOR, UMODE_INVISIBLE_OPER, UMODE_RESTRICTED,
-
-	UMODE_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string UserModeNameStrings[] = {
-	"UMODE_BEGIN",
-
-	"UMODE_SERV_ADMIN", "UMODE_BOT", "UMODE_CO_ADMIN", "UMODE_FILTER", "UMODE_HIDEOPER", "UMODE_NETADMIN",
-	"UMODE_REGPRIV", "UMODE_PROTECTED", "UMODE_NO_CTCP", "UMODE_WEBTV", "UMODE_WEBIRC", "UMODE_WHOIS", "UMODE_ADMIN", "UMODE_DEAF",
-	"UMODE_GLOBOPS", "UMODE_HELPOP", "UMODE_INVIS", "UMODE_OPER", "UMODE_PRIV", "UMODE_GOD", "UMODE_REGISTERED",
-	"UMODE_SNOMASK", "UMODE_VHOST", "UMODE_WALLOPS", "UMODE_CLOAK", "UMODE_SSL", "UMODE_SOFTCALLERID", "UMODE_CALLERID",
-	"UMODE_COMMONCHANS", "UMODE_HIDDEN", "UMODE_STRIPCOLOR", "UMODE_INVISIBLE_OPER", "UMODE_RESTRICTED"
-
-	""
-};
-
-/** All of the valid channel mode names
- */
-enum ChannelModeName
-{
-	CMODE_BEGIN,
-
-	/* Channel modes */
-	CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR, CMODE_FLOOD, CMODE_INVITE, CMODE_KEY, CMODE_LIMIT, CMODE_MODERATED, CMODE_NOEXTERNAL,
-	CMODE_PRIVATE, CMODE_REGISTERED, CMODE_SECRET, CMODE_TOPIC, CMODE_AUDITORIUM, CMODE_SSL, CMODE_ADMINONLY,
-	CMODE_NOCTCP, CMODE_FILTER, CMODE_NOKNOCK, CMODE_REDIRECT, CMODE_REGMODERATED, CMODE_NONICK, CMODE_OPERONLY,
-	CMODE_NOKICK, CMODE_REGISTEREDONLY, CMODE_STRIPCOLOR, CMODE_NONOTICE, CMODE_NOINVITE, CMODE_ALLINVITE,
-	CMODE_BLOCKCAPS, CMODE_PERM, CMODE_NICKFLOOD, CMODE_JOINFLOOD, CMODE_DELAYEDJOIN, CMODE_NOREJOIN,
-	CMODE_BANDWIDTH,
-
-	/* b/e/I */
-	CMODE_BAN, CMODE_EXCEPT,
-	CMODE_INVITEOVERRIDE,
-
-	/* v/h/o/a/q */
-	CMODE_VOICE, CMODE_HALFOP, CMODE_OP,
-	CMODE_PROTECT, CMODE_OWNER,
-
-	CMODE_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string ChannelModeNameStrings[] = {
-	"CMODE_BEGIN",
-
-	/* Channel modes */
-	"CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR", "CMODE_FLOOD", "CMODE_INVITE", "CMODE_KEY", "CMODE_LIMIT", "CMODE_MODERATED", "CMODE_NOEXTERNAL",
-	"CMODE_PRIVATE", "CMODE_REGISTERED", "CMODE_SECRET", "CMODE_TOPIC", "CMODE_AUDITORIUM", "CMODE_SSL", "CMODE_ADMINONLY",
-	"CMODE_NOCTCP", "CMODE_FILTER", "CMODE_NOKNOCK", "CMODE_REDIRECT", "CMODE_REGMODERATED", "CMODE_NONICK", "CMODE_OPERONLY",
-	"CMODE_NOKICK", "CMODE_REGISTEREDONLY", "CMODE_STRIPCOLOR", "CMODE_NONOTICE", "CMODE_NOINVITE", "CMODE_ALLINVITE",
-	"CMODE_BLOCKCAPS", "CMODE_PERM", "CMODE_NICKFLOOD", "CMODE_JOINFLOOD", "CMODE_DELAYEDJOIN", "CMODE_NOREJOIN",
-	"CMODE_BANDWIDTH",
-
-	/* b/e/I */
-	"CMODE_BAN", "CMODE_EXCEPT",
-	"CMODE_INVITEOVERRIDE",
-
-	/* v/h/o/a/q */
-	"CMODE_VOICE", "CMODE_HALFOP", "CMODE_OP",
-	"CMODE_PROTECT", "CMODE_OWNER",
-
-	""
-};
-
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "base.h"

 /** The different types of modes
 */
@@ -102,9 +30,7 @@ enum ModeType
 */
 enum ModeClass
 {
-	/* Channel mode */
 	MC_CHANNEL,
-	/* User mode */
 	MC_USER
 };

@@ -113,23 +39,28 @@ enum ModeClass
 class CoreExport Mode : public Base
 {
 public:
-	/* Class of mode this is */
-	ModeClass Class;
-	/* Mode char for this */
-	char ModeChar;
-	/* Type of mode this is */
-	ModeType Type;
+ 	/* Mode name */
+ 	Anope::string name;
+	/* Class of mode this is (user/channel) */
+	ModeClass mclass;
+	/* Mode char for this, eg 'b' */
+	char mchar;
+	/* Type of mode this is, eg MODE_LIST */
+	ModeType type;

-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mClass The type of mode this is
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param mname The mode name
+	 * @param mclass The type of mode this is
+	 * @param mc The mode char
 	 * @param type The mode type
 	 */
-	Mode(ModeClass mClass, char modeChar, ModeType type);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
+	Mode(const Anope::string &mname, ModeClass mclass, char mc, ModeType type);
 	virtual ~Mode();
+
+	/** Can a user set this mode, used for mlock
+	 * @param u The user
+	 */
+	virtual bool CanSet(User *u) const;
 };

 /** This class is a user mode, all user modes use this/inherit from this
@@ -137,38 +68,27 @@ class CoreExport Mode : public Base
 class CoreExport UserMode : public Mode
 {
 public:
-	/* Mode name */
-	UserModeName Name;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param nName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
 	 */
-	UserMode(UserModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~UserMode();
-
-	/** Returns the mode name as a string
-	 */
-	const Anope::string NameAsString();
+	UserMode(const Anope::string &name, char mc);
 };

 class CoreExport UserModeParam : public UserMode
 {
 public:
- 	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
+ 	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
 	 */
-	UserModeParam(UserModeName mName, char modeChar);
+	UserModeParam(const Anope::string &name, char mc);

 	/** Check if the param is valid
 	 * @param value The param
 	 * @return true or false
 	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
+	virtual bool IsValid(Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
 };

 /** This class is a channel mode, all channel modes use this/inherit from this
@@ -176,51 +96,48 @@ class CoreExport UserModeParam : public UserMode
 class CoreExport ChannelMode : public Mode
 {
 public:
-	/* Mode name */
-	ChannelModeName Name;
+	/* channel modes that can posssibly unwrap this mode */
+	std::vector<ChannelMode *> listeners;

-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
 	 */
-	ChannelMode(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar);
+	ChannelMode(const Anope::string &name, char mc);

-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelMode();
+	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;

-	/** Can a user set this mode, used for mlock
-	 * NOTE: User CAN be NULL, this is for checking if it can be locked with defcon
-	 * @param u The user, or NULL
-	 */
-	virtual bool CanSet(User *u) const;
+	virtual void Check() { }

-	/** Returns the mode name as a string
+	/** 'wrap' this channel mode and param to the underlying mode and param
 	 */
-	const Anope::string NameAsString();
+	virtual ChannelMode *Wrap(Anope::string &param);
+
+	/** 'unwrap' this mode to our internal representation
+	 */
+	ChannelMode *Unwrap(Anope::string &param);
+
+	/** called when a mode is being unwrapped, and is asking us if we can unwrap it
+	 */
+	virtual ChannelMode *Unwrap(ChannelMode *, Anope::string &param);
 };

-
 /** This is a mode for lists, eg b/e/I. These modes should inherit from this
 */
 class CoreExport ChannelModeList : public ChannelMode
 {
 public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
 	 */
-	ChannelModeList(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeList();
+	ChannelModeList(const Anope::string &name, char mc);

 	/** Is the mask valid
 	 * @param mask The mask
 	 * @return true for yes, false for no
 	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &mask) const { return true; }
+	virtual bool IsValid(Anope::string &mask) const;

 	/** Checks if mask affects user
 	 * Should only be used for extbans or other weird ircd-specific things.
@@ -248,25 +165,21 @@ class CoreExport ChannelModeList : public ChannelMode
 class CoreExport ChannelModeParam : public ChannelMode
 {
 public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 * @param MinusArg true if this mode sends no arg when unsetting
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
+	 * @param minus_no_arg true if this mode sends no arg when unsetting
 	 */
-	ChannelModeParam(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar, bool MinusArg = false);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeParam();
+	ChannelModeParam(const Anope::string &name, char mc, bool minus_no_arg = false);

 	/* Should we send an arg when unsetting this mode? */
-	bool MinusNoArg;
+	bool minus_no_arg;

 	/** Is the param valid
 	 * @param value The param
 	 * @return true for yes, false for no
 	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
+	virtual bool IsValid(Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
 };

 /** This is a mode that is a channel status, eg +v/h/o/a/q.
@@ -275,18 +188,72 @@ class CoreExport ChannelModeStatus : public ChannelMode
 {
 public:
 	/* The symbol, eg @ % + */
-	char Symbol;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 * @param mSymbol The symbol for the mode, eg @ % +
+	char symbol;
+	/* The "level" of the mode, used to compare with other modes.
+	 * Used so we know op > halfop > voice etc.
 	 */
-	ChannelModeStatus(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar, char mSymbol);
+	short level;

-	/** Default destructor
+	/** constructor
+	 * @param name The mode name
+	 * @param mc The mode char
+	 * @param msymbol The symbol for the mode, eg @ %
+	 * @param mlevel A level for the mode, which is usually determined by the PREFIX capab
 	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeStatus();
+	ChannelModeStatus(const Anope::string &name, char mc, char msymbol, short mlevel);
+};
+
+/** A virtual mode. This mode doesn't natively exist on the IRCd (like extbans),
+ * but we still have a representation for it.
+ */
+template<typename T>
+class CoreExport ChannelModeVirtual : public T
+{
+	Anope::string base;
+	ChannelMode *basech;
+
+ public:
+	ChannelModeVirtual(const Anope::string &mname, const Anope::string &basename);
+
+	~ChannelModeVirtual();
+
+	void Check() anope_override;
+
+	ChannelMode *Wrap(Anope::string &param) anope_override;
+
+	ChannelMode *Unwrap(ChannelMode *cm, Anope::string &param) = 0;
+};
+
+/* The status a user has on a channel (+v, +h, +o) etc */
+class CoreExport ChannelStatus
+{
+	Anope::string modes;
+ public:
+ 	ChannelStatus();
+ 	ChannelStatus(const Anope::string &modes);
+ 	void AddMode(char c);
+	void DelMode(char c);
+	bool HasMode(char c) const;
+	bool Empty() const;
+	void Clear();
+	const Anope::string &Modes() const;
+	Anope::string BuildModePrefixList() const;
+};
+
+class CoreExport UserModeOperOnly : public UserMode
+{
+ public:
+	UserModeOperOnly(const Anope::string &mname, char um) : UserMode(mname, um) { }
+
+	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
+};
+
+class CoreExport UserModeNoone : public UserMode
+{
+ public:
+	UserModeNoone(const Anope::string &mname, char um) : UserMode(mname, um) { }
+
+	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
 };

 /** Channel mode +k (key)
@@ -294,111 +261,45 @@ class CoreExport ChannelModeStatus : public ChannelMode
 class CoreExport ChannelModeKey : public ChannelModeParam
 {
 public:
-	ChannelModeKey(char modeChar) : ChannelModeParam(CMODE_KEY, modeChar) { }
+	ChannelModeKey(char mc) : ChannelModeParam("KEY", mc) { }

-	bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const;
+	bool IsValid(Anope::string &value) const anope_override;
 };

-/** This class is used for channel mode +A (Admin only)
- * Only opers can mlock it
+/** This class is used for oper only channel modes
 */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeAdmin : public ChannelMode
+class CoreExport ChannelModeOperOnly : public ChannelMode
 {
 public:
-	ChannelModeAdmin(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_ADMINONLY, modeChar) { }
+	ChannelModeOperOnly(const Anope::string &mname, char mc) : ChannelMode(mname, mc) { }

 	/* Opers only */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const;
+	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
 };

-/** This class is used for channel mode +O (Opers only)
- * Only opers can mlock it
+/** This class is used for channel modes only servers may set
 */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeOper : public ChannelMode
+class CoreExport ChannelModeNoone : public ChannelMode
 {
 public:
-	ChannelModeOper(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_OPERONLY, modeChar) { }
+	ChannelModeNoone(const Anope::string &mname, char mc) : ChannelMode(mname, mc) { }

-	/* Opers only */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const;
+	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
 };

-/** This class is used for channel mode +r (registered channel)
- * No one may mlock r
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeRegistered : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	ChannelModeRegistered(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_REGISTERED, modeChar) { }
-
-	/* No one mlocks +r */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const;
-};
-
-enum StackerType
-{
-	ST_CHANNEL,
-	ST_USER
-};
-
-class StackerInfo
-{
- public:
-	/* Modes to be added */
-	std::list<std::pair<Base *, Anope::string> > AddModes;
-	/* Modes to be deleted */
-	std::list<std::pair<Base *, Anope::string> > DelModes;
-	/* The type of object this stacker info is for */
-	StackerType Type;
-	/* Bot this is sent from */
-	BotInfo *bi;
-
-	/** Add a mode to this object
-	 * @param mode The mode
-	 * @param Set true if setting, false if unsetting
-	 * @param Param The param for the mode
-	 */
-	void AddMode(Mode *mode, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param);
-};
-
-/** This is mode manager
+/** This is the mode manager
 * It contains functions for adding modes to Anope so Anope can track them
 * and do things such as MLOCK.
 * This also contains a mode stacker that will combine multiple modes and set
- * them on a channel all at once
+ * them on a channel or user at once
 */
 class CoreExport ModeManager
 {
- protected:
-	/* List of pairs of user/channels and their stacker info */
-	static std::list<std::pair<Base *, StackerInfo *> > StackerObjects;
-
-	/** Get the stacker info for an item, if one doesnt exist it is created
-	 * @param Item The user/channel etc
-	 * @return The stacker info
-	 */
-	static StackerInfo *GetInfo(Base *Item);
-
-	/** Build a list of mode strings to send to the IRCd from the mode stacker
-	 * @param info The stacker info for a channel or user
-	 * @return a list of strings
-	 */
-	static std::list<Anope::string> BuildModeStrings(StackerInfo *info);
-
-	/** Really add a mode to the stacker, internal use only
-	 * @param bi The client to set the modes from
-	 * @param Object The object, user/channel
-	 * @param mode The mode
-	 * @param Set Adding or removing?
-	 * @param Param A param, if there is one
-	 * @param Type The type this is, user or channel
-	 */
-	static void StackerAddInternal(BotInfo *bi, Base *Object, Mode *mode, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param, StackerType Type);
-
 public:
- 	/* List of all modes Anope knows about */
-	static std::vector<ChannelMode *> ChannelModes;
-	static std::vector<UserMode *> UserModes;
+
+	/* Number of generic channel and user modes we are tracking */
+	static unsigned GenericChannelModes;
+	static unsigned GenericUserModes;

 	/** Add a user mode to Anope
 	 * @param um A UserMode or UserMode derived class
@@ -412,74 +313,110 @@ class CoreExport ModeManager
 	 */
 	static bool AddChannelMode(ChannelMode *cm);

-	/** Find a channel mode
-	 * @param Mode The mode
-	 * @return The mode class
+	/** Remove a user mode from Anope
+	 * @param um A UserMode to remove
 	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByChar(char Mode);
+	static void RemoveUserMode(UserMode *um);

-	/** Find a user mode
-	 * @param Mode The mode
-	 * @return The mode class
+	/** Remove a channel mode from Anope
+	 * @param um A ChanneMode to remove
 	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByChar(char Mode);
+	static void RemoveChannelMode(ChannelMode *cm);

 	/** Find a channel mode
-	 * @param Mode The modename
+	 * @param mode The mode
 	 * @return The mode class
 	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByName(ChannelModeName Name);
+	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByChar(char mode);

 	/** Find a user mode
-	 * @param Mode The modename
+	 * @param mode The mode
 	 * @return The mode class
 	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByName(UserModeName Name);
+	static UserMode *FindUserModeByChar(char mode);

-	/** Find channel mode by string
-	 * @param name The mode name
-	 * @return The mode
+	/** Find a channel mode
+	 * @param name The modename
+	 * @return The mode class
 	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByString(const Anope::string &name);
+	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByName(const Anope::string &name);

-	/** Find user mode by string
-	 * @param name The mode name
-	 * @return The mode
+	/** Find a user mode
+	 * @param name The modename
+	 * @return The mode class
 	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByString(const Anope::string &name);
+	static UserMode *FindUserModeByName(const Anope::string &name);

 	/** Gets the channel mode char for a symbol (eg + returns v)
-	 * @param Value The symbol
+	 * @param symbol The symbol
 	 * @return The char
 	 */
-	static char GetStatusChar(char Value);
+	static char GetStatusChar(char symbol);
+
+	static const std::vector<ChannelMode *> &GetChannelModes();
+	static const std::vector<UserMode *> &GetUserModes();
+	static const std::vector<ChannelModeStatus *> &GetStatusChannelModesByRank();
+	static void RebuildStatusModes();

 	/** Add a mode to the stacker to be set on a channel
 	 * @param bi The client to set the modes from
 	 * @param c The channel
 	 * @param cm The channel mode
-	 * @param Set true for setting, false for removing
-	 * @param Param The param, if there is one
+	 * @param set true for setting, false for removing
+	 * @param param The param, if there is one
 	 */
-	static void StackerAdd(BotInfo *bi, Channel *c, ChannelMode *cm, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param = "");
+	static void StackerAdd(BotInfo *bi, Channel *c, ChannelMode *cm, bool set, const Anope::string &param = "");

 	/** Add a mode to the stacker to be set on a user
 	 * @param bi The client to set the modes from
 	 * @param u The user
 	 * @param um The user mode
-	 * @param Set true for setting, false for removing
+	 * @param set true for setting, false for removing
 	 * @param param The param, if there is one
 	 */
-	static void StackerAdd(BotInfo *bi, User *u, UserMode *um, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param = "");
+	static void StackerAdd(BotInfo *bi, User *u, UserMode *um, bool set, const Anope::string &param = "");

 	/** Process all of the modes in the stacker and send them to the IRCd to be set on channels/users
 	 */
 	static void ProcessModes();

-	/** Delete a user or channel from the stacker
-	 * @param b The user/channel
+	/** Delete a user, channel, or mode from the stacker
 	 */
-	static void StackerDel(Base *b);
+	static void StackerDel(User *u);
+	static void StackerDel(Channel *c);
+	static void StackerDel(Mode *m);
+};
+
+/** Represents a mask set on a channel (b/e/I)
+ */
+class CoreExport Entry
+{
+	Anope::string name;
+	Anope::string mask;
+ public:
+	unsigned short cidr_len;
+	int family;
+	Anope::string nick, user, host, real;
+
+	/** Constructor
+ 	 * @param mode What mode this host is for, can be empty for unknown/no mode
+	 * @param host A full or poartial nick!ident@host/cidr#real name mask
+	 */
+	Entry(const Anope::string &mode, const Anope::string &host);
+
+	/** Get the banned mask for this entry
+	 * @return The mask
+	 */
+	const Anope::string GetMask() const;
+
+	const Anope::string GetNUHMask() const;
+
+	/** Check if this entry matches a user
+	 * @param u The user
+	 * @param full True to match against a users real host and IP
+	 * @return true on match
+	 */
+	bool Matches(User *u, bool full = false) const;
 };

 #endif // MODES_H
@@ -1,9 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
 #ifndef MODULE_H
 #define MODULE_H

-#include "services.h"
-#include "modules.h"
-#include "oper.h"
+#include "access.h"
+#include "account.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "base.h"
+#include "bots.h"
+#include "channels.h"
 #include "commands.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "extensible.h"
+#include "hashcomp.h"
+#include "language.h"
+#include "lists.h"
+#include "logger.h"
+#include "mail.h"
+#include "memo.h"
+#include "messages.h"
+#include "modes.h"
+#include "modules.h"
+#include "opertype.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include "regexpr.h"
+#include "regchannel.h"
+#include "serialize.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "service.h"
+#include "services.h"
+#include "socketengine.h"
+#include "sockets.h"
+#include "threadengine.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "uplink.h"
+#include "users.h"
+#include "xline.h"
+
+#include "modules/pseudoclients/chanserv.h"
+#include "modules/pseudoclients/global.h"
+#include "modules/pseudoclients/memoserv.h"
+#include "modules/pseudoclients/nickserv.h"

 #endif // MODULE_H
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* BotServ core functions
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+/** Flags for badwords
+ */
+enum BadWordType
+{
+	/* Always kicks if the word is said */
+	BW_ANY,
+	/* User must way the entire word */
+	BW_SINGLE,
+	/* The word has to start with the badword */
+	BW_START,
+	/* The word has to end with the badword */
+	BW_END
+};
+
+/* Structure used to contain bad words. */
+struct BadWord
+{
+	Anope::string chan;
+	Anope::string word;
+	BadWordType type;
+
+	virtual ~BadWord() { }
+ protected:
+	BadWord() { }
+};
+
+struct BadWords
+{
+	virtual ~BadWords() { }
+
+	/** Add a badword to the badword list
+	 * @param word The badword
+	 * @param type The type (SINGLE START END)
+	 * @return The badword
+	 */
+	virtual BadWord* AddBadWord(const Anope::string &word, BadWordType type) = 0;
+
+	/** Get a badword structure by index
+	 * @param index The index
+	 * @return The badword
+	 */
+	virtual BadWord* GetBadWord(unsigned index) const = 0;
+
+	/** Get how many badwords are on this channel
+	 * @return The number of badwords in the vector
+	 */
+	virtual unsigned GetBadWordCount() const = 0;
+
+	/** Remove a badword
+	 * @param index The index of the badword
+	 */
+	virtual void EraseBadWord(unsigned index) = 0;
+
+	/** Clear all badwords from the channel
+	 */
+	virtual void ClearBadWords() = 0;
+
+	virtual void Check() = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* BotServ core functions
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+/* Indices for TTB (Times To Ban) */
+enum
+{
+	TTB_BOLDS,
+	TTB_COLORS,
+	TTB_REVERSES,
+	TTB_UNDERLINES,
+	TTB_BADWORDS,
+	TTB_CAPS,
+	TTB_FLOOD,
+	TTB_REPEAT,
+	TTB_ITALICS,
+	TTB_AMSGS,
+	TTB_SIZE
+};
+
+struct KickerData
+{
+	bool amsgs, badwords, bolds, caps, colors, flood, italics, repeat, reverses, underlines;
+	int16_t ttb[TTB_SIZE];                    /* Times to ban for each kicker */
+	int16_t capsmin, capspercent;	          /* For CAPS kicker */
+	int16_t floodlines, floodsecs;            /* For FLOOD kicker */
+	int16_t repeattimes;                      /* For REPEAT kicker */
+
+	bool dontkickops, dontkickvoices;
+
+ protected:
+	KickerData() { }
+
+ public:
+	virtual ~KickerData() { }
+	virtual void Check(ChannelInfo *ci) = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+struct EntryMsg
+{
+	Anope::string chan;
+	Anope::string creator;
+	Anope::string message;
+	time_t when;
+
+	virtual ~EntryMsg() { }
+ protected:
+	EntryMsg() { }
+};
+
+struct EntryMessageList : Serialize::Checker<std::vector<EntryMsg *> >
+{
+ protected:
+	EntryMessageList() : Serialize::Checker<std::vector<EntryMsg *> >("EntryMsg") { }
+
+ public:
+	virtual ~EntryMessageList()
+	{
+		for (unsigned i = (*this)->size(); i > 0; --i)
+			delete (*this)->at(i - 1);
+	}
+
+	virtual EntryMsg* Create() = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* ChanServ core functions
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+struct LogSetting
+{
+	Anope::string chan;
+	/* Our service name of the command */
+	Anope::string service_name;
+	/* The name of the client the command is on */
+	Anope::string command_service;
+	/* Name of the command to the user, can have spaces */
+	Anope::string command_name;
+	Anope::string method, extra;
+	Anope::string creator;
+	time_t created;
+
+	virtual ~LogSetting() { }
+ protected:
+	LogSetting() { }
+};
+
+struct LogSettings : Serialize::Checker<std::vector<LogSetting *> >
+{
+	typedef std::vector<LogSetting *>::iterator iterator;
+
+ protected:
+	LogSettings() : Serialize::Checker<std::vector<LogSetting *> >("LogSetting")
+	{
+	}
+
+ public:
+ 	virtual ~LogSettings() { }
+	virtual LogSetting *Create() = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* ChanServ core functions
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+struct ModeLock
+{
+	Anope::string ci;
+	bool set;
+	Anope::string name;
+	Anope::string param;
+	Anope::string setter;
+	time_t created;
+
+	virtual ~ModeLock() { }
+ protected:
+	ModeLock() { }
+};
+
+struct ModeLocks
+{
+	typedef std::vector<ModeLock *> ModeList;
+
+	virtual ~ModeLocks() { }
+
+	/** Check if a mode is mlocked
+	 * @param mode The mode
+	 * @param An optional param
+	 * @param status True to check mlock on, false for mlock off
+	 * @return true on success, false on fail
+	 */
+	virtual bool HasMLock(ChannelMode *mode, const Anope::string &param, bool status) const = 0;
+
+	/** Set a mlock
+	 * @param mode The mode
+	 * @param status True for mlock on, false for mlock off
+	 * @param param An optional param arg for + mlocked modes
+	 * @param setter Who is setting the mlock
+	 * @param created When the mlock was created
+	 * @return true on success, false on failure (module blocking)
+	 */
+	virtual bool SetMLock(ChannelMode *mode, bool status, const Anope::string &param = "", Anope::string setter = "", time_t created = Anope::CurTime) = 0;
+
+	/** Remove a mlock
+	 * @param mode The mode
+	 * @param status True for mlock on, false for mlock off
+	 * @param param The param of the mode, required if it is a list or status mode
+	 * @return true on success, false on failure
+	 */
+	virtual bool RemoveMLock(ChannelMode *mode, bool status, const Anope::string &param = "") = 0;
+
+	virtual void RemoveMLock(ModeLock *mlock) = 0;
+
+	/** Clear all mlocks on the channel
+	 */
+	virtual void ClearMLock() = 0;
+
+	/** Get all of the mlocks for this channel
+	 * @return The mlocks
+	 */
+	virtual const ModeList &GetMLock() const = 0;
+
+	/** Get a list of mode locks on a channel
+	 * @param name The mode name to get a list of
+	 * @return a list of mlocks for the given mode
+	 */
+	virtual std::list<ModeLock *> GetModeLockList(const Anope::string &name) = 0;
+
+	/** Get details for a specific mlock
+	 * @param mname The mode name
+ 	 * @param An optional param to match with
+	 * @return The MLock, if any
+	 */
+	virtual const ModeLock *GetMLock(const Anope::string &mname, const Anope::string &param = "") = 0;
+
+	/** Get the current mode locks as a string
+	 * @param complete True to show mlock parameters as well
+	 * @return A string of mode locks, eg: +nrt
+	 */
+	virtual Anope::string GetMLockAsString(bool complete) const = 0;
+
+	virtual void Check() = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DNS_H
+#define DNS_H
+
+namespace DNS
+{
+	/** Valid query types
+	 */
+	enum QueryType
+	{
+		/* Nothing */
+		QUERY_NONE,
+		/* A simple A lookup */
+		QUERY_A = 1,
+		/* An authoritative name server */
+		QUERY_NS = 2,
+		/* A CNAME lookup */
+		QUERY_CNAME = 5,
+		/* Start of a zone of authority */
+		QUERY_SOA = 6,
+		/* Reverse DNS lookup */
+		QUERY_PTR = 12,
+		/* IPv6 AAAA lookup */
+		QUERY_AAAA = 28,
+		/* Zone transfer */
+		QUERY_AXFR = 252,
+		/* A lookup for any record */
+		QUERY_ANY = 255
+	};
+
+	/** Flags that can be AND'd into DNSPacket::flags to receive certain values
+	 */
+	enum
+	{
+		QUERYFLAGS_QR = 0x8000,
+		QUERYFLAGS_OPCODE = 0x7800,
+		QUERYFLAGS_OPCODE_NOTIFY = 0x2000,
+		QUERYFLAGS_AA = 0x400,
+		QUERYFLAGS_TC = 0x200,
+		QUERYFLAGS_RD = 0x100,
+		QUERYFLAGS_RA = 0x80,
+		QUERYFLAGS_Z = 0x70,
+		QUERYFLAGS_RCODE = 0xF
+	};
+
+	enum Error
+	{
+		ERROR_NONE,
+		ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+		ERROR_UNLOADED,
+		ERROR_TIMEDOUT,
+		ERROR_NOT_AN_ANSWER,
+		ERROR_NONSTANDARD_QUERY,
+		ERROR_FORMAT_ERROR,
+		ERROR_SERVER_FAILURE,
+		ERROR_DOMAIN_NOT_FOUND,
+		ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
+		ERROR_REFUSED,
+		ERROR_NO_RECORDS,
+		ERROR_INVALIDTYPE
+	};
+
+	struct Question
+	{
+		Anope::string name;
+		QueryType type;
+		unsigned short qclass;
+
+		Question() : type(QUERY_NONE), qclass(0) { }
+		Question(const Anope::string &n, QueryType t, unsigned short c = 1) : name(n), type(t), qclass(c) { }
+		inline bool operator==(const Question & other) const { return name == other.name && type == other.type && qclass == other.qclass; }
+
+		struct hash
+		{
+			size_t operator()(const Question &q) const
+			{
+				return Anope::hash_ci()(q.name);
+			}
+		};
+	};
+
+	struct ResourceRecord : Question
+	{
+		unsigned int ttl;
+		Anope::string rdata;
+		time_t created;
+
+		ResourceRecord(const Anope::string &n, QueryType t, unsigned short c = 1) : Question(n, t, c), ttl(0), created(Anope::CurTime) { }
+		ResourceRecord(const Question &q) : Question(q), ttl(0), created(Anope::CurTime) { }
+	};
+
+	struct Query
+	{
+		std::vector<Question> questions;
+		std::vector<ResourceRecord> answers, authorities, additional;
+		Error error;
+
+		Query() : error(ERROR_NONE) { }
+		Query(const Question &q) : error(ERROR_NONE) { questions.push_back(q); }
+	};
+
+	class ReplySocket;
+	class Request;
+
+	/** DNS manager
+	 */
+	class Manager : public Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Manager(Module *creator) : Service(creator, "DNS::Manager", "dns/manager") { }
+		virtual ~Manager() { }
+
+		virtual void Process(Request *req) = 0;
+		virtual void RemoveRequest(Request *req) = 0;
+
+		virtual bool HandlePacket(ReplySocket *s, const unsigned char *const data, int len, sockaddrs *from) = 0;
+
+		virtual void UpdateSerial() = 0;
+		virtual void Notify(const Anope::string &zone) = 0;
+		virtual uint32_t GetSerial() const = 0;
+	};
+
+	/** A DNS query.
+	 */
+	class Request : public Timer, public Question
+	{
+		Manager *manager;
+	 public:
+		/* Use result cache if available */
+		bool use_cache;
+		/* Request id */
+	 	unsigned short id;
+	 	/* Creator of this request */
+		Module *creator;
+
+		Request(Manager *mgr, Module *c, const Anope::string &addr, QueryType qt, bool cache = false) : Timer(0), Question(addr, qt), manager(mgr),
+			use_cache(cache), id(0), creator(c) { }
+
+		virtual ~Request()
+		{
+			manager->RemoveRequest(this);
+		}
+
+		/** Called when this request succeeds
+		 * @param r The query sent back from the nameserver
+		 */
+		virtual void OnLookupComplete(const Query *r) = 0;
+
+		/** Called when this request fails or times out.
+		 * @param r The query sent back from the nameserver, check the error code.
+		 */
+		virtual void OnError(const Query *r) { }
+
+		/** Used to time out the query, xalls OnError and lets the TimerManager
+		 * delete this request.
+		 */
+		void Tick(time_t) anope_override
+		{
+			Log(LOG_DEBUG_2) << "Resolver: timeout for query " << this->name;
+			Query rr(*this);
+			rr.error = ERROR_TIMEDOUT;
+			this->OnError(&rr);
+		}
+	};
+
+} // namespace DNS
+
+#endif // DNS_H
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+namespace Encryption
+{
+	typedef std::pair<const unsigned char *, size_t> Hash;
+	typedef std::pair<const uint32_t *, size_t> IV;
+
+	class Context
+	{
+	 public:
+	 	virtual ~Context() { }
+		virtual void Update(const unsigned char *data, size_t len) = 0;
+		virtual void Finalize() = 0;
+		virtual Hash GetFinalizedHash() = 0;
+	};
+
+	class Provider : public Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Provider(Module *creator, const Anope::string &sname) : Service(creator, "Encryption::Provider", sname) { }
+		virtual ~Provider() { }
+
+		virtual Context *CreateContext(IV * = NULL) = 0;
+		virtual IV GetDefaultIV() = 0;
+	};
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2012-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANOPE_HTTPD_H
+#define ANOPE_HTTPD_H
+
+enum HTTPError
+{
+	HTTP_ERROR_OK = 200,
+	HTTP_FOUND = 302,
+	HTTP_BAD_REQUEST = 400,
+	HTTP_PAGE_NOT_FOUND = 404,
+	HTTP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 505
+};
+
+/* A message to someone */
+struct HTTPReply
+{
+	HTTPError error;
+	Anope::string content_type;
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> headers;
+	typedef std::list<std::pair<Anope::string, Anope::string> > cookie;
+	std::vector<cookie> cookies;
+
+	HTTPReply() : error(HTTP_ERROR_OK), length(0) { }
+
+	HTTPReply(const HTTPReply& other) : error(other.error), length(other.length)
+	{
+		content_type = other.content_type;
+		headers = other.headers;
+		cookies = other.cookies;
+
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < other.out.size(); ++i)
+			out.push_back(new Data(other.out[i]->buf, other.out[i]->len));
+	}
+
+	~HTTPReply()
+	{
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < out.size(); ++i)
+			delete out[i];
+		out.clear();
+	}
+
+	struct Data
+	{
+		char *buf;
+		size_t len;
+
+		Data(const char *b, size_t l)
+		{
+			this->buf = new char[l];
+			memcpy(this->buf, b, l);
+			this->len = l;
+		}
+
+		~Data()
+		{
+			delete [] buf;
+		}
+	};
+
+	std::deque<Data *> out;
+	size_t length;
+
+	void Write(const Anope::string &message)
+	{
+		this->out.push_back(new Data(message.c_str(), message.length()));
+		this->length += message.length();
+	}
+
+	void Write(const char *b, size_t l)
+	{
+		this->out.push_back(new Data(b, l));
+		this->length += l;
+	}
+};
+
+/* A message from soneone */
+struct HTTPMessage
+{
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> headers;
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> cookies;
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> get_data;
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> post_data;
+	Anope::string content;
+};
+
+class HTTPClient;
+class HTTPProvider;
+
+class HTTPPage : public Base
+{
+	Anope::string url;
+	Anope::string content_type;
+
+ public:
+ 	HTTPPage(const Anope::string &u, const Anope::string &ct = "text/html") : url(u), content_type(ct) { }
+
+	const Anope::string &GetURL() const { return this->url; }
+
+	const Anope::string &GetContentType() const { return this->content_type; }
+
+	/** Called when this page is requested
+	 * @param The server this page is on
+	 * @param The page name
+	 * @param The client requesting the page
+	 * @param The HTTP header sent from the client to request the page
+	 * @param The HTTP header that will be sent back to the client
+	 */
+	virtual bool OnRequest(HTTPProvider *, const Anope::string &, HTTPClient *, HTTPMessage &, HTTPReply &) = 0;
+};
+
+class HTTPClient : public ClientSocket, public BinarySocket, public Base
+{
+ protected:
+	void WriteClient(const Anope::string &message)
+	{
+		BinarySocket::Write(message + "\r\n");
+	}
+
+ public:
+	HTTPClient(ListenSocket *l, int f, const sockaddrs &a) : ClientSocket(l, a), BinarySocket() { }
+
+	virtual const Anope::string GetIP()
+	{
+		return this->clientaddr.addr();
+	}
+
+	virtual void SendError(HTTPError err, const Anope::string &msg) = 0;
+	virtual void SendReply(HTTPReply *) = 0;
+};
+
+class HTTPProvider : public ListenSocket, public Service
+{
+ 	Anope::string ip;
+	unsigned short port;
+	bool ssl;
+ public:
+	Anope::string ext_ip;
+	std::vector<Anope::string> ext_headers;
+
+	HTTPProvider(Module *c, const Anope::string &n, const Anope::string &i, const unsigned short p, bool s) : ListenSocket(i, p, i.find(':') != Anope::string::npos), Service(c, "HTTPProvider", n), ip(i), port(p), ssl(s) { }
+
+	const Anope::string &GetIP() const
+	{
+		return this->ip;
+	}
+
+	unsigned short GetPort() const
+	{
+		return this->port;
+	}
+
+	bool IsSSL() const
+	{
+		return this->ssl;
+	}
+
+	virtual bool RegisterPage(HTTPPage *page) = 0;
+	virtual void UnregisterPage(HTTPPage *page) = 0;
+	virtual HTTPPage* FindPage(const Anope::string &name) = 0;
+};
+
+namespace HTTPUtils
+{
+	inline Anope::string URLDecode(const Anope::string &url)
+	{
+		Anope::string decoded;
+
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < url.length(); ++i)
+		{
+			const char& c = url[i];
+
+			if (c == '%' && i + 2 < url.length())
+			{
+				Anope::string dest;
+				Anope::Unhex(url.substr(i + 1, 2), dest);
+				decoded += dest;
+				i += 2;
+			}
+			else if (c == '+')
+				decoded += ' ';
+			else
+				decoded += c;
+		}
+
+		return decoded;
+	}
+
+	inline Anope::string URLEncode(const Anope::string &url)
+	{
+		Anope::string encoded;
+
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < url.length(); ++i)
+		{
+			const char& c = url[i];
+
+			if (isalnum(c) || c == '.' || c == '-' || c == '*' || c == '_')
+				encoded += c;
+			else if (c == ' ')
+				encoded += '+';
+			else
+				encoded += "%" + Anope::Hex(c);
+		}
+
+		return encoded;
+	}
+
+	inline Anope::string Escape(const Anope::string &src)
+	{
+		Anope::string dst;
+
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < src.length(); ++i)
+		{
+			switch (src[i])
+			{
+				case '<':
+					dst += "&lt;";
+					break;
+				case '>':
+					dst += "&gt;";
+					break;
+				case '"':
+					dst += "&quot;";
+					break;
+				case '&':
+					dst += "&amp;";
+					break;
+				default:
+					dst += src[i];
+			}
+		}
+
+		return dst;
+	}
+}
+
+#endif // ANOPE_HTTPD_H
@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
 #ifndef ANOPE_LDAP_H
 #define ANOPE_LDAP_H

-typedef int LDAPQuery;
-
 class LDAPException : public ModuleException
 {
 public:
@@ -59,22 +65,27 @@ struct LDAPAttributes : public std::map<Anope::string, std::vector<Anope::string
 	}
 };

+enum QueryType
+{
+	QUERY_UNKNOWN,
+	QUERY_BIND,
+	QUERY_SEARCH,
+	QUERY_ADD,
+	QUERY_DELETE,
+	QUERY_MODIFY
+};
+
 struct LDAPResult
 {
 	std::vector<LDAPAttributes> messages;
 	Anope::string error;

-	enum QueryType
-	{
-		QUERY_BIND,
-		QUERY_SEARCH,
-		QUERY_ADD,
-		QUERY_DELETE,
-		QUERY_MODIFY
-	};
-
 	QueryType type;
-	LDAPQuery id;
+
+	LDAPResult()
+	{
+		this->type = QUERY_UNKNOWN;
+	}

 	size_t size() const
 	{
@@ -105,61 +116,56 @@ class LDAPInterface
 	Module *owner;

 	LDAPInterface(Module *m) : owner(m) { }
+	virtual ~LDAPInterface() { }

-	virtual void OnResult(const LDAPResult &r) { }
-
-	virtual void OnError(const LDAPResult &err) { }
+	virtual void OnResult(const LDAPResult &r) = 0;
+	virtual void OnError(const LDAPResult &err) = 0;
+	virtual void OnDelete() { }
 };

 class LDAPProvider : public Service
 {
 public:
-	LDAPProvider(Module *c, const Anope::string &n) : Service(c, n) { }
+	LDAPProvider(Module *c, const Anope::string &n) : Service(c, "LDAPProvider", n) { }

 	/** Attempt to bind to the LDAP server as an admin
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery BindAsAdmin(LDAPInterface *i) = 0;
+	virtual void BindAsAdmin(LDAPInterface *i) = 0;

 	/** Bind to LDAP
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
 	 * @param who The binddn
 	 * @param pass The password
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery Bind(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &who, const Anope::string &pass) = 0;
+	virtual void Bind(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &who, const Anope::string &pass) = 0;

 	/** Search ldap for the specified filter
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
 	 * @param base The base DN to search
 	 * @param filter The filter to apply
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery Search(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &base, const Anope::string &filter) = 0;
+	virtual void Search(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &base, const Anope::string &filter) = 0;

 	/** Add an entry to LDAP
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
 	 * @param dn The dn of the entry to add
 	 * @param attributes The attributes
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery Add(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &dn, LDAPMods &attributes) = 0;
+	virtual void Add(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &dn, LDAPMods &attributes) = 0;

 	/** Delete an entry from LDAP
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
 	 * @param dn The dn of the entry to delete
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery Del(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &dn) = 0;
+	virtual void Del(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &dn) = 0;

 	/** Modify an existing entry in LDAP
 	 * @param i The LDAPInterface the result is sent to
 	 * @param base The base DN to modify
 	 * @param attributes The attributes to modify
-	 * @return The query ID
 	 */
-	virtual LDAPQuery Modify(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &base, LDAPMods &attributes) = 0;
+	virtual void Modify(LDAPInterface *i, const Anope::string &base, LDAPMods &attributes) = 0;
 };

 #endif // ANOPE_LDAP_H
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* NickServ core functions
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+struct NSCertList
+{
+ protected:
+	NSCertList() { }
+ public:
+	virtual ~NSCertList() { }
+
+	/** Add an entry to the nick's certificate list
+	 *
+	 * @param entry The fingerprint to add to the cert list
+	 *
+	 * Adds a new entry into the cert list.
+	 */
+	virtual void AddCert(const Anope::string &entry) = 0;
+
+	/** Get an entry from the nick's cert list by index
+	 *
+	 * @param entry Index in the certificaate list vector to retrieve
+	 * @return The fingerprint entry of the given index if within bounds, an empty string if the vector is empty or the index is out of bounds
+	 *
+	 * Retrieves an entry from the certificate list corresponding to the given index.
+	 */
+	virtual Anope::string GetCert(unsigned entry) const = 0;
+
+	virtual unsigned GetCertCount() const = 0;
+
+	/** Find an entry in the nick's cert list
+	 *
+	 * @param entry The fingerprint to search for
+	 * @return True if the fingerprint is found in the cert list, false otherwise
+	 *
+	 * Search for an fingerprint within the cert list.
+	 */
+	virtual bool FindCert(const Anope::string &entry) const = 0;
+
+	/** Erase a fingerprint from the nick's certificate list
+	 *
+	 * @param entry The fingerprint to remove
+	 *
+	 * Removes the specified fingerprint from the cert list.
+	 */
+	virtual void EraseCert(const Anope::string &entry) = 0;
+
+	/** Clears the entire nick's cert list
+	 *
+	 * Deletes all the memory allocated in the certificate list vector and then clears the vector.
+	 */
+	virtual void ClearCert() = 0;
+
+	virtual void Check() = 0;
+};
+
+class CertService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	CertService(Module *c) : Service(c, "CertService", "certs") { }
+
+	virtual NickCore* FindAccountFromCert(const Anope::string &cert) = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef OS_FORBID_H
+#define OS_FORBID_H
+
+enum ForbidType
+{
+	FT_NICK = 1,
+	FT_CHAN,
+	FT_EMAIL,
+	FT_REGISTER,
+	FT_SIZE
+};
+
+struct ForbidData
+{
+	Anope::string mask;
+	Anope::string creator;
+	Anope::string reason;
+	time_t created;
+	time_t expires;
+	ForbidType type;
+
+	virtual ~ForbidData() { }
+ protected:
+	ForbidData() : created(0), expires(0) { }
+};
+
+class ForbidService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	ForbidService(Module *m) : Service(m, "ForbidService", "forbid") { }
+
+	virtual void AddForbid(ForbidData *d) = 0;
+
+	virtual void RemoveForbid(ForbidData *d) = 0;
+
+	virtual ForbidData* CreateForbid() = 0;
+
+	virtual ForbidData *FindForbid(const Anope::string &mask, ForbidType type) = 0;
+
+	virtual ForbidData *FindForbidExact(const Anope::string &mask, ForbidType type) = 0;
+
+	virtual std::vector<ForbidData *> GetForbids() = 0;
+};
+
+static ServiceReference<ForbidService> forbid_service("ForbidService", "forbid");
+
+#endif
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* OperServ ignore interface
 *
- * (C) 2003-2011 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
 * Contact us at team@anope.org
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
@@ -9,31 +9,35 @@
 * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
 */

-
 struct IgnoreData
 {
 	Anope::string mask;
 	Anope::string creator;
 	Anope::string reason;
 	time_t time; /* When do we stop ignoring them? */
+
+	virtual ~IgnoreData() { }
+ protected:
+	IgnoreData() : time(0) { }
 };

 class IgnoreService : public Service
 {
 protected:
-	std::list<IgnoreData> ignores;
+	IgnoreService(Module *c) : Service(c, "IgnoreService", "ignore") { }

-	IgnoreService(Module *c, const Anope::string &n) : Service(c, n) { }
-	
 public:
-	virtual void AddIgnore(const Anope::string &mask, const Anope::string &creator, const Anope::string &reason, time_t delta = Anope::CurTime) = 0;
+	virtual void AddIgnore(IgnoreData *) = 0;

-	virtual bool DelIgnore(const Anope::string &mask) = 0;
+	virtual void DelIgnore(IgnoreData *) = 0;

-	inline void ClearIgnores() { this->ignores.clear(); }
+	virtual void ClearIgnores() = 0;
+
+	virtual IgnoreData *Create() = 0;

 	virtual IgnoreData *Find(const Anope::string &mask) = 0;

-	inline std::list<IgnoreData> &GetIgnores() { return this->ignores; }
+	virtual std::vector<IgnoreData *> &GetIgnores() = 0;
 };

+static ServiceReference<IgnoreService> ignore_service("IgnoreService", "ignore");
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
 #ifndef OS_NEWS
 #define OS_NEWS

@@ -15,25 +23,30 @@ struct NewsMessages
 	const char *msgs[10];
 };

-struct NewsItem
+struct NewsItem : Serializable
 {
 	NewsType type;
 	Anope::string text;
 	Anope::string who;
 	time_t time;
+
+	NewsItem() : Serializable("NewsItem") { }
 };

 class NewsService : public Service
 {
 public:
-	NewsService(Module *m) : Service(m, "news") { }
-	
+	NewsService(Module *m) : Service(m, "NewsService", "news") { }
+
+	virtual NewsItem *CreateNewsItem() = 0;
+
 	virtual void AddNewsItem(NewsItem *n) = 0;
-	
+
 	virtual void DelNewsItem(NewsItem *n) = 0;
-	
+
 	virtual std::vector<NewsItem *> &GetNewsList(NewsType t) = 0;
 };

-#endif // OS_NEWS
+static ServiceReference<NewsService> news_service("NewsService", "news");

+#endif // OS_NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef OS_SESSION_H
+#define OS_SESSION_H
+
+struct Session
+{
+	cidr addr;                      /* A cidr (sockaddrs + len) representing this session */
+	unsigned count;                 /* Number of clients with this host */
+	unsigned hits;                  /* Number of subsequent kills for a host */
+
+	Session(const sockaddrs &ip, int len) : addr(ip, len), count(1), hits(0) { }
+};
+
+struct Exception : Serializable
+{
+	Anope::string mask;		/* Hosts to which this exception applies */
+	unsigned limit;			/* Session limit for exception */
+	Anope::string who;		/* Nick of person who added the exception */
+	Anope::string reason;		/* Reason for exception's addition */
+	time_t time;			/* When this exception was added */
+	time_t expires;			/* Time when it expires. 0 == no expiry */
+
+	Exception() : Serializable("Exception") { }
+	void Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const anope_override;
+	static Serializable* Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &data);
+};
+
+class SessionService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+ 	typedef TR1NS::unordered_map<cidr, Session *, cidr::hash> SessionMap;
+	typedef std::vector<Exception *> ExceptionVector;
+
+	SessionService(Module *m) : Service(m, "SessionService", "session") { }
+
+	virtual Exception *CreateException() = 0;
+
+	virtual void AddException(Exception *e) = 0;
+
+	virtual void DelException(Exception *e) = 0;
+
+	virtual Exception *FindException(User *u) = 0;
+
+	virtual Exception *FindException(const Anope::string &host) = 0;
+
+	virtual ExceptionVector &GetExceptions() = 0;
+
+	virtual Session *FindSession(const Anope::string &ip) = 0;
+
+	virtual SessionMap &GetSessions() = 0;
+};
+
+static ServiceReference<SessionService> session_service("SessionService", "session");
+
+void Exception::Serialize(Serialize::Data &data) const
+{
+	data["mask"] << this->mask;
+	data["limit"] << this->limit;
+	data["who"] << this->who;
+	data["reason"] << this->reason;
+	data["time"] << this->time;
+	data["expires"] << this->expires;
+}
+
+Serializable* Exception::Unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &data)
+{
+	if (!session_service)
+		return NULL;
+
+	Exception *ex;
+	if (obj)
+		ex = anope_dynamic_static_cast<Exception *>(obj);
+	else
+		ex = new Exception;
+	data["mask"] >> ex->mask;
+	data["limit"] >> ex->limit;
+	data["who"] >> ex->who;
+	data["reason"] >> ex->reason;
+	data["time"] >> ex->time;
+	data["expires"] >> ex->expires;
+
+	if (!obj)
+		session_service->AddException(ex);
+	return ex;
+}
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CHANSERV_H
+#define CHANSERV_H
+
+class ChanServService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	ChanServService(Module *m) : Service(m, "ChanServService", "ChanServ")
+	{
+	}
+
+	/* Have ChanServ hold the channel, that is, join and set +nsti and wait
+	 * for a few minutes so no one can join or rejoin.
+	 */
+	virtual void Hold(Channel *c) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // CHANSERV_H
@@ -1,10 +1,20 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
 #ifndef GLOBAL_H
 #define GLOBAL_H

 class GlobalService : public Service
 {
 public:
-	GlobalService(Module *m) : Service(m, "Global") { }
+	GlobalService(Module *m) : Service(m, "GlobalService", "Global")
+	{
+	}

 	/** Send out a global message to all users
 	 * @param sender Our client which should send the global
@@ -14,7 +24,4 @@ class GlobalService : public Service
 	virtual void SendGlobal(BotInfo *sender, const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &message) = 0;
 };

-static service_reference<GlobalService> global("Global");
-
 #endif // GLOBAL_H
-
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
 #ifndef MEMOSERV_H
 #define MEMOSERV_H

@@ -12,14 +20,9 @@ class MemoServService : public Service
 		MEMO_TARGET_FULL
 	};

-	MemoServService(Module *m) : Service(m, "MemoServ") { }
-
-	/** Retrieve the memo info for a nick or channel
-	 * @param target Target
-	 * @param ischan Set to true if target is a channel
-	 * @return A memoinfo structure or NULL
-	 */
- 	virtual MemoInfo *GetMemoInfo(const Anope::string &target, bool &ischan) = 0;
+	MemoServService(Module *m) : Service(m, "MemoServService", "MemoServ")
+	{
+	}

 	/** Sends a memo.
 	 * @param source The source of the memo, can be anythin.
@@ -35,7 +38,4 @@ class MemoServService : public Service
 	virtual void Check(User *u) = 0;
 };

-static service_reference<MemoServService> memoserv("MemoServ");
-
 #endif // MEMOSERV_H
-
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2011-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NICKSERV_H
+#define NICKSERV_H
+
+class NickServService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	NickServService(Module *m) : Service(m, "NickServService", "NickServ")
+	{
+	}
+
+	virtual void Validate(User *u) = 0;
+	virtual void Collide(User *u, NickAlias *na) = 0;
+	virtual void Release(NickAlias *na) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // NICKSERV_H
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+namespace Redis
+{
+	struct Reply
+	{
+		enum Type
+		{
+			NOT_PARSED,
+			NOT_OK,
+			OK,
+			INT,
+			BULK,
+			MULTI_BULK
+		}
+		type;
+
+		Reply() { Clear(); }
+		~Reply() { Clear(); }
+
+		void Clear()
+		{
+			type = NOT_PARSED;
+			i = 0;
+			bulk.clear();
+			multi_bulk_size = 0;
+			for (unsigned j = 0; j < multi_bulk.size(); ++j)
+				delete multi_bulk[j];
+			multi_bulk.clear();
+		}
+
+		int64_t i;
+		Anope::string bulk;
+		int multi_bulk_size;
+		std::deque<Reply *> multi_bulk;
+	};
+
+	class Interface
+	{
+	 public:
+		Module *owner;
+
+		Interface(Module *m) : owner(m) { }
+		virtual ~Interface() { }
+
+		virtual void OnResult(const Reply &r) = 0;
+		virtual void OnError(const Anope::string &error) { Log(owner) << error; }
+	};
+
+	class Provider : public Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Provider(Module *c, const Anope::string &n) : Service(c, "Redis::Provider", n) { }
+
+		virtual bool IsSocketDead() = 0;
+
+		virtual void SendCommand(Interface *i, const std::vector<Anope::string> &cmds) = 0;
+		virtual void SendCommand(Interface *i, const Anope::string &str) = 0;
+
+		virtual bool BlockAndProcess() = 0;
+
+		virtual void Subscribe(Interface *i, const Anope::string &pattern) = 0;
+		virtual void Unsubscribe(const Anope::string &pattern) = 0;
+
+		virtual void StartTransaction() = 0;
+		virtual void CommitTransaction() = 0;
+	};
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2014-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+namespace SASL
+{
+	struct Message
+	{
+		Anope::string source;
+		Anope::string target;
+		Anope::string type;
+		Anope::string data;
+		Anope::string ext;
+	};
+
+	class Mechanism;
+	struct Session;
+
+	class Service : public ::Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Service(Module *o) : ::Service(o, "SASL::Service", "sasl") { }
+
+		virtual void ProcessMessage(const Message &) = 0;
+
+		virtual Anope::string GetAgent() = 0;
+
+		virtual Session* GetSession(const Anope::string &uid) = 0;
+
+		virtual void SendMessage(SASL::Session *session, const Anope::string &type, const Anope::string &data) = 0;
+
+		virtual void Succeed(Session *, NickCore *) = 0;
+		virtual void Fail(Session *) = 0;
+		virtual void SendMechs(Session *) = 0;
+		virtual void DeleteSessions(Mechanism *, bool = false) = 0;
+		virtual void RemoveSession(Session *) = 0;
+	};
+
+	static ServiceReference<SASL::Service> sasl("SASL::Service", "sasl");
+
+	struct Session
+	{
+		time_t created;
+		Anope::string uid;
+		Anope::string hostname, ip;
+		Reference<Mechanism> mech;
+
+		Session(Mechanism *m, const Anope::string &u) : created(Anope::CurTime), uid(u), mech(m) { }
+		virtual ~Session()
+		{
+			if (sasl)
+				sasl->RemoveSession(this);
+		}
+	};
+
+	/* PLAIN, EXTERNAL, etc */
+	class Mechanism : public ::Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Mechanism(Module *o, const Anope::string &sname) : Service(o, "SASL::Mechanism", sname) { }
+
+		virtual Session* CreateSession(const Anope::string &uid) { return new Session(this, uid); }
+
+		virtual void ProcessMessage(Session *session, const Message &) = 0;
+
+		virtual ~Mechanism()
+		{
+			if (sasl)
+				sasl->DeleteSessions(this, true);
+		}
+	};
+
+	class IdentifyRequest : public ::IdentifyRequest
+	{
+		Anope::string uid;
+		Anope::string hostname, ip;
+
+	 public:
+		IdentifyRequest(Module *m, const Anope::string &id, const Anope::string &acc, const Anope::string &pass, const Anope::string &h, const Anope::string &i) : ::IdentifyRequest(m, acc, pass), uid(id), hostname(h), ip(i) { }
+
+		void OnSuccess() anope_override
+		{
+			if (!sasl)
+				return;
+
+			NickAlias *na = NickAlias::Find(GetAccount());
+			if (!na || na->nc->HasExt("NS_SUSPENDED") || na->nc->HasExt("UNCONFIRMED"))
+				return OnFail();
+
+			unsigned int maxlogins = Config->GetModule("ns_identify")->Get<unsigned int>("maxlogins");
+			if (maxlogins && na->nc->users.size() >= maxlogins)
+				return OnFail();
+
+			Session *s = sasl->GetSession(uid);
+			if (s)
+			{
+				Anope::string user = "A user";
+				if (!hostname.empty() && !ip.empty())
+					user = hostname + " (" + ip + ")";
+
+				Log(this->GetOwner(), "sasl", Config->GetClient("NickServ")) << user << " identified to account " << this->GetAccount() << " using SASL";
+				sasl->Succeed(s, na->nc);
+				delete s;
+			}
+		}
+
+		void OnFail() anope_override
+		{
+			if (!sasl)
+				return;
+
+			Session *s = sasl->GetSession(uid);
+			if (s)
+			{
+				sasl->Fail(s);
+				delete s;
+			}
+
+			Anope::string accountstatus;
+			NickAlias *na = NickAlias::Find(GetAccount());
+			if (!na)
+				accountstatus = "nonexistent ";
+			else if (na->nc->HasExt("NS_SUSPENDED"))
+				accountstatus = "suspended ";
+			else if (na->nc->HasExt("UNCONFIRMED"))
+				accountstatus = "unconfirmed ";
+
+			Anope::string user = "A user";
+			if (!hostname.empty() && !ip.empty())
+				user = hostname + " (" + ip + ")";
+
+			Log(this->GetOwner(), "sasl", Config->GetClient("NickServ")) << user << " failed to identify for " << accountstatus << "account " << this->GetAccount() << " using SASL";
+		}
+	};
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+struct MiscData
+{
+	Anope::string object;
+	Anope::string name;
+	Anope::string data;
+
+	MiscData() { }
+	virtual ~MiscData() { }
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+namespace SQL
+{
+
+	class Data : public Serialize::Data
+	{
+	 public:
+ 		typedef std::map<Anope::string, std::stringstream *> Map;
+		Map data;
+		std::map<Anope::string, Type> types;
+
+		~Data()
+		{
+			Clear();
+		}
+
+		std::iostream& operator[](const Anope::string &key) anope_override
+		{
+			std::stringstream *&ss = data[key];
+			if (!ss)
+				ss = new std::stringstream();
+			return *ss;
+		}
+
+		std::set<Anope::string> KeySet() const anope_override
+		{
+			std::set<Anope::string> keys;
+			for (Map::const_iterator it = this->data.begin(), it_end = this->data.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
+				keys.insert(it->first);
+			return keys;
+		}
+
+		size_t Hash() const anope_override
+		{
+			size_t hash = 0;
+			for (Map::const_iterator it = this->data.begin(), it_end = this->data.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
+				if (!it->second->str().empty())
+					hash ^= Anope::hash_cs()(it->second->str());
+			return hash;
+		}
+
+		std::map<Anope::string, std::iostream *> GetData() const
+		{
+			std::map<Anope::string, std::iostream *> d;
+			for (Map::const_iterator it = this->data.begin(), it_end = this->data.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
+				d[it->first] = it->second;
+			return d;
+		}
+
+		void Clear()
+		{
+			for (Map::const_iterator it = this->data.begin(), it_end = this->data.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
+				delete it->second;
+			this->data.clear();
+		}
+
+		void SetType(const Anope::string &key, Type t) anope_override
+		{
+			this->types[key] = t;
+		}
+
+		Type GetType(const Anope::string &key) const anope_override
+		{
+			std::map<Anope::string, Type>::const_iterator it = this->types.find(key);
+			if (it != this->types.end())
+				return it->second;
+			return DT_TEXT;
+		}
+	};
+
+	/** A SQL exception, can be thrown at various points
+	 */
+	class Exception : public ModuleException
+	{
+	 public:
+		Exception(const Anope::string &reason) : ModuleException(reason) { }
+
+		virtual ~Exception() throw() { }
+	};
+
+	/** A SQL query
+	 */
+
+	struct QueryData
+	{
+		Anope::string data;
+		bool escape;
+	};
+
+	struct Query
+	{
+		Anope::string query;
+		std::map<Anope::string, QueryData> parameters;
+
+		Query() { }
+		Query(const Anope::string &q) : query(q) { }
+
+		Query& operator=(const Anope::string &q)
+		{
+			this->query = q;
+			this->parameters.clear();
+			return *this;
+		}
+
+		bool operator==(const Query &other) const
+		{
+			return this->query == other.query;
+		}
+
+		inline bool operator!=(const Query &other) const
+		{
+			return !(*this == other);
+		}
+
+		template<typename T> void SetValue(const Anope::string &key, const T& value, bool escape = true)
+		{
+			try
+			{
+				Anope::string string_value = stringify(value);
+				this->parameters[key].data = string_value;
+				this->parameters[key].escape = escape;
+			}
+			catch (const ConvertException &ex) { }
+		}
+	};
+
+	/** A result from a SQL query
+	 */
+	class Result
+	{
+	 protected:
+		/* Rows, column, item */
+		std::vector<std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> > entries;
+		Query query;
+		Anope::string error;
+	 public:
+		unsigned int id;
+ 		Anope::string finished_query;
+
+		Result() : id(0) { }
+		Result(unsigned int i, const Query &q, const Anope::string &fq, const Anope::string &err = "") : query(q), error(err), id(i), finished_query(fq) { }
+
+		inline operator bool() const { return this->error.empty(); }
+
+		inline const unsigned int GetID() const { return this->id; }
+		inline const Query &GetQuery() const { return this->query; }
+		inline const Anope::string &GetError() const { return this->error; }
+
+		int Rows() const { return this->entries.size(); }
+
+		const std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> &Row(size_t index) const
+		{
+			try
+			{
+				return this->entries.at(index);
+			}
+			catch (const std::out_of_range &)
+			{
+				throw Exception("Out of bounds access to SQLResult");
+			}
+		}
+
+		const Anope::string Get(size_t index, const Anope::string &col) const
+		{
+			const std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> rows = this->Row(index);
+
+			std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string>::const_iterator it = rows.find(col);
+			if (it == rows.end())
+				throw Exception("Unknown column name in SQLResult: " + col);
+
+			return it->second;
+		}
+	};
+
+	/* An interface used by modules to retrieve the results
+	 */
+	class Interface
+	{
+	 public:
+		Module *owner;
+
+		Interface(Module *m) : owner(m) { }
+		virtual ~Interface() { }
+
+		virtual void OnResult(const Result &r) = 0;
+		virtual void OnError(const Result &r) = 0;
+	};
+
+	/** Class providing the SQL service, modules call this to execute queries
+	 */
+	class Provider : public Service
+	{
+	 public:
+		Provider(Module *c, const Anope::string &n) : Service(c, "SQL::Provider", n) { }
+
+		virtual void Run(Interface *i, const Query &query) = 0;
+
+		virtual Result RunQuery(const Query &query) = 0;
+
+		virtual std::vector<Query> CreateTable(const Anope::string &table, const Data &data) = 0;
+
+		virtual Query BuildInsert(const Anope::string &table, unsigned int id, Data &data) = 0;
+
+		virtual Query GetTables(const Anope::string &prefix) = 0;
+
+		virtual Anope::string FromUnixtime(time_t) = 0;
+	};
+
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2010-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+class SSLService : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	SSLService(Module *o, const Anope::string &n) : Service(o, "SSLService", n) { }
+
+	virtual void Init(Socket *s) = 0;
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+struct SuspendInfo
+{
+	Anope::string what, by, reason;
+	time_t when, expires;
+
+	SuspendInfo() { }
+	virtual ~SuspendInfo() { }
+};
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2010-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ */
+
+#include "httpd.h"
+
+class XMLRPCRequest
+{
+	std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> replies;
+
+ public:
+	Anope::string name;
+	Anope::string id;
+	std::deque<Anope::string> data;
+	HTTPReply& r;
+
+	XMLRPCRequest(HTTPReply &_r) : r(_r) { }
+	inline void reply(const Anope::string &dname, const Anope::string &ddata) { this->replies.insert(std::make_pair(dname, ddata)); }
+	inline const std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> &get_replies() { return this->replies; }
+};
+
+class XMLRPCServiceInterface;
+
+class XMLRPCEvent
+{
+ public:
+ 	virtual ~XMLRPCEvent() { }
+	virtual bool Run(XMLRPCServiceInterface *iface, HTTPClient *client, XMLRPCRequest &request) = 0;
+};
+
+class XMLRPCServiceInterface : public Service
+{
+ public:
+	XMLRPCServiceInterface(Module *creator, const Anope::string &sname) : Service(creator, "XMLRPCServiceInterface", sname) { }
+
+	virtual void Register(XMLRPCEvent *event) = 0;
+
+	virtual void Unregister(XMLRPCEvent *event) = 0;
+
+	virtual Anope::string Sanitize(const Anope::string &string) = 0;
+
+	virtual void Reply(XMLRPCRequest &request) = 0;
+};
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
+ *
+ * (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
+ * (C) 2008-2017 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
 *
 * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
 */
@@ -8,21 +9,31 @@
 #ifndef OPERTYPE_H
 #define OPERTYPE_H

-#include "hashcomp.h"
-
-class OperType;
+#include "services.h"
+#include "account.h"

+/* A services operator. Usually made by the configuration file, but not always.
+ * NickAlias::Find(name)->nc->o == this
+ */
 struct CoreExport Oper
 {
+	/* The oper's nick */
 	Anope::string name;
+	/* The type of operator this operator is */
+	OperType *ot;
+	/* Whether the user must be an IRC operator (umode +o) to be considered a services operator */
+	bool require_oper;
 	Anope::string password;
 	Anope::string certfp;
-	OperType *ot;
-	bool config;
+	/* Hosts allowed to use this operator block */
+	std::vector<Anope::string> hosts;
+	Anope::string vhost;
+
+	Oper(const Anope::string &n, OperType *o);
+	virtual ~Oper();
+
+	static std::vector<Oper *> opers;

-	Oper(const Anope::string &n, const Anope::string &p, const Anope::string &c, OperType *o) :
-		name(n), password(p), certfp(c), ot(o), config(false) { }
-	
 	/** Find an oper block by name
 	 * @param name The name
 	 * @return the oper block
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2017 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROTOCOL_H
+#define PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include "services.h"
+#include "anope.h"
+#include "service.h"
+
+/* Encapsultes the IRCd protocol we are speaking. */
+class CoreExport IRCDProto : public Service
+{
+	Anope::string proto_name;
+
+ protected:
+ 	IRCDProto(Module *creator, const Anope::string &proto_name);
+ public:
+	virtual ~IRCDProto();
+
+	virtual void SendSVSKillInternal(const MessageSource &, User *, const Anope::string &);
+	virtual void SendModeInternal(const MessageSource &, const Channel *, const Anope::string &);
+	virtual void SendModeInternal(const MessageSource &, User *, const Anope::string &);
+	virtual void SendKickInternal(const MessageSource &, const Channel *, User *, const Anope::string &);
+	virtual void SendNoticeInternal(const MessageSource &, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &msg);
+	virtual void SendPrivmsgInternal(const MessageSource &, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
+	virtual void SendQuitInternal(User *, const Anope::string &buf);
+	virtual void SendPartInternal(User *, const Channel *chan, const Anope::string &buf);
+	virtual void SendGlobopsInternal(const MessageSource &, const Anope::string &buf);
+	virtual void SendCTCPInternal(const MessageSource &, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
+	virtual void SendNumericInternal(int numeric, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
+
+	const Anope::string &GetProtocolName();
+	virtual void Parse(const Anope::string &, Anope::string &, Anope::string &, std::vector<Anope::string> &);
+	virtual Anope::string Format(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &message);
+
+	/* Modes used by default by our clients */
+	Anope::string DefaultPseudoclientModes;
+	/* Can we force change a users's nick? */
+	bool CanSVSNick;
+	/* Can we force join or part users? */
+	bool CanSVSJoin;
+	/* Can we set vhosts/vidents on users? */
+	bool CanSetVHost, CanSetVIdent;
+	/* Can we ban specific gecos from being used? */
+	bool CanSNLine;
+	/* Can we ban specific nicknames from being used? */
+	bool CanSQLine;
+	/* Can we ban sepcific channel names from being used? */
+	bool CanSQLineChannel;
+	/* Can we ban by IP? */
+	bool CanSZLine;
+	/* Can we place temporary holds on specific nicknames? */
+	bool CanSVSHold;
+	/* See os_oline */
+	bool CanSVSO;
+	/* See ns_cert */
+	bool CanCertFP;
+	/* Whether this IRCd requires unique IDs for each user or server. See TS6/P10. */
+	bool RequiresID;
+	/* If this IRCd has unique ids, whether the IDs and nicknames are ambiguous */
+	bool AmbiguousID;
+	/* The maximum number of modes we are allowed to set with one MODE command */
+	unsigned MaxModes;
+	/* The maximum number of bytes a line may have */
+	unsigned MaxLine;
+
+	/* Retrieves the next free UID or SID */
+	virtual Anope::string UID_Retrieve();
+	virtual Anope::string SID_Retrieve();
+
+	/** Sets the server in NOOP mode. If NOOP mode is enabled, no users
+	 * will be able to oper on the server.
+	 * @param s The server
+	 * @param mode Whether to turn NOOP on or off
+	 */
+	virtual void SendSVSNOOP(const Server *s, bool mode) { }
+
+	/** Sets the topic on a channel
+	 * @param bi The bot to set the topic from
+	 * @param c The channel to set the topic on. The topic being set is Channel::topic
+	 */
+	virtual void SendTopic(const MessageSource &, Channel *);
+
+	/** Sets a vhost on a user.
+	 * @param u The user
+	 * @param vident The ident to set
+	 * @param vhost The vhost to set
+	 */
+	virtual void SendVhost(User *u, const Anope::string &vident, const Anope::string &vhost) { }
+	virtual void SendVhostDel(User *) { }
+
+	/** Sets an akill. This is a recursive function that can be called multiple times
+	 * for the same xline, but for different users, if the xline is not one that can be
+	 * enforced by the IRCd, such as a nick/user/host/realname combination ban.
+	 * @param u The user affected by the akill, if known
+	 * @param x The akill
+	 */
+	virtual void SendAkill(User *, XLine *) = 0;
+	virtual void SendAkillDel(const XLine *) = 0;
+
+	/* Realname ban */
+	virtual void SendSGLine(User *, const XLine *) { }
+	virtual void SendSGLineDel(const XLine *) { }
+
+	/* IP ban */
+	virtual void SendSZLine(User *u, const XLine *) { }
+	virtual void SendSZLineDel(const XLine *) { }
+
+	/* Nick ban (and sometimes channel) */
+	virtual void SendSQLine(User *, const XLine *x) { }
+	virtual void SendSQLineDel(const XLine *x) { }
+
+	virtual void SendKill(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &target, const Anope::string &reason);
+
+	/** Kills a user
+	 * @param source Who is doing the kill
+	 * @param user The user to be killed
+	 * @param fmt Kill reason
+	 */
+	virtual void SendSVSKill(const MessageSource &source, User *user, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	virtual void SendMode(const MessageSource &source, const Channel *dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+	virtual void SendMode(const MessageSource &source, User *u, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	/** Introduces a client to the rest of the network
+	 * @param u The client to introduce
+	 */
+	virtual void SendClientIntroduction(User *u) = 0;
+
+	virtual void SendKick(const MessageSource &source, const Channel *chan, User *user, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	virtual void SendNotice(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+	virtual void SendPrivmsg(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+	virtual void SendAction(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+	virtual void SendCTCP(const MessageSource &source, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	virtual void SendGlobalNotice(BotInfo *bi, const Server *dest, const Anope::string &msg) = 0;
+	virtual void SendGlobalPrivmsg(BotInfo *bi, const Server *desc, const Anope::string &msg) = 0;
+
+	virtual void SendQuit(User *u, const char *fmt, ...);
+	virtual void SendPing(const Anope::string &servname, const Anope::string &who);
+	virtual void SendPong(const Anope::string &servname, const Anope::string &who);
+
+	/** Joins one of our users to a channel.
+	 * @param u The user to join
+	 * @param c The channel to join the user to
+	 * @param status The status to set on the user after joining. This may or may not already internally
+	 * be set on the user. This may include the modes in the join, but will usually place them on the mode
+	 * stacker to be set "soon".
+	 */
+	virtual void SendJoin(User *u, Channel *c, const ChannelStatus *status) = 0;
+	virtual void SendPart(User *u, const Channel *chan, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	/** Force joins a user that isn't ours to a channel.
+	 * @param bi The source of the message
+	 * @param u The user to join
+	 * @param chan The channel to join the user to
+	 * @param param Channel key?
+	 */
+	virtual void SendSVSJoin(const MessageSource &source, User *u, const Anope::string &chan, const Anope::string &param) { }
+
+	/** Force parts a user that isn't ours from a channel.
+	 * @param source The source of the message
+	 * @param u The user to part
+	 * @param chan The channel to part the user from
+	 * @param param part reason, some IRCds don't support this
+	 */
+	virtual void SendSVSPart(const MessageSource &source, User *u, const Anope::string &chan, const Anope::string &param) { }
+
+	virtual void SendInvite(const MessageSource &source, const Channel *c, User *u);
+	virtual void SendGlobops(const MessageSource &source, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	/** Sets oper flags on a user, currently only supported by Unreal
+	 */
+	virtual void SendSVSO(BotInfo *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
+
+	/** Sends a nick change of one of our clients.
+	 */
+	virtual void SendNickChange(User *u, const Anope::string &newnick);
+
+	/** Forces a nick change of a user that isn't ours (SVSNICK)
+	 */
+	virtual void SendForceNickChange(User *u, const Anope::string &newnick, time_t when);
+
+	/** Used to introduce ourselves to our uplink. Usually will SendServer(Me) and any other
+	 * initial handshake requirements.
+	 */
+	virtual void SendConnect() = 0;
+
+	/** Called right before we begin our burst, after we have handshaked successfully with the uplink.
+	 * At this point none of our servers, users, or channels exist on the uplink
+	 */
+	virtual void SendBOB() { }
+	virtual void SendEOB() { }
+
+	virtual void SendSVSHold(const Anope::string &, time_t) { }
+	virtual void SendSVSHoldDel(const Anope::string &) { }
+
+	virtual void SendSWhois(const MessageSource &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
+
+	/** Introduces a server to the uplink
+	 */
+	virtual void SendServer(const Server *) = 0;
+	virtual void SendSquit(Server *, const Anope::string &message);
+
+	virtual void SendNumeric(int numeric, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+	virtual void SendLogin(User *u, NickAlias *na) = 0;
+	virtual void SendLogout(User *u) = 0;
+
+	/** Send a channel creation message to the uplink.
+	 * On most TS6 IRCds this is a SJOIN with no nick
+	 */
+	virtual void SendChannel(Channel *c) { }
+
+	/** Make the user an IRC operator
+	 * Normally this is a simple +o, though some IRCds require us to send the oper type
+	 */
+	virtual void SendOper(User *u);
+
+	virtual void SendSASLMechanisms(std::vector<Anope::string> &) { }
+	virtual void SendSASLMessage(const SASL::Message &) { }
+	virtual void SendSVSLogin(const Anope::string &uid, const Anope::string &acc, const Anope::string &vident, const Anope::string &vhost) { }
+
+	virtual bool IsNickValid(const Anope::string &);
+	virtual bool IsChannelValid(const Anope::string &);
+	virtual bool IsIdentValid(const Anope::string &);
+	virtual bool IsHostValid(const Anope::string &);
+	virtual bool IsExtbanValid(const Anope::string &) { return false; }
+
+	/** Retrieve the maximum number of list modes settable on this channel
+	 * Defaults to Config->ListSize
+	 */
+	virtual unsigned GetMaxListFor(Channel *c);
+
+	virtual Anope::string NormalizeMask(const Anope::string &mask);
+};
+
+class CoreExport MessageSource
+{
+	Anope::string source;
+	User *u;
+	Server *s;
+
+ public:
+	MessageSource(const Anope::string &);
+	MessageSource(User *u);
+	MessageSource(Server *s);
+	const Anope::string &GetName() const;
+	const Anope::string &GetSource() const;
+	User *GetUser() const;
+	BotInfo *GetBot() const;
+	Server *GetServer() const;
+};
+
+enum IRCDMessageFlag
+{
+	IRCDMESSAGE_SOFT_LIMIT,
+	IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_SERVER,
+	IRCDMESSAGE_REQUIRE_USER
+};
+
+class CoreExport IRCDMessage : public Service
+{
+	Anope::string name;
+	unsigned param_count;
+	std::set<IRCDMessageFlag> flags;
+ public:
+	IRCDMessage(Module *owner, const Anope::string &n, unsigned p = 0);
+	unsigned GetParamCount() const;
+	virtual void Run(MessageSource &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) = 0;
+
+	void SetFlag(IRCDMessageFlag f) { flags.insert(f); }
+	bool HasFlag(IRCDMessageFlag f) const { return flags.count(f); }
+};
+
+extern CoreExport IRCDProto *IRCD;
+
+#endif // PROTOCOL_H
@@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
+/*  A portable stdint.h
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *  BSD License:
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Paul Hsieh
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ *  IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ *  OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ *  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ *  NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ *  DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ *  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ *  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Version 0.1.12
+ *
+ *  The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
+ *  inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h.  This is
+ *  a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
+ *  very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is
+ *  critically important for making portable several classes of
+ *  applications including cryptography, hashing, variable length
+ *  integer libraries and so on.  But for most developers its likely
+ *  useful just for programming sanity.
+ *
+ *  The problem is that most compiler vendors have decided not to
+ *  implement the C99 standard, and the next C++ language standard
+ *  (which has a lot more mindshare these days) will be a long time in
+ *  coming and its unknown whether or not it will include stdint.h or
+ *  how much adoption it will have.  Either way, it will be a long time
+ *  before all compilers come with a stdint.h and it also does nothing
+ *  for the extremely large number of compilers available today which
+ *  do not include this file, or anything comparable to it.
+ *
+ *  So that's what this file is all about.  Its an attempt to build a
+ *  single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
+ *  possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to.  A few things
+ *  that should be noted about this file:
+ *
+ *    1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
+ *       interface on all platforms.  The extreme variability of the
+ *       ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
+ *       very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
+ *       majority of platforms that possess the capability of
+ *       implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
+ *       integer scalars.  Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
+ *       complement may produce invalid constants.
+ *
+ *    2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
+ *
+ *    3) Other standard include files are invoked.
+ *
+ *    4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
+ *       include stdint.h.  The hope is that one or the other can be
+ *       used with no real difference.
+ *
+ *    5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
+ *       int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
+ *       error.
+ *
+ *    6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined.  Test for their
+ *       presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
+ *       Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
+ *       requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler.  If
+ *       this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
+ *       dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
+ *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
+ *
+ *    7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined.  Test for its presence
+ *       with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX.  If this is not defined
+ *       for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
+ *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
+ *       because its optional.
+ *
+ *    8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
+ *       capable of defining it:
+ *
+ *       WCHAR_MIN
+ *       WCHAR_MAX
+ *       (u)int64_t
+ *       PTRDIFF_MIN
+ *       PTRDIFF_MAX
+ *       (u)intptr_t
+ *
+ *    9) The following have not been defined:
+ *
+ *       WINT_MIN
+ *       WINT_MAX
+ *
+ *   10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
+ *       except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
+ *       defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
+ *       not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
+ *
+ *   11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
+ *       would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
+ *       committee.  It is well known that "compatible systems" are
+ *       commonly created that have very different performance
+ *       characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
+ *       especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
+ *       system.  Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
+ *       recommended that users never use these definitions for any
+ *       reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
+ *       improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
+ *       stdint.h).
+ *
+ *   12) The following macros:
+ *
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+ *
+ *       are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
+ *       for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
+ *       (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
+ *       (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
+ *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
+ *       provide their own stdint.h.  PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
+ *       defined if INT64_MAX is not defined.  These are an extension
+ *       beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
+ *
+ *       In addition, the following macros are defined:
+ *
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+ *
+ *       Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
+ *       print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
+ *       These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
+ *       stdint.h.
+ *
+ *  Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
+ *  settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
+ *  bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
+ *  .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
+ *
+ *  This file should be considered a work in progress.  Suggestions for
+ *  improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
+ *  encouraged.
+ *
+ *  Acknowledgements
+ *
+ *  The following people have made significant contributions to the
+ *  development and testing of this file:
+ *
+ *  Chris Howie
+ *  John Steele Scott
+ *  Dave Thorup
+ *  John Dill
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*
+ *  For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
+ *  do nothing else.  On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
+ */
+
+#if ((defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+
+/*
+ *  Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom.  Just pull some of
+ *  these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
+ */
+
+# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
+#  if !defined (INT64_C)
+#   define INT64_C(x)   (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT64_C)
+#   define UINT64_C(x)  (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT32_C)
+#   define INT32_C(x)   (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT32_C)
+#   define UINT32_C(x)  (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT16_C)
+#   define INT16_C(x)   (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT16_C)
+#   define UINT16_C(x)  (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT8_C)
+#   define INT8_C(x)   (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT8_C)
+#   define UINT8_C(x)  (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
+#   define UINT64_MAX  18446744073709551615ULL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT64_MAX)
+#   define INT64_MAX  9223372036854775807LL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
+#   define UINT32_MAX  4294967295UL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT32_MAX)
+#   define INT32_MAX  2147483647L
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
+#   define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
+#   define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX (~(size_t)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
+ *  integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
+ *  definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UINT8_MAX
+# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
+#endif
+#ifndef uint8_t
+# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#   define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
+# else
+#   error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT8_MAX
+# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_MIN
+# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
+#endif
+#ifndef int8_t
+# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+    typedef signed char int8_t;
+#   define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
+# else
+#   error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT16_MAX
+# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
+#endif
+#ifndef uint16_t
+#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT16_MAX
+# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MIN
+# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
+#endif
+#ifndef int16_t
+#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef signed int int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
+  typedef signed short int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT32_MAX
+# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
+#endif
+#ifndef uint32_t
+#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT32_MAX
+# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MIN
+# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
+#endif
+#ifndef int32_t
+#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef signed long int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+  typedef signed int int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+  typedef signed short int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
+ *  whether or not 64 integer support is available.  It must be
+ *  defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
+ *  added.
+ */
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef long long int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
+# if defined(__GNUC__)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
+   __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef long long int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef __int64 int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## I64
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
+#endif
+#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Width of hexadecimal for number field.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now.  Moore's law says
+ *  we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
+ *  we'll have bigger things to worry about.
+ */
+
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+  typedef int64_t intmax_t;
+  typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
+# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT64_MAX
+# define  INTMAX_MIN   INT64_MIN
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
+# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT64_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#else
+  typedef int32_t intmax_t;
+  typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
+# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
+# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT32_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
+ *  precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
+ *  least definitions are all trivial.  Its possible that a future
+ *  version of this file could have different definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef stdint_least_defined
+  typedef   int8_t   int_least8_t;
+  typedef  uint8_t  uint_least8_t;
+  typedef  int16_t  int_least16_t;
+  typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
+  typedef  int32_t  int_least32_t;
+  typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
+# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define  UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
+# define   INT_LEAST8_MAX   INT8_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
+# define  INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
+# define  INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
+# define   INT_LEAST8_MIN   INT8_MIN
+# define  INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
+# define  INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
+# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+    typedef  int64_t  int_least64_t;
+    typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
+#   define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#   define  INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#   define  INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+# endif
+#endif
+#undef stdint_least_defined
+
+/*
+ *  The ANSI C committee pretending to know or specify anything about
+ *  performance is the epitome of misguided arrogance.  The mandate of
+ *  this file is to *ONLY* ever support that absolute minimum
+ *  definition of the fast integer types, for compatibility purposes.
+ *  No extensions, and no attempt to suggest what may or may not be a
+ *  faster integer type will ever be made in this file.  Developers are
+ *  warned to stay away from these types when using this or any other
+ *  stdint.h.
+ */
+
+typedef   int_least8_t   int_fast8_t;
+typedef  uint_least8_t  uint_fast8_t;
+typedef  int_least16_t  int_fast16_t;
+typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
+typedef  int_least32_t  int_fast32_t;
+typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
+#define  UINT_FAST8_MAX  UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define   INT_FAST8_MAX   INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define  INT_FAST16_MAX  INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define  INT_FAST32_MAX  INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define   INT_FAST8_MIN   INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#define  INT_FAST16_MIN  INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#define  INT_FAST32_MIN  INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+  typedef  int_least64_t  int_fast64_t;
+  typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define  INT_FAST64_MAX  INT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define  INT_FAST64_MIN  INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#endif
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+
+/*
+ *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
+ *  type limits.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
+#  define WCHAR_MIN 0
+# endif
+# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
+#  define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
+ *  (u)intptr_t types and limits.
+ */
+
+#if defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64)
+#  define stdint_intptr_bits 64
+# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
+#  if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
+#    define stdint_intptr_bits 16
+#  else
+#    define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+#  endif
+# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32)
+#  define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
+/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
+#  define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)  a##b##c
+#  define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c)    stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+#    define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER      stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
+#    define PTRDIFF_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
+#    define PTRDIFF_MIN                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
+#    define UINTPTR_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_MAX
+#    define INTPTR_MAX                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_MIN
+#    define INTPTR_MIN                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_C
+#    define INTPTR_C(x)                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef UINTPTR_C
+#    define UINTPTR_C(x)                stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+#  endif
+  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
+  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t)  intptr_t;
+# else
+/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
+   nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
+  typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
+# endif
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
+
+/*
+ *  Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are not
+ *  defined more than once.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
+#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
+
+#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,=) glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
+#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,=) glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
+
+#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
+
+#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,=) glue3(~,u,bits); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) glue3(!=,u,bits)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
+
+int main () {
+	DECL(I,8)
+	DECL(U,8)
+	DECL(I,16)
+	DECL(U,16)
+	DECL(I,32)
+	DECL(U,32)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	DECL(I,64)
+	DECL(U,64)
+#endif
+	intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
+	uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
+	char str0[256], str1[256];
+
+	sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
+
+	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i8, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u8, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i16, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u16, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i32, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  u32, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1);
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i64, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1);
+#endif
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  imax, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1);
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  umax, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) printf ("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1);
+
+	TESTUMAX(8);
+	TESTUMAX(16);
+	TESTUMAX(32);
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	TESTUMAX(64);
+#endif
+
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
				`@@ -1 +0,0 @@`
				`git log --pretty=format:"Revision %h - %cD - %s" > version.log`